UNIVERSITY OF B.C. LIBRARY 3 9424 0597 9100 1 STCSAGE I'lEM PFCCESSING-CNE THE LIBRARY THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Gift Metropolitan Health Committee ► THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of British Columbia Library http://www.archive.org/details/diseasesdisorderoxOOgres THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. WITH SOME ACCOUNT OF THE DISEASES OF THE SHEEP. BY GEOKGE GRESSWELL, RECENTLY LECTUBEB IN PHYSICAIi SCIENCE AT THE DIOCESAN COLLEGE NEAB CAPE TOWN ; AUTHOR OF "an EXAMINATION OP THE THEORY OF EVOLDTION," AND OF OTHER WORKS. WITH ADDITIONS ON HUMAN AND COMPARATIVE PATHOLOGY de. albert geesswell. LONDON : W. H. ALLEN & CO., 13 WATEELOO PLACE. S.W. 1889. [All Bights Reserved.] LONDON : PRINTED BY W. H. ALLEN AND CO., 13 WATERLOO PLACE^ PALL MALL. S.W. TO Dr. GEORGE FLEMING, C.B., LL.D., F.R.C.V.S., PRINCrPAIi VETERINABY SUBGEON OF HBB MAJESTY'S AKMY, THE ILLUSTRIOUS MASTER OF COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND SURGERY, WHOSE LIFE HAS BEEN MOST HONOURABLY DEVOTED TO THE ADVANCEMENT OF PATHOLOGY, THIS WORK IS DEDICATED. " All truth is precious, if not all divine, And what dilates the pow'rs must needs refine."' — COWPEB. PREFACE. Now at length we have completed the task we set before us, and we have great pleasure in offering to our kind friends the public the final outcome of our work and the enterprise of our publishers in the shape of the volume which now lies before the reader. The ox is of use to mankind in several different ways. Indeed, the relations in which that animal stands to human beings are very numerous, and we have not been able to discuss any of them thoroughly in the pages which follow. The chief point we have tried to insist upon is the fact that the diseases and disorders which aflflict human beings are causally connected with those of lower animals, and of these in a high degree with the maladies of oxen, in various im- portant ways. In proportion as the Science of Pathology advances, the numerous and intricate connections which subsist betwixt the diseases of man and those of animals will in all probability be seen to be much more intimately allied than we can at present understand. By way of example, it may be mentioned that it is impossible to over-estimate the far-reaching importance of the discovery of Dr. Klein and Mr. Power that Vlll PREFACE. human scarlet-fever may be derived from a disease afiQicting cows. Indeed, the announcement of this fact and of the facts on whicli it is founded was received by the scientific world as a revelation of a startling kind, and as one of the greatest importance. Those who can understand the advances which have been recently made in science, and in the field of Pathology in particular, cannot but feel rejoiced at the prospect in store for those who will come after us. As each year pursues its course^ our knowledge of diseases, of medicines, and of thera- peutic appliances becomes more wide ; and it should not be forgotten that facts and principles derived from the study of maladies as they are manifested by the lower animals, have even already aflected the art and science of human medicine and surgery, and must still more importantly influence them in the future. There can be no doubt that, in proportion as micro- scopical methods advance in perfection, we shall learn more and more concerning the relations which subsist betwixt human diseases and those which afflict animals. It is possible we may find that there is a much more far-reaching interaction between those disorders which afflict man and those of the animals which he has domesticated, than we can now form any conception of. If this is so, the clue is certainly one of the utmost value. Hence it is obviously very important that the diseases of animals should be well managed, and that the whole subject of sanitary science in relation to animals should be thoroughly attended to. Especially is this necessity manifest, when we consider that plagues of different kinds among animals very frequently break out. It is well known that the ancient records, Ijoth of Scriptural and of Pagan history, repeatedly mention the occurrence of epidemics among cattle. We read that in the time of Moses the cattle of Egypt were decimated by the " murrain," and that all kinds of animals died in con- PREFACE. IX sequence thereof. Indeed, epizootic disorders have attracted the attention of the historians of all nations. For example, Homer, who flourished about 900 years before the Christian era, alludes to these visitations; and, moreover, Virgil writes: — On winter seas we fewer storms behold Than foul diseases that infect the fold. Nor do these ills on single bodies prey, But oft'ner bring the nation to decay, And sweep the present stock and future hope away. A dire example of this truth appears When, after such a length of rolling years, We see the naked Alps and their remains Of scattered cots and yet unpeopled plains, Once fill'd with grazing flocks, the shepherd's happy reigns. Here, from the vicious air and sickly skies, A plague did on the dumb creation rise ; During the autumnal heats the infection grew, Tame cattle and the beasts of nature slew. Sheep, oxen, horses fell, and, heaped on high,' The diff'i-ing species in confusion lie. Georijic iii., 1, 711-829, Drydens translation. The above doubtless refers to an epizootic raging among the Alps, probably not less than 2,000 years ago. Again, Plutarch narrates how in the days of Komulus, about the time that Eome was founded, viz. 750 B.C., a great plague, after destroying the fruits of the earth and the cattle, swept off many of the people ; and Livy writes that " the consuls had the greater difficulty to raise their recruits, because the plague, which the year before had raged among horned cattle, broke out among men." Turning now our attention to these present times ; as is well known, we find that in recent years men Iwive been made very familiar indeed with outbreaks of disastrous diseases among animals, and some of these — canine rabies more especially — have attracted the most earnest research. Anthrax also has X PREFACE. been thoroughly investigated, and likewise many other maladies have been carefully studied. In the following pages we treat more particularly of the diseases and disorders of the ox and sheep ; but now and again we have discussed our subjects from a more general aspect. We may say here, what we shall afterwards have occasion to say again, that the maladies with which the sheep is liable to be afiflicted are of vastly greater importance than is often recog- nised, and that a great deal of wealth might be saved by thoroughly careful management of sheep. In so far as we may have cleared up any obscure points connected with the disorders of sheep, we feel pleasure in the achievement of our purpose in this respect. Our readers will see a great resemblance betwixt the diseases of cattle and those of sheep, and hence it would have been a pity to have omitted the latter. The veiy fullest possible acknowledgment is due, and is hereby made, for the kindly aid and unremitting help and encouragement of Dr. Albert Gresswell, whose part in the production of this book is also stated on the title-page. Without his assistance the work could not have been carried through to completion. Another brother, Dr. D. Astley Gresswell, has kindly read through the proof sheets of this work, as it has passed through the press. He has corrected certain errors, has rectified several inaccuracies, and made valuable improvements and additions. To Mr. James Brodie Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S., the authors arc also grateful for certain notes supplied, also for verbal information now and again made use of — for instance, of cases of disease in stock to which this distinguished veterinarian has been summoned, diseases which have been met with in the prefacp:. XI course of the extensive and well-managed veterinary practice carried on by him at Louth, in Lincolnshire, as a centre. It remains to be added that very much of the information contained in this work has been derived from the authors' father, the late Mr. Alderman Dan Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S., whose long and honourable connection with Science, as one of her most persevering, enthusiastic, and successful votaries, is known throughout the world. Suggestions are thankfully acknowledged from other brothers, namely, the Eev. Henry William Gresswell, M.A., Oxon; Mr. Charles Gresswell, late Deputy-Examiner for the Koyal College of Veterinary Surgeons; Mr. Edmund Gresswell; and Mr. Samuel Gresswell. It may truly be said that much of the work contained in these pages is original, and that the book as a whole represents the work of years of study and research. The account of the Ligaments and Muscles has been abstracted from Strangeways' Veterinary Anatomy, revised by I. Vaughan, F.L.S., F.Z.S., which book has also been referred to for some other information here and there in the account of the Anatomy of Ruminants. We are very grateful to Dr. Klein and Professor Simonds for allowing us to use several illustrations, and also to Mr. Armatage, the Eoyal Agricultural Society, Messrs. J. & A. Churchill, Messrs. Macmillan & Co., Messrs. Clowes & Sons, the Editor of The Yorkshire Post, and Messrs. Arnold & Sons, for likewise giving us similar permission. One of the chief remarks by way of acknowledgment, which we have much pleasure in making, is that portions of what is contained in this book originally appeared in that valuable journal, The Yorkshire Weekly Post, Xll PEBFACE. While now saying farewell to each and att, we hope that our kind and indulgent friends, many of whom we, perhaps, have been brought into relations with on previous occasions — we trust with as much pleasure and interest on their part as on our own — will, as heretofore, excuse all errors of omission and make allowances for all those of commission, which we may have to answer for. Kelsey House, Louth, Liscolxshire. Tuesday, May 7th, 1889. WORKS WHICH HAVE BEEN CONSULTED. The Theory and Practice of Medicine. By Dr. Bristowe. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1887. Diseases of the Nervous System. By Dr. Goweks. London: J. & A. Churchill. 1886. The Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medicine. By Principal William Williams. 1884. (Account of Pleui*o-Pneumonia) . Abmatage's Cattle Doctor. London : F. Warne & Co. 1882. The author of this work has also vei-y kindly given us per- mission to copy some of his pictures. We acknowledge this kindness with gratitude. Youatt on Cattle. London : Simpkin, Marshall & Co. 1886. Youatt on Sheep. London : Simpkin, Marshall & Co. 1883. J. H. Steel's Diseases of the Ox. London : Longmans, Green & Co. 1887. Our Domestic Animals in Health and Disease. Four volumes. By John Gamgee. Edinburgh. 1861, 1862, 1869, and 1872. The Comparative Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals. By A. Chauveau. Translated by Dr. Fleming. London : J. & A. Churchill, New Burlington Street. 1873. Illustrations have been taken, in accordance with permission, from this work. Rabies and Hydrophobia. By Dr. George Fleming. London : Chapman & Hall. 1872. A Manual of Veterinary Sanitary Science and Police. By Dr. George Fleming. London : Chapman & Hall. 1875. XIV WORKS WHICH HATE BEEN CONSULTED. Dr. E. Klein's Micro-organisms and Disease. London : Mac- millau & Co. 1886. Illustrations have been taken by per- mission from this work. Strangeway's Veterinary Anatomy. Third Edition. Revised and Edited by J. Vaughan, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Edinburgh : Bell & Bradfute. 1886. The Cattle Plague. By John Gamgee. Loudon: Robert Hai'd- wicke. 1866. Wood's Bible Animals. London : Longmans, Green & Co. The Cow and Calf. By John Walker. London: Thomas C Jack, 45, Ludgate Hill. 1886. The Sheep and Lamb. By the same Author. London : Thomas C. Jack, 45, Ludgate Hill. Aide-Memoire du Veterinaire. By J, Signol. Paris : Bailliere 1884. Supplements containing Report of the Medical Officer to the 15th and 16th Annual Reports of the Local Government Board 1885-86 and 1886-87. Four plates illustrating Dr. Klein's work have been copied from plates in these Supplements. Diseases of Farm Animals, excepting the Horse. By Principal and Professor G. T. Brown, C.B., F.R.C.Y.S., &c. A Lecture on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Maternal Organs of Beprodtiction in Animals, with the Principles of Practice applicable to cases of difficult and Preternatural Labour, nnore especially in the Coiv and Eioe. In accordance with the kind permission of the Royal Agricultural Society and of Professor James Beart Simonds, sometime Principal of the Royal Veterinary College, London, the plates illustrating this article (which appeared in the Journal of the Royal Agri- cultural Society, vol. x. July, 1849, page 248 to 275) have been inserted in the following pages, and some of the article has been borrowed. Variola Ovina. By Professor Simonds. And other works. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Plate 1. — Streptococci of Foot-and-Mouth Disease Plates 2 and 3. — Streptococci of Scarlet Fever Plate 4. — Streptococci of Scarlet Fever To face p. 193 ' ,, 350 356 Fig. 1. 2. 3* 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. of Musk Deer Skeleton of the Cow ...... Ox's Head — Anterior Face ..... The Teeth of the Ox (CAaMueaw) Stomach of the Ox seen on its right upper face . Stomach of the Ox — Right view of the Stomach of the Ox — Left view of the A. The Stomach of a Sheep. B. The Stomach (After Huxley) ...... The Paunch and Honeycomb of the Ox The Manyplies and Abomasum . . . ■ Right Kidney viewed on its upper and external face Left Kidney from its internal and inferior face The Calices in the Left Kidney .... The Heart and Principal Vessels — Left face From a Preparation of Human Tuberculous Sputum Heart's Blood of a Mouse dead of Anthrax Blood of the Spleen of a Guinea-pig dead of Anthrax Animal suffering Pain ..... Method of applying Ointment to the Interdigital Space Cow suffering from Tuberculosis Human Tuberculous Sputum Section of a Portion of the Kidney of a Rabbit which died of Artificia Tuberculosis .......... Microscopical appearance of a Section of the same Kidney Section of a Tubercle of the Lung in Acute Miliarj' Turberculosis in a Child Caseous Matter from Pulmonary Deposits in Bovine Tuberculosis Section of Tuberculous Deposits in the Lung of a Cow Thermometer by means of which the Temperature of a Man or an Animal may be taken ....... Navel-Hl Specimen of the Heart's Blood of a Mouse dead of Anthrax Bacilli of Anthrax Artificially Cultivated .... Microscopical appearance of a Section of the Kidney of a Rabbit which died from Anthrax ....... An Injection-Syringe ......... Blood of a Guinea-pig dead of Symptomatic Anthrax Section cut through the Tongue of a Cow which died of Actinomycosi Saprolegnia of Salmon Disease ....... Tuft of Actinomyces, highly magnified ..... Nose-pincers .......... Micrococci in the Fresh Lymph of Human Small-pox . Lymphatic Vessel from the Skin of a Pock in a case of Sheep-pox Portion of a Diphtheritic Membrane ...... Milk or Teat Syphon ......... PAGE 32 40 56 58 59 59 61 62 64 71 71 71 75 135 138 139 157 205 208 212 213 214 215 220 221 241 242 245 246 247 250 254 272 274 275 278 304 304 325 345 XV] LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Punctured of its Fig. 41. Ox suffering from the early stage of Malignant Catarrh 42. An Ox suffering from Rheumatism .... 43. Nervous Debility in Cows at the Time of Parturition . 44. Digestive Apparatus of a Fowl ..... 45. Solanum Dulcamara ....... 46. Method of Steaming the Nostrils for Simple Catarrh . 47. Another Method of Steaming the Nostrils . 48. A Beast suffering from Laryngitis, or Sore Throat 49. Last Stage of Sporadic Pneumonia .... 50. Acute Pleurisy ........ 51. Method of Drawing the Skin into Folds previous to making the Primary Incision for Paracentesis Thoracis, in a case of Hydrothorax 52. The Trochar and its outer case, the Canula 53. Fluid flowing from the Chest by means of a Canula 54. The Warble-flv of the Ox, and its Larva . 55. The Gad-fly of the Ox 56. The Dermatodectes Ovis ..... 57. The Trichodectes Sphan-ocephalus 57*. A Fluke which has arrived at one-third of its Full Growth 58. Digestive System of a Fluke .... 59. The Shell of Limna^us Truncatulus 60. An Ox suffering from Hoven .... 61. The exact spot in the Flank whereat the Rumen should be in cases of Tympanites ..... 62. A Trocar encased in its Canula .... 63. Passing the Probang ...... 64. Opening the Rumen Tor the purpose of a Mechanical Removal Contents ........ 65. Impaction of the Omasum ...... 66. Dropping the Cud — Simple Indigestion or Dyspepsia . 67. Chronic Indigestion ....... 69. An Ox in a rather late stage of Acute Dysentery 70. An Ox suffering from Chronic Dysentery . 71. A Lamb afflicted with Navel-ill ..... 72. A Cow afflicted with Peritonitis ..... 73. Nervous Debilitv in Cows at the time of Parturition . 74. Milk Tube . " 75. Chronic Eczema ........ 76. Ecthj'ma 77. Ecraseur ......... 78. Dermatodectes Bovis ....... 79. Twisted Suture 80. Interrupted Suture ....... 81. Uninterrupted Suture ...... 82. An Ecraseur ........ 83. The Pelvic Cavity of a Cow 84. The Reproductive Organs of a Cow .... 85 Natural Presentation ....... 86. Calf in Utero aftlicted with Dropsy .... 87. Water on the Brain in the case of a Fietus in Utero 88. Fore-feet presented and head doubled back so that the neck is ])roHonted ....... 89. Head jircscnted, and two fore-legs situated down in tlic Uterus ......... 90. Right fore-foot presented ...... 91. Fd'tUK lying on its back ...... 92. FdjtUH lying witli its head directed towards the chest of and having its liiiidor parts presented (first position) 93. Same prc.sonlation (second position) 94. Intra-tradnal Syringe To face p. side of the To face p. ody of the To fare p. the Cow, To fare p. PAGE 359 369 375 379 394 409 410 411 414 417 419 419 419 432 436 437 448 456 456 459 484 486 486 489 496 501 505 507 523 524 533 5:'6 562 585 587 589 591 594 619 619 G20 633 642 644 649 651 652 654 656 65f< 660 6(51' CONTENTS PAGE INTRODUCTION 1 CHAPTER I. Natural History and General Account of the Ox . 11 CHAPTER II. The Anatomy op the Ox ....... 31 §1. The Skeleton of the Ox: — General Remarks, the Vertebral Column, Ribs, Sternum, and Pelvis, 31. — The Hind and Fore Limbs, 36.— The Head of the Ox, 33. § II. Ligaments and Muscles : — Ligaments, 45. — Muscles, 46. § III. Internal Anatomi/ : — The Organs concerned in the Process of Digestion, the Spleen, and the Lymphatics, 49. — The Respiratory System, 69. — The Urinary System, 70. — Generative System, 72. — Male Organs. 72. — Female Organs, 73. — The Circulatory System, 74. — The Nervous System, 79. — Anatomy of the Ear and Eye, the Hair, the Horns and Hoof, 80. CHAPTER in. Different Breeds op Oxen ...... 82 § I. The Aliddle-Horned Cattle, 84. § II. The Polled ur Hornless Cattle, 100. § in. The Irish Cattle and the Lone/horns, 104. § IV. The Shorthorns, 110. g V. Foreign Breeds of Cattle, 114. XVIU CONTENTS. CHAPTER IV. PAGB General Accoitnt of the Sheep 119 CHAPTER V. The Origin of Disease and the Germ Theory. ]]y Dr. Albert Gresswell ..... 129 CHAPTER VI. Diseases of the Ox and Sheep ..... 168 § I. General Diseases : — Pleuro-Pneumonia, 168. — Foot-and-Mouth Disease, or Aphtha EpizoiJtica, 1S8. — Pseudo Foot-and-Mouth Disease, 197.— Foot-rot in Sheep, 199. — Taberculosis, 200.— Anthrax, or Charbon in Cattle; Braxy in Sheep, 234. — Black-leg, or Black- quarter, 253. —Symptoms of Localised Anthrax in Sheep, 258. — Cattle Plague, 259. — Cattle Plague as it affects the Sheep and the Goat, 266. — Measles in Sheep, 267. — Actinomycosis: a Newly- discovered Infectious Disease of Animals and Man, 268. — Rabies or Hydrophobia, 279. — Variola, Vaccinia, and Vaccination, 301. — Diphtheria, 322. — Scarlet Fever or Scarlatina. 328. — General Re- marks, and Malignant Catarrhal Fever, 357. — Purpura Htemor- rhagica, 360. — Tetanus, or Locked-jaw, 362. — Rheumatism, or Felon: Joint Felon, Chine Felon, Cold Felon, 366. — Anemia: its Causes, Consequences, Nature, and Treatment : and Food-supply of the Cow, 372. — General Disorders due to Dietetic Errors, 378. — Ancient Medicines, Superstitions, Charlatanry, Poisons, 387. § II. Diseases of the Circulatory Si/ste.n, 400. § ni. Diseases of the Respiratory System : — General Remarks, and Catarrh. 407. — Epistaxis, 410. — Laryngitis, 411. — Bronchitis, 412.— Pneumonia and Pleurisy, 414. — Diseases of the Respiratory System in Sheep, 420. — General Remarks, Catarrh, Laryngitis, and Tra- cheitis, 420. — Bronchitis, including Verminous Bronchitis, 422. — Tuberculo.sis, 424. § IV. P/' the Alniitn/ary Systrni : — Diseases of the Mouth and Tongue; Acute Tympanites, or Ilovon. 4S0. — Chronic Tym- panites, or Hoven : Obstruction of the (Juliet and Choking, 487.— Plenalvia, or Engorgement and Inflammation of the Rumen, 492. — Rupture of tlie Rumen. 497.— Foreign Bodies in the Huuien. the Reticulum, and the Abomasum, 498. — Engorgement of the t)ma8um. CONTENTS. Xix or Third Stomach ; Omasitis, 500. — Inflammation of the Abomasum, or True Stomach, 50;$. — Indigestion, 504. — Simple Colic, Flatulent Colic, Constipation, Diarrhoia, and Scouring in Calves, 509. — Dysentery, 522. — Enteritis, or Inflammation of the Intestines; Acute Dropsy,' or Red water in Sheep; Navel-ill in Lambs; Peritonitis, or Inflammation of the Peritoneum ; Ascites, Volvulus, Intussuscep- tion, Rupture. 526. — The Liver and its Ailments, 541. § VI. Diseases of the Nervous System : — General Remarks, 548. — Stomach - staggers, 553. — Delirium, 553. — Inflammation of the Brain, 554. — Epilepsy, Megrims, or Staggers, 555. — Apoplexy, 557. — Hydrocephalus, or Water on the Brain, Turnsick ; Classification of Nervous Diseases, Myelitis, Paralysis, Adynamia Nervosa Generalis, Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis, Stringhalt, Milk Fever or Parturient Apoplexy, and Puerperal Mania, 558. § VII. The Urinai}/ System and the Disorders connected there- with : — General Remarks and Incontinence of Urine, 565. — Diabetes Insipidus, 568. — Suppression of Urine, 569. — Albuminuria, 569. — Ha-moglobinuria, Congestion of the Kidneys, Nephritis, or Inflam- mation of the Kidneys, 570. — Acute Inflammation of the Kidneys in Lambs, 571. — Uremia, 575. — Hsematuria, 575. — Retention of Urine, 576. — Parasites and Concretions, 577. — Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder, 579. § VIII. The Skin and the Disorders connected therewith : — General Remarks, and Hide-bound, 582. — Erythema, 584. — Erysipelas, 586. — Eczema, 587. — Herpes Circinatus, Impetigo Labialis, Urticaria or Nettle-rash, Prurigo, Ecthyma, Furunculus or Boil, Carbuncle, 588. — Pemphigus, Pityriasis, Naivus, Warts or Angleberries, Alopecia, ffidema, Emphysema, Mange, Phthiriasis, Warbles, Ring- worm, 590. § IX. Vital Movement and the Disorders of the Organs of Loco- motion:— The Causation of Vital Movement, 597. — Rheumatism in Sheep, 599. — Arthritis, 600.— Foul in the Foot, 601. — Laminitis. 602. § X. The Eye and the Ear and their Disorders : — General Remarks on the Eye and the Ear, 603.— Ophthalmia or Conjunctivitis, 608.— Corneitis, Iritis, Glaucoma, 611. — Retinitis or Specific Ophthalmia, €12. — Gutta Serena, 612. — Tumours and Ringworm near the Eye, and General Remarks concluding the Section, 614. § XI. Wounds, Fractures, Sprains, Tumours : — Wounds, 616. — Disorders of the Skeletal Mechanism, and Remarks on Injuries in General, 623.— Fractures, 626.— Sprains, 628.— Tumours, 629. § XII. The Reproductive System and the Disorders connected there- with:— General Remarks on the Reproduction of the Species, 634. — The Process of Reproduction in the Cow, 640. — Abnormal Pre- sentations, 651. — Milk Fever and Puerperal Mania, 660. — Mammitis, and Injuries and Obstructions in the Teats, 664. — Abortion, 666. — Retention of the Placenta, 669. — Inversion of the Bladder, Inversion of the Vagina, Inversion of the Uterus, and Dropsy of the Uterus, THK DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. by the inhabitants are the bullock and the ass, and that a very fine breed of asses are found in the Mandara valleys. It appears also that strangers and chiefs in the service of the sheikh or sultan alone possess camels. Bullocks are laden with all the grain and other articles taken to and from the markets. A small saddle of plaited rushes is laid on the animal, and then sacks of goat- skins full of corn are lashed on his broad back. A leathern thong passed through the cartilage of his nose serves the purpose of a bridle, and the owner or his wife or slave is seated on the top of the load. Sometimes the daughter or the wife of a rich shouaa, mounted on her particular bullock, precedes the loaded animals, extravagantly and luxuriously adorned with amber, silver rings, coral and all sorts of finery, her hair streaming with fat, a black rim of kohal, at least an inch wide, round each of her eyes, and indeed arrayed for conquest at the crowded market. Carpet or robes being then spread upon her clumsy palfrey, she sits, j'ambe de c^a,jamhe de Id, and with much grace guides the animal by the nose, and sometimes even makes him caper and curvet. Likewise, in illustration of the sagacity of oxen, we may here point out that Captain Cochrane, in his Travels in Colombia (vol. ii., page 251), tells us that he was on one occasion suddenly aroused by a most terrific noise of loud roarings and deep moans, which at the late hour had a very weird and appalling effect. He went out at once, attended by the Indians, and found close to the rancha a large herd of bullocks from the surrounding country collected together around the spot where a bullock had been killed in the morning. They roared, moaned, tore up the ground with their feet, and bellowed forth, perhaps, the most hideous chorus of grief which mortal ears could hear. It was only witli the greatest difficulty that they were driven away by men aided by dogs. This same traveller also informs us that he has wit- nessed a similar scene in the day-time, and that he observed large tears rolling down the poor animals' cheeks. Again, in The Illustrations of Natural History (page 72), we read that in " the Swiss Canton of Appeusell, pasturage being tlie chief employment of the inhabitants, the breeding of cattle, and the subsequent management of the dairy, are carried to the greatest perfection. The mountaineer lives with his cows in a perpetual exchange of reciprocal acts of kindness; the latter aflfording almost all that he requires, while they in their turn axe NATURAL HISTORY OF THE OX. 29 provided for and cherished by hitn as if they were his children. They are never ill-treated nor beaten, for his voice suffices to guide and govern the whole herd, and a perfect cordiality reigns between them. In the Alps the fine cattle are the pride of their keepers, who adorn the best of them with a harmonious set of bells, which chime in accordance with the Ram des vaches. The finest black cow is adorned with the largest bell, and the two which come next in appearance wear smallei* ones. Early in the spring, when they are removed to the Alps, or to some different pasturage, the owner dresses himself in all his finery, and pro- ceeds along singing the lianz des vaches. Next come three or four fine goats, next the finest cow adorned with the great bell, then the other two with the smaller bells, and these are followed by the rest of the cattle walking one after another, and behind them comes the bull having a one-legged milking stool on his horns, while the procession is closed by a sledge bearing the dairy implements. It is indeed surprising to observe the pride and pleasure with which the cows stalk forth, when ornamented with their bells. If the leading cow is deprived of her honours, she manifests her sense of the indignity put upon her by inces- sant lowing, and even, it is said, by loss of appetite, whereby her condition is impaired. The rival becomes the object of her wrath. She is butted and wounded in the most furious manner, until the aggressor either regains her bell, or is removed from the herd. Oxen are spoken of by Caesar as constituting a chief part of the wealth of the Britons at the time of the Roman invasion, and the same writer also mentions that the inhabitants lived in great part on the flesh and the milk of these animals, somewhat to the neglect of the use of the plough. It seems that these oxen were neither large nor beautiful animals. At that time Great Britain com- prised many petty sovereignties, and only that kind of property which could be quickly taken away to a place of comparative safety was really secure. Even many centuries afterwards there were continual contests among the feudal barons, and it was therefore still the case that those goods which could be secured within the walls of a castle, or driven quite-^away to some place out of the reach of an enemy, were alone to be considered as being of any great value. Consequently it was a customary pre- caution to store up in the fortresses immense stocks of provisions suited for the use both of the vassals and of the cattle, or perhaps 30 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. the latter vvere driven to the lands of some friendly baron, or concealed in some recess. When, however, the government became more powerful, and a settled peace and freedom from internecine struggles and internal dissensions became the order of the day, property of every description was far more secure and also more equally divided. The plough, too, then gradually came into general use ; for then it was reasonably to be expected that the reaping of agricultural products might be fairly antici- pated, when once they had been sown. At about this period cattle were somewhat neglected, and both the number and the size of them gradually became less. Indeed, it has been only within the last fifty years or so that serious and successful attempts have been made for the purpose of improving our breeds of cattle. As our ancestors roved about, their cattle were apt at times to stray and to be lost. The countrv at that time con- tained a great many forests, and the oxen which had strayed betook themselves to the recesses of these woods, and became wild, and at length so numerous and ferocious as to be a source of danger to the people living near. There were, at one time, a great number of these savage animals in the forests situated near the metropolis. As the country gradually became more and more highly civilised, and the forests were thinned, these creatures were almost entirely stamped out. A few of them, however, still remain in Chatelherault Park, belonging to the Duke of Hamil- ton, in Lanarkshire, and also in the park of Chillingham Castle, in Northumberland, the seat of the Earl of Tankerville. These peculiar wild cattle we shall describe later on ; but our consideration of them will best come in our remarks on the different breeds of cattle, which topic we shall shortly proceed to discuss. 31 CHAPTER II. THE ANATOMY OP THE OX. SECTION I.— THE SKELETON OF THE OX. Before we introduce our kind and patient readers to a subject which at first sight seems very dry and uninteresting, we must beg for an especial degree of indulgence. As a matter of fact, many topics appear difficult which are really not so if they are approached in the right way. We are, however, far from think- ing that we have done this part of our work thoroughly, or, at any rate, anything like so satisfactorily as we might have hoped to have done it, had it been possible to have expended more time upon it. However, we have delayed the appearance of our work quite as long as was advisable, and hence we must be content to leave this section in its present state, hoping that if the readers will peruse our remarks with the aid of actual specimens before them, so far as possible, they will be able to learn the main points quickly and correctly. Speaking generally, the proportion of animal matter in fully- developed bones may be said to be about one-third. Sometimes, especially in young animals, there may be too large a proportion of animal matter, and when young animals suffer from rachitis their bones may be incapable of supporting the super-incum- bent weight. Again, bones differ in regard to density. For example, the bones of the legs of a cart-horse are larger than those of a thoroughbred; but at the same-^time they do not weigh so much in proportion to their size, because the shell or outer layer is thinner. In the case of the thoroughbred it is clear that a greater compactness of osseous tissue is necessary in order to resist the great amount of concussion engendered by the 32 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. speedy pace. Hence the shell of the booes is thicker, and thereby, of course, greater strength is afforded without much increase in size. The Vertebral Column. — The ox has 7 cervical vertebrae, 13 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 5 sacral, and from 16 to 20 coccygeal ver- tebrae. The sheep differs by having 6 or 7 lumbar, 4 sacral, and also from 16 to 24 coccygeal vertebr©. Taking first the cervical vertebrae into consideration, we find that these vertebrae in the case of the ox differ from those of solipeds by their shortness and by the greater development of Fig. 1. — Skeleton of the Cow. the eminences for the insertion of muscles. The bodies of the cervical vertebrae of the ox are, in fact, shorter than are those of the horse. The neural spines are large. The atlas, or first cervical vertebra, is very large, but it is smaller than is that of the horse. Its alee are more horizontal, and they are turned up slightly at the external borders. The spinal foramen is large, and there is uo posterior lateral one. The condyloid articula- tions are wide. The transverse processes of the atlas are less inclined than in the case of the horse. The posterior facets for articulation with the axis are small and nearly flat, and blended into one. THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 33 The second cervical vertebra, or axis, is short, the odontoid process being broad and bounded inferiorly by a prominent articular ridge. The odontoid process in ruminants is spout- shaped. The neural spine does not bifurcate, nor does it become continuous with the posterior articular processes. The pedicles on either side are perforated by a circular foramen. The body is semi-cylindrical, not conical, and it is so concave on its upper surface as to present the appearance of a groove. The spinous process of the axis is not so thick as in the case of the horse, and it is not bifid posteriorly. In the five cervical vertebrae which come after the axis, a rugged continuous lamina unites the anterior articular processes to the posterior ones. The spinous process inclines forward, and at its summit is flat in the transverse direction, and is in some cases bifid. It becomes progressively higher from the third to the fifth cervical vertebra. The transverse processes of the sixth vertebra are long, and only provided with two prolonga- tions, a superior and an inferior one. The latter is large, and flat on both sides, and is bent abruptly downwards. The spinous process of the sixth cervical vertebra is long, namely, about I5 inch in height, and it is flattened laterally. This vertebra has no inferior spine. The seventh cervical vertebra is provided with a spinous process which is the longest. It is as much as 4f inches in height, and points backwards and upwards. The transverse processes are single, and end in rough tuberosities. This vertebra is not provided with an inferior spine, and only seldom with a vertebral foramen. Dorsal Vertebra. — The centra of the dorsal vertebrae of the ox are very similar to, though longer and thicker than, those of the horse. Their spinous processes also are larger, and incline more markedly backwards. Their transverse pro- cesses are very large, and provided with a facet which is convex from above downwards, and their posterior notches are nearly always converted into foramina. These dorsal vertebrae are more slender in the middle than at the extremities. The spinous processes diminish in width, especially at their summits, from the first to the eleventh dorsal vertebra, and then again widen in the two last. They increase in slope to the tenth, after which they become more and mure upright. The first four are the longest, and are nearly of the same height. The others gradually dimi- 3 34 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. nish. The articular facet of each transverse process of the first four or five vertebree retains its vertical convexity, and is, moreover, concave in an antero-posterior direction. In the case of the last vertebra this facet is always absent, and sometimes also in the last but one. The two last dorsal vertebrae have the articular processes arranged similarly to those of the lumbar vertebrae. The bodies of the dorsal vertebrae of the ox are longer than are those of the horse ; but they are very similar in form. The pedicles are almost always pierced by foramina which correspond to the posterior notches. The transverse processes are large, and they diminish in size and assume an arched form from before backwards, and those of the fourth dorsal vertebra are usually the longest. The dorsal vertebrae of the sheep and goat, a? is to be expected, are relatively less strong than are those of the ox. Their spinous processes are, moreover, not so wide, and their posterior notches are never converted into foramina. The lumbar vertebrae of the ox are longer and thicker than in the horse, the bodies being more convex on the lateral and inferior surfaces. The transverse processes are, as a rule, long and more strongly developed, concave on the anterior border, convex on the posterior, and they incline slightly downwards, ■with the exception of the two first, which remain nearly hori- zontal. Moreover, they increase in length from the first to the fourth vertebra, those of the fourth being therefore the longest, though those of the fifth are not much less, and those of the last suddenly become shorter. Their width gradually diminishes from before to behind. The lumbar vertebrae do not articulate ■with one another, nor with the sacrum. Their articular pro- cesses are small and prominent, and further removed from the median line in the posterior vertebrae. The Sacrum. — The sacrum of the ox is larger and more prominently arched than is tliat of the horse, and its superior surface is more convex. The spinous processes are more firmly united, and they are also surmounted by a thick rugged lip. They are lengthened at their base and on each side by a ridge which represents the rudiments of the articular processes. The lateral borders are sharp, and bent downwards. The superior foramina are not very markedly regular, the under surface is more concave, the promontory is more marked, and the inferior THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 35 foramina are larger. The sacral cornua are large and expanded for the attachment of ligaments. The lumen of the spinal canal is of an oval shape, and the articular portion of the body is large. The transverse processes are short and thick, and their external extremities are bounded by a vertical border, the inferior angle of which is directed downwards. The surfaces which serve to unite the sacrum with the ossa innominata have, in fact, a more or less vertical direction. There are no lateral facets on the base of the sacrum for articulation with the transverse processes of the last lumbar vertebra. In the sheep and goat the sacrum is shorter, and sometimes the spinous processes are not united. The coccygeal vertebrae of ruminants are stronger than those of the horse. They vary in number from fifteen to twenty, and the anterior of them possess rudimentary articular processes. The sacrum of rodents presents certain characters not dissimilar from that of ruminants. As a rule, only one vertebra touches the ilium on each side. No ruminant has a prehensile tail. There are no chevron bones in ruminants ; but the ox has hypopophyses in the tail. The Ribs. — As a general rule, ruminants possess thirteen pairs of ribs, of which eight are true and five false. The pig has fourteen pairs of ribs. They are straight, and broader, longer, less markedly arched, and more uniform than are the ribs of solipeds. The superior extremity is large and smooth. The necks of the foremost ribs are short and thick, and their tubercles are large. The necks of the posterior ribs are very long and thin, and also they are smaller than in the horse. The angles are not very marked, and the front extremities are expanded so as to articulate with their cartilages by means of true joints (diarthrodial articulations). In the last rib, and sometimes also in the last but one, the tuberosity is scarcely perceptible, and it has no articular facet. In the sheep and goat the sternal ribs are united with the cartilages. The Sternum. — The sternum of the domesticated animals, except solipeds, is flat both above and below, instead of from side to side. The superior surface is concave, forms the floor of the chest ; the inferior is convex, but slightly concave from side to side. On the borders between each two segments are articular depressions for the costal cartilages. The cariniform cartilage is small and conical, while the ensiform cartilage is 3 * 36 THE DISEASES AND. DISOEDERS OF THE OX. large and circular. In the case of the sternum of ruminants each piece is developed from two centres of ossification situated side by side. Seven separate bones make up the sternum in these animals, and they are much more closely united than are the bones which compose the sternum of the horse. With the exception of the first piece, the rest are united with one another by ossification at an early period. The first segment or manubrium, however, is joined to the second by a true diartbrodial articulation, whereby it can move laterally. There is no cervical prolongation, and the xiphoid cartilage is only slight, and it is, moreover, well detached from the body of the bone. This diartbrodial articulation between the two first pieces is not present in the case of the sheep and the goat. In these animals they are simply united by a layer of cartilage, which in old animals is completely ossified. Pelvis. — The pelvis of a ruminant is very long, and the hind legs are longer than the fore legs. The symphysis also is long. The OS innominatum is larger, but of the same general ap- pearance as is the same bone of the horse. The ilium is thick, and is marked with a prominent line, which runs from the anterior spine to the superior ischiatic ridge. Its internal sur- face is very convex, the ridge between the part resting on the sacrum and that which lies without it being well marked. The ilio-peclineal eminence is prominent, and the crest and spines are very strong. The ischium is of about the same size as the ilium. The anterior extremity has a thick projecting external portion, which forms part of the cotyloid cavity, and is sur- mounted by the large superior ischiatic spine, from which a slight ridge is continued backwards over the thick concave body to the tuberosity. The inferior ischiatic spine is conical in shape, and it points outwards and downwards. On the ischial symphysis inferiorly are a ridge and tubercle, which are absent in the case of the horse. The pubis is large and concave. The symphysis pubis is never completely ossified. The cotyloid cavity is deep, and the cotyloid notch is narrow and deep, and near the hirge foramen ovale. Tlie inlet of the pelvic cavity is oval, and its sacro- pubic diameter is greater than its transverse one, while the sacro- ischiatic diameter of the outlet is less than the transverse. The Hind Limb. — The/ew///-, or thigh-bone, is distinguished THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 37 from that of the horse by the absence of the lesser trochanter. The trochanter iuternus is a round tubercle situated near the posterior surface. In no ruminant is there a third trochanter. The head of the bone is small but prominent, the trochanteric fossa deep but small. The trochanter major has only one emi- nence, which is not very prominent, and is united to the internal trochanter by a ridge. The condyles and trochlea are somewhat small, and the supracondyloid fossa is shallow. The tibia has no vertical fossa on the anterior tuberosity, and no articular facet for the fibula. The distal extremitv has its external malleolus represented by a separate bone called the malleolar hone. This articulates with the tibia, calcaneum, and astragalus, and it also represents the distal end of the fibula, the remainder of which bone is usually replaced by a long liga- ment which stretches along the whole length of the tibia. As a rule, in ruminants the fibula is aborted, but this is not the case in tragulidae. The patella is small, and somewhat conical in shape. The tarsus consists of five bones. The astragalus is deep but narrow, and has a pulley-shaped surface inferiorly as well as superiorly. The calcaneum is long and square. The great cunei- form (cuneiforme magnum) and the cuboid are united to form the cubo-cuneiform bone. The cuboid and scaphoid bones are never found in ruminants. The cuneiforme medium is like that of the horse, while the cuneiforme parvum is very small. The large metatarsal bone has its inferior extremity divided into two equal parts by a deep fissure, and it has a groove superiorly. The small metatarsal bones, when present, are rudimentary and single. The Shoulder and Fore-arm. — The scapula is large and very triangular. The spine, which as a rule in ruminants is short, divides the scapula into two fossae, which, as regards their extent, stand to each other in the ratio of about one to three. The spine does not gradually end in the neck as that of the horse does, but in the abrupt angle prolonged to a point to which the name acromion process has been given. ' The neck is more distinct, and the coracoid process and glenoid cavity are both small, and situated close together. The bicipital groove of the humerus is single, the external trochanter is very large, and its summit is curved over the 38 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. bicipital groove. The head is large, the tuberosities on the contrary being small, while the bone itself is less markedly twisted than is that of the horse. The fore-arm is short in the ox, sheep, and pig, although that of the carnivora is very long. In the case of solipeds, ruminants, and in pachyderms, in the general way the radius and ulna are so firmly united by means of an interosseous ligament that these two bones can only execute slight movements in relation to each other. The radius and ulna are, in fact, fused ; but they are separate in tragulus. In ruminants the ulna is an elongated bone, being longer and larger than is the ulna of the horse. It extends as far as the distal end of the radius, and it articulates with the cuneiform bone. The radius, on the other hand, is short, very flat from before to behind, and the bicipital tuberosity is scarcely notice- able. There are two radio-ulnar arches, and they are united externally by a deep fissure. In the ox and sheep the carpus is only composed of six bones in all, four in the upper row, and only two in the lower row, in which the os magnum and the trapezoides are united. The four bones of the upper row are the scaphoid and the lunar, which articulate with the radius, the cuneiform, which articulates with the radius and the ulna, and the trapezium, which is small, tuberous in shape, and does not articulate with the radius. The two bones of the lower row are the os magnum and the cuneiform, which articulate with the large metacarpal bone, the trapezoid being fused with the os magnum, or absent, according to some observers, and the pisiform bone being wanting. The supercarpal bone has no groove for gliding, and the pyrami- dalis articulates with the radius and cubitus. T'he bones of the lower row only articulate with the principal metacarpal bone. Pro- fessor Gobaux, in 1865, exhibited specimens to prove that the interval of the two bones of the lower row in the carpus of rumi- nants really represents two bones, so that these animals actually have seven carpal bones, like the horse has. Ruminants have two metacarpal bones, a chief one, which itself results from the consolidation of the second and third metacarpals, and another one which is quite rudimentary. In reality the cannon bone is composed of two bones united. The metacarpals are as a rule fused. The ox has the second and fifth plialanges only rudi- THE ANATOMY OP THE OX. 89 mentary. The large metacarpal bone has a vertical groove down its anterior middle, and this groove marks the original division of the bone into two. The inferior extremity is divided by a deep fissure into two articulations, each resembling the single one of the horse, the external one being always the smaller. A rudimentary metacarpus is placed postero-exter- nally. The phalanges and sesamoids in either limb are double, one set forming each digit. They are small and narrow, the coffin-bone resembling half of that of the horse. In the adult ruminant two cardiac bones are frequently found in the heart, in connection with the auriculo-ventricular rings. The left bone is much smaller than the right. The Head of the Ox. The diflference betwixt the general aspect of the head of the ox and that of the horse mainly consists in the different extent and form of the frontal and parietal bones. The frontal bone of the horse extends but little more than half-way from the orbit of the eye to the top of the head, and above the frontal bone the two parietals, thickly covered as they are in the living animal by the temporal muscles, form the arch-shaped dome of the skull. Now, in the ox the frontal bone extends from the nose to the superior ridge of the skull, presenting a flat irregular surface destitute of muscles to cover it. In the cranium of the ox the frontal bone is well developed, and it extends from below the eyes to the back of the skull, and forms the entire forehead and crest. In the middle of the forehead is the frontal tuberosity, which is espe- cially large in the case of those oxen which have no horns. The frontal bone is very thick, and its superior surface is flat and broad, especially in the case of the male. Comparing for a moment the skull of the sheep and the deer, we find that the face is more markedly curved down in reference to the long axis of the skull in the sheep than it is in the deer. Reverting now again to the frontal bone of the ox, we find that it is especially characterised by the conical osseous cores on which the horns are supported. From the' sides of the crest these two processes, the horn-cores, arise, and they vary in size and in degree of curvature, although they correspond to the horns in shape. These horn-cores are porous, especially at their roots. They are, moreover, very rough, and also covered with thick 40 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. periosteum, and the}' contain sinuses and large canals and also foramina, through which pass arteries and veins. The horns of oxen may be used as very formidable weapons of attack, and they are, in fact, often used with terrible effect. They must be securely based on the frontal bone, and, indeed, they may be looked upon as continuations of tliat bone. The forehead of the bull is considerably shorter and also broader than that of the cow or bullock. In the case of some hornless cattle Fig. -0x8 Hkad — Anteriok Face 1. Mastoid process. 2. Supra-orbital foramen. 8. Zygoma. 4. Lachrymal bone. 5. ^laxillary spine. (J. Inferior orifice of the supermaxillo-dental canal. ((Viouffou.) the frontal bones begin to contract a little above the eyes, and end in a rather narrow ridge at the top of the head. How- ever, even these cattle use their heads aggressively, and some- times butt one another with very great violence. Now, if the brain were situated immediately beneath the bone, the concussion might not unfrequcntly be highly dangerous, and even fatal. Hence the frontal portion of the skull is composed of two plates separated from each other at least an inch at all places, and in some parts more than two inches, by numerous vacuities, and THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 41 these cells extend through the whole of the bone. Moreover, we find that the vacuities in the horn-cores are continuous with the largely-developed frontal sinuses, and these, in their turn, are likewise prolonged into the parietal bones, and even into the occipital bone. In fact, the cavities extend from the extremities of the cores to the orbit, and nearly as far backwards and down- wards as the foramen magnum. The two nostrils are, as it were, merged into one. Indeed, there is one continuous cavity from the muzzle to the tip of the horn and from one muzzle to the other. Inflammation of the Frontal Sinuses. — The sinuses are lined internally by a prolongation of the membrane of the nose, and when one part of it is inflamed, the whole is liable to be affected. Consequently, nasal gleet in the ox ought to be examined and properly treated at once. After a little cough, with slight nasal discharge, a beast may rapidly become dull and drooping,^ and carry the head on one side. Grubs or worms may have crept up the nostril and be lodged within some of the sinuses, or perhaps inflammation of the membrane of the nose, the result of an ordinary cold, may extend along the cavity, and be more intense in some particular spot than in others. Even suppura- tion may supervene, and it is more common near the root of one of the horns. The veterinary surgeon either opens the skull at the root of the horn with a trephine, or cuts off" the horn at its root. More than a pint of pus may escape from the orifice. The opening into the sinus should, however, be speedily closed. Occasionally the ox suff'ers greatly from the larva of a species of fly, which creeps up the nose and lodges in some part of the sinus. The ox is tortured much more than the sheep from this cause, and the symptoms may even resemble those of in- flammation of the brain. The supra-orbital foramina are double, situated far backwards, and continued by a groove. The frontal arch articulates with the zygoma. The processes which form the orbital arches rest by their summits on the zygomatic bone. The supra-orbital foramen is a true and frequently multiple canal. The inferior border of the frontal bone is deeply notched in its middle to receive the nasal bones. In the sheep and goat the frontal bone is relatively less extensive and strong than it is in the case of the ox. It does not ascend to the summit of the head, and 42 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. the frontal sinuses are not prolonged beyond its superior border. The parietal bone in the ox does not occupy the anterior aspect of the head ; but it joins with the occipital bone in forming the base of the neck. The parietal bone is a narrow osseous plate elongated transversely, and recurved at its two extremities, and it descends into the temporal fossa to rest upon the sphenoid bone, and articulate with the sphenoid and temporal bones. The parietal bones are small. Each is situated below the frontal crest, and extends under and supports the horn-cores. Beneath the crest posteriorly the two parietals unite by means of the inter- parietal suture ; but there is never a central suture in ruminants. There are no parietal ridges. The parietal bone of the ox is not involved in the formation of the parieto-temporal canal, and it is excavated internally by cavities which communicate with the frontal sinuses. The parietal bone of the sheep and goat is rela- tively much larger than that of the ox, and in these animals it takes part in the formation of the parieto-temporal canal, and has no sinuses. The occipital bone is much wider from side to side, but at the same time smaller, than the occipital bone of the horse. The occipital protuberance is obtuse, and gives rise to the superior curved lines on each side. In the case of the occipital bone of the sheep these curved lines are very marked, and they occupy the summit of the head. The basilar process is wide, short, and thick. The condyloid foramina are double and sometimes triple. The foramen lacerum is divided into an anterior foramen and a posterior one by means of the mastoid portion of the temporal bone. In the sheep the basi-occipital is square and flat, but it is longer in otlier groups. The Ethmoid Bone. — In ruminants the ethmoid bone and its cells are well developed, and the great ethmoidal cell is of enormous size. The ethmoid bone has a large volute prolonged forwards, and it looks like a third turbinated bone prolonged between the two turbinated bones usually met with. It has been called the olfactory antrum or cave. The ethmoid bone is closely fixed between the adjacent bones, in consequence of the slight development of the sinuses around it. The Sphengip Bone. — In the ox the pterygoid processes are large and thin. The sub-sphenoidal canal is not present. The f THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 43 Sella turcica is deep, and the bony projection separating it from the basilar process is very prominent. The three suprasphenoidal canals blend to form a single wide one. There are no notches in the superior border for the passage of the internal carotid and spheno-spinous arteries. There is no pterygoid foramen, and likewise there is no foramen lacerum basis cranii, its place being occupied by the large auditory bulla ; but there is a large fora- men ovale through which passes the inferior maxillary nerve. The foramen lacerum orbitale and the foramen rotundum are not separated by a plate of bone. In the sheep the osseous promi- nence which bounds the pituitary fossa behind forms a lamina which curves forward, and is prolonged at its extremities into two points, the posterior clinoid processes. The Temporal Bone. — In the ox, the sheep, and the goat the petrous and squamous portions of the temporal bone are always united. The zygoma is slender in ruminants. The summit of the zygomatic process only articulates with the malar bone. In the ox the condyle of the zygomatic process is very wide and large and convex. The mastoid process is large. The styloid processes are short and wide and greatly curved inwards, and broader than in the case of the horse. The parieto-temporal canal is very large, and it is entirely excavated in the temporal bone. Its superior or internal extremity opens above the petrous portion in an excavation, which represents the lateral cavity of the parietal protuberance in the horse. At its inferior extremity- it always shows several oritices. The mastoid crest is united with the upper root of the zygomatic process, and it is prolonged below to the mastoid protuberance, which is very large. The external auditory meatus is small, and directed slightly down- wards. The tympanic bulla exists in ruminants, but it is not markedly developed. In the case of the sheep and goat the mastoid process is scarcely distinct from the crest, and the mas- toid portion of the bone is only at a late period united with the petrous portion. The superior maxilla is shorter but broader than that of the horse, the maxillary spine consisting of, or father being repre- sented by, a rough protuberance, which is not continuous with the zygoma. In fact, in the ox, sheep, and goat the maxillary spine does not directly join the zygomatic crest. A curved line, whose concavity is directed posteriorly, effects the union between 44 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEUS OP THE OX. these two parts. The inferior orifice of the dental canal of the superior maxilla or infra-orbital foramen is situated opposite the first molar tooth. With the exception of the camel, no ruminant has incisors in the upper jaw. There is no fissure for the forma- tion of the palatine canal. The cavity of the sinus is more spacious than in the horse, and in the case of the ox only it is prolonged between the two laminae of the palatine roof. There is no alveolus for the tusk. Premaxillary Bone. — The premaxilla is broad. The in- ferior or chief portion of this bone is flattened before and behind, and devoid of alveoli in its external border. It is rarely united with the adjacent bones, and is never, in the case of the smaller ruminants, articulated with the nasal bone. The prsemaxillae do not reach the nasals in the Saiga antelopes, though they do in the case of other antelopes. The Saiga antelope has a very short nasal region ; but it is prolonged by means of cartilage anteriorly. In fact, the nasal bones are very short, and they end near the orbits in the Saiga antelope. In the ox the nasal bones are rather long, but shorter and broader, and not so firmly articulated as are those of the horse. The superior extremity of each nasal bone is held in a groove in the inferior border of the frontal bone. The lower end presents two points having a notch between them. Of these two points the inner one unites with its fellow to form one projection, so that in the articulated skull the nasal peak presents three points, but in the smaller ruminants only two. The palate bone is large and very well developed in the ox, and it is noted for the breadth of the palatine portion of its external surface. The palatine canal is entirely channeled out in its substance. The palatine crest is very thin and elevated. The lachrymal bone appears on the face, is large, and at the bottom of the orbit it forms a large pro- tuberance, which is crossed by the maxillary sinus. The orbital plate of this bone is thin and fragile. This bone has not its foramen situated externally. As was said above, the lachrymal bones do not reach the nasals in the case of the goat, so that in this animal there is a vacuity left between these two bones ; but this is not the case in the sheep. The malar lione is well developed. It is bifid posteriorly. The superior bnmch meets the orbital process of the frontal bone, and the posterior branch joins the zygomatic process of THE ANATOMY OF THE OX, 45 the temporal bone behind the orbital fossa, being formed by the union of the posterior borders of the palatine and pterygoid bones, and the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone. The posterior nares are very narrow, and situated behind the superior maxillse, and not between those bones. The pterygoid bones are large, and usually close an opening which is left between the sphenoid and palatine bones. The superior turbinal is small, the inferior turbinal being largely developed. The vomer is verv large, and rests on the anterior half of the maxillary suture. The inferior maxilla is longer, but less massive than in the horse. The neck is more constricted, and the symphysis seldom becomes completely ossified. There are eight small alveoli in front for the incisors and canines, the latter being close up to the former. The condyles are small and convex in their short diameter, but slightly concave in their long diameter, thus allowing of a con- siderable amount of lateral motion. The coronoid processes are long, and the sigmoid notches are very deep. The hyoid bone has one cornu and two cornicula on each side. The two cornua or stylohyals are suspended from the temporal bone. The spur process is small and blunt. SECTION IL— LIGAMENTS AND MUSCLES. In the ox the dorso-lumbar supraspinous ligament is com- posed of yellow elastic tissue, and anteriorly is expanded and attached to the sides rather than to the summits of the neural spines of the vertebrae. The inferior common ligament is very strong, and the intervertebral discs are thicker than those of the horse. The ligamentum nuchse is also stronger, the weight it has to bear being greater. The sternal ribs articulate with their cartilages by means of true diarthroses, and they are supplied with synovial membranes. The sternum has an inferior common ligament, and the presternum, or manubrium, articulates with the mesosternum by a diarthrosis. The transverse lumbo-sacral and interlumbar articulations are peculiar tO'the horse, and not present in the ox. With regard to the ligaments of the hind limb, the pubo-femoral ligament is also wanting in the ease of all the domesticated animals except the horse, and it is owing to the absence of this ligament that the larger ruminants can 46 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. deliver those sweeping circular blows with the foot, known by the name of " cow kicks." There is more motion in the tarsus of ruminants, owing to the greater mobility of the astragalus, which glides upon the calcaneum, the cubo-cuneiform bone, the tibia, and the malleolar bone. In the elephant there is no round ligament, and the femur, instead of being when at rest inclined downwards and forwards, is almost perpendicular. This accounts for the peculiar contour of the haunch in that animal. In ruminants, the panniculus carnosus in the cervical region is for the most part aponeurotic, and there is a muscle resem- bling that one which is known as the sterno-maxillaris of the horse, which is sometimes looked upon as its inferior fleshy portion. In the head, the panniculus carnosus resembles that of the horse, but there is an expansion of it in the frontal region which is called the frontalis muscle. In the head, the palatine ridges being closer together than is the case in the horse, the pterygoid muscles originate nearer to the middle line of the head, and thus the contraction of them produces more lateral motion in the lower jaw than there is in that of the horse. There is no digastric muscle in the domesti- cated animals other than the horse. The muscle which repre- sents it has only one belly, and in the ox this muscle is joined to its fellow on the opposite side by a small, square, transverse muscle. The masseter and temporalis muscles are both less strong. The frontalis muscle, above spoken of, passes from the root of the horn-core to the upper edge of the orbital fossa. It is a flat, thin muscle, and it blends with the external levator of the eyelid. The levator labii snperioris alaeque nasi is not present in the smaller ruminants, and in the ox it differs from that of the horse in that the anterior division, instead of the posterior one, covers the dilatator naris lateralis, and also that it covers the nasnlis longus as well. Two accessory muscles arise in common with this uasalis longus, and they are inserted in the upper lip. The dilators of the nostril, except the lateralis, are wanting. The zygomaticus has a long tendinotis origin, which reaches up to the zygoma. The long tendon of insertion of the depressor labii inferioris is not present. Thi; hyoideus magnus has a long tendinous origin, and it forms no sheath, there being no mesian digastric tendon. The lachrymalis is closely blended above with the anterior border of the orbicularis THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 47 palpebrarum, and is more strongly developed and thicker than in the case of the horse. The Trunk. — The muscle which seems to correspond to the sterno-maxillaris of the horse is looked upon by Chauveau as representing the inferior fleshy band of the panniculus car- nosus. It is attached above to the fascia of the masseter muscle, and sometimes it may be traced to the zygoma. If this view is the correct one, it would appear that the sterno-maxil- laris is represented by the sterno-suboccipitalis, a muscle which is inserted on the basi-occipital bone, in company with a tendon of the levator humeri. The sterno-thyro-hyoideus is larger than in the horse, and is not digastric. The rectus capitis anticus major is covered by the trachelo-atloideus, a flat muscle which unites the atlas inferiorly to some of the succeeding vertebrte. The levator humeri attaches itself anteriorly to the mastoid process, to the posterior surface of the occipital bone and the ligamentum nuchae, to the basi-occipital bone, together with the sterno-suboccipitalis, and to the wing of the atlas by a tendon separate from that of the splenius and trachelo-mastoideus. The splenius muscle in the case of ruminants is very small. In the camel, according to Cuvier, it does not exist, or, if it does, is so small as to escape observation. The trapezius and eerratus magnus are largely developed, and the intercostals and levatores costarum, of course, vary in number with the ribs. The pectoralis anticus is small, and considerably blended with the transversus. The abdominal tunic is large and very thick, and, in fact, it may be said that its development is always proportional to the magnitude of the abdominal viscera. The linese transversae of the rectus abdominis are very well marked. The obliquus internus is large, and it fills up the space between the ilium, the last rib, and the lumbar vertebrae. The fascia transversalis is more marked than is that of the horse. The diaphragm in ruminants is thick and strong, and is proportionate to the weight of the abdominal viscera. The crura of the diaphragm are long and large, and the peri- phery is attached more anteriorly than in trhe horse. In the camel the diaphragm usually contains a small bone. Fore Limb. — The extensors of the metacarpus are disposed as is the case in the horse, with the exception that the tendon of the obliquus is inserted into the great metacarpal bone. The 48 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. extensor pedis is divided throughout its length, thus giving rise to an external muscle, the extensor communis digitorum, and an internal one, the extensor proprius internus, the former of these two muscles being rather larger than the latter. The tendons of these muscles run down the metacarpus in company, and at the commencement of the digits that of the extensor communis bifurcates, a portion being inserted into the pyramidal process of each distal phalanx. The tendon of the extensor proprius internus receives slips from the suspensory ligament about the middle of the first phalanx, and is attached to the mesial and outer surface of the internal distal phalanges. The extensor suffraginis is represented in ruminants by the extensor proprius extern us, and it differs from the former muscle of the horse in being thicker and stronger, and in being inserted in the same manner as the internus. These three muscles are all extensors, but the communis is also an approximator, while the proprii are diverters or expansors of the digits. The flexor perforatus is a double muscle, but unites to form a single tendon, which divides, and each part behaves as the single portion in the horse, being, however, assisted in the formation of the sheaths for the per- forans tendons by two strong slips from the suspensory liga- ment which correspond to the check ligament. The check ligament may be said to be attached in tlie ruminant to the perforatus tendon only. The tendon of the flexor perforans also divides, the two parts passing through the sheaths formed as above described, and ending in a manner similar to that of the horse, becoming, however, blended with the plantar cushion of the foot, and the inferior interdigital ligament. Hind Limb. — The gluteus externus is closely blended with the triceps abductor. The gluteus maximus is nearly covered by the compound muscle and that of the fascia lata, and is smaller than in the horse, while the gluteus internus is much larger. The tensor fasciee latas and triceps abductor are firmly united over the region of the trochanter major, the former muscle being largely developed, while the latter has no femoral attachment. The rectus parvus is absent. The biceps rotator tibialis has no origin from the sacrum. There appears to be no proper pyri- formis muscle, but there is a muscle similar to it outside the pelvis. The tendon of the obturator internus passes through the obturator foramen. The fibrous portion of the flexor meta- I THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 49 tarsi and the extensor pedis of the horse have, in the case of the ox, a common origin, giving rise to three large muscles, of which the external one is the extensor communis digitorum, and the internal the extensor proprius internus, the tendons of these two terminating as in the fore limb. The third of these three muscles is situated in front of and a little to the inner side of the others. It is a flexor of the metatarsus, and represents the fibrous portion of the flexor metatarsi in the horse, forming a sheath or ring through which the tibialis anticus, a muscle repre- senting the fleshy portion of the same, passes. The peroneus is the extensor proprius externus, and it is attached distally, as in the case of the fore limb. A muscle, the peroneus longus lateralis, has no representative in the horse. It arises deeply from the external part of the head of the tibia, and ends in a long slender tendon, which winds obliquely over that of the proprius externus at the tarsal joint, and after pursuing a tortuous course round the outside of the joint, is inserted into the small cuneiform and metatarsal bones. The gastrocnemius internus of the ruminant is thicker in the fleshy portion than that of the horse, and the flexor perforans is more clearly divisible into two parts.* SECTION III.— INTERNAL ANATOMY. The Organs concerned in the Process of Digestion. As our readers probably know quite well, the organs which are concerned in the process of digestion in ruminants are of a characteristic and very complex kind. For example, the stomach is composed of no less than four compartments in most ruminants, and each one of these has its own special functions. We shall describe the stomach in detail later on ; but we may say here that, having regard to the complexity of the digestive canal, there is no reason for surprise in the fact that ruminants are liable to become affected with certain -peculiar kinds of diseases which are connected with the special features of their * For the above brief account of Ligaments and Muscles we are, in some degree, indebted to that valuable work, Strangeway's Veterinary Anatomy, revised by Vaughan. 4 50 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. system of aiimentation and means whereby their food is converted into material capable of being absorbed into the blood-stream. Ruminants, as a matter of fact, do usually extract their nourish- ment from food which is comparatively innutritions in nature. Consequently they have to take rather large quantities of food, and accordingly the digestive canal in this class of animals is specially constructed so as to be capable of dealing with con- siderable amounts of ingested substances. Indeed, it may seem wonderful how the bulky bodies of herbivorous animals can be maintained by the food supplied to them. On the other hand, the carnivorous animals, such as the lion, tiger, cat, dog, and so forth, have much less difficulty in converting the flesh which they consume into the flesh and blood of their own bodies, and hence their digestive canals are of a more simple kind. It may be said that vegetable material requires a longer time in order to be digested than do other substances. For instance, in man vegetables are not fully digested in the stomach ; and in the case of a person who had an artificial anus at the end of the small intestine, vegetables were found even there to be only in- completely digested. Hence in ruminants, herbivorous marsu- pials, and herbivorous quadruraana we find a complex stomach, a long small intestine, a large-sized caecum and a spirally-shaped colon. Again, the dugong, the sloth, and the manatee have stomach and intestines complex, though in diff'erent ways. Again, the dormouse, wombat, and beaver have little or no complexity, but have a gland at the side of the stomach. Finally the perissodactyle ungulates have the stomach simple but the colon and csecum sacculated. All these animals are herbivorous, and we see that special arrangements are present in order to facilitate the digestion of vegetable matters. In this connection it is well to bear in mind also that vegetable material does not putrefy so rapidly as fleshy substances do, and hence it is not necessary that it should be so quickly got rid of. Again, human beings are omnivorous. Our food consists of both animal and vegetable material, and under the general circum- stances of healthy nutrition it is most advisable that we should take a mixed diet. Indeed, there can be no doubt that the wisest and best plan is for us to live on fish, flesh, or fowl, as well as vegetables ; and we may add that a fair amount of water per diem is requisite, and that we ought to allow a sufficient THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 51 time for the process of digestion of eacli meal before we under- take hard work of any kind, especially such as is of a mental character. As an example of the kind of ailment which is essentially characteristic of ruiTiinants, we may here mention a disorder which is well known to all who have to do with cattle and sheep under the name of hoven or tympanitis — a derange- ment which we shall in due course consider, and one which, as we shall soon see, is due to a distension of the rumen with gas resulting from the fermentation of undigested food contained therein. As another instance of a derangement peculiar to ruminants, we may mention that food in the case of these animals may be found to be impacted betwixt the folds of the omasum, though we must not forget that, even under the ordinary cir- cumstances of health, hard plates of more or less completely digested material are found lying between the leaves of that stomach. As our readers know, that large class of herbivorous animals, to which the name of ruminants has been given, are so designated because it is their habit to hastily swallow a large mass of food into the capacious paunch or rumen, and then to chew it leisurely at a convenient subsequent time. These animals, when in the wild state, have to rely upon their quickness of sight, their acute powers of hearing, and their great agility in evading their enemies. They congregate together in large num- bers, and one or more of the herd may be observed to keep on the watch, and also to make signals to their companions if any danger is at hand. If so, these timid creatures seek safety in flight, and escape by fleetness of limb. In the domesticated state this power of speedy flight is not possessed ; but the special features of the digestive system are far too definitely fixed to be altered very appreciably, although the power of swift motion is almost entirely lost. As compared with animals such as the horse, cattle may be said to be of rather a plethoric habit. Under suitable condi- tions they rapidly become fat. Another point about ruminants is that aperient medicines may be given wTth far greater freedom to them than to certain other animals, as indeed they also may be administered more freely to the pig and dog than to the horse. Again, we find that the horse suffers frequently from flatulent colic in the large intestines, owing to this portion of the alimentary 4 * 52 THE DISEASES AND DISOBDEES OF THE OX. canal in the horse containing a considerable amount of food which is liable to undergo fermentation. In the ox, on the other hand, as also in the sheep, we often meet with distension of the first stomach, or rumen, a condition known as " hoven," wliich like- wise arises from the disengagement of gas. Whereas, then, in the case of the horse it is in the large intestines that this affection occurs, in the case of ruminating animals it is in the rumen, or paunch. Again, whereas inflammation of the bowels may not uncommonly bring about a fatal issue in the horse in the course of a few hours, the same affection may be continued for as long as a fortnight in the case of an ox before death supervenes. Similarly, many other inflammatory affections kill the horse within a few hours, whereas they may be protracted for days or even weeks in oxen. Again, ruminants are possessed of powerful tongues, by means of which they can take into the mouth long and thick tufts of grass. The tongue of the ox is rough, and studded with papillae, which are directed backwards. The upper lip is short and thick, and the incisor teeth, situated in the front of the lower jaw, are used for cutting the food pressed against the pad. The herbage is then slightly masticated by means of a few strokes of the molar teeth, mixed with the saliva and other secretions of the mouth, then swallowed and passed down the oesophagus into the rumen, or paunch, in which stomach it is tossed about a little and to some extent mixed with the fluid secreted by the glands contained in the walls thereof. We may here state that some of the water which is drunk passes into the rumen. Some of the food is conveyed from the rumen through the valvular opening into th? reticulum, in which stomach it is mixed with mucous fluid. The finer part of the pabulum is then passed to the third compartment, or manyplies, while the larger portions of the food are at a convenient time regurgitated into the mouth in order tiiat they may be masti- cated over again at the animal's leisure. In the process of chewing the cud the camel moves its jaws laterally from left to right and from right to left, whereas the ox gives a rotatory movement. Kegurgitation is effected by means of the muscular contrac- tion of the walls of the reticulum, the relaxation of the oesopha- geal pillars, and the anti-peristaltic action of the oesophageal walls. THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 53 After having been chewed for the second time, the food is thea again swallowed, and a portion of it now passes into the rumen, the rest down the oesophageal canal to the manyplies. Here the solid material is drawn between the leaves of that organ, while the liquid portion flows on to the aboraasum. Then the digestive material is at length passed into the intestinal canal. We must bear in mind that rumination, or chewing the cud, is entirely under the control of the will, and that it is a process which may very easily be disturbed. Hence great care should be taken not to interfere with an ox or a sheep when reclining and engaged in calmly chewing the cud. In the winter time some owners of stock have their beasts inspected at about half-past 8 o'clock, and they are often made to stand up in order that it may be seen if they stretch them- selves or not, the fact of them stretching themselves being con- sidered sufficient evidence that they are well. However, it is important to remember that one of the best signs of health is the chewing of the cud. The processes of digestion comprise all those changes whereby the nutriment is extracted from the food and rendered capable of absorption. The food, while it remains in the stomach, is subjected to slow movement as a result of the muscular motion of that organ. As it is gradually rolled about, the mass of food is rendered partly soluble by slow degrees at its surface. During the process of digestion the mucous surface of the stomach is more freely supplied with blood and changed from its usual pale hue to a bright red colour. The food is trans- formed into chyme in the stomach, and this semi-fluid material accumulates at the pyloric orifice. This, then, opens and allows the chyme to escape into the small intestines into which the bile also flows. Here it undergoes further change, and the soluble ingredients are absorbed by the blood-vessels and lacteals in the walls of the intestinal canal. The lips of the ox are thick and rigid, and only slightly mobile and prehensile. A large portionj)f the outer and front part of the upper lip, including the part between the nasal openings, is devoid of hair, and it constitutes the muzzle. It varies in colour, but in healthy animals it is always moist. It is covered with papillae and with the orifices of the ducts of the subcutaneous glands which moisten it by means of their 54 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. secretiou. The lips of the smaller ruminants are thin and very mobile and prehensile. The upper lip is divided in front by a median fissure. The cheeks of ruminants are provided, on their inner surface between the angle of the lip and the first molar tooth with numerous large long conical papillae which point backwards. The roof also of the mouth is covered with rough and strongly reverted papillae. Posteriorly a row of these papillae runs along the level of the upper molars. Small rouud papillae are also present. The hard palate is large, its posterior third being smooth. The anterior two- thirds are covered with straight transverse bars, which are denticulated, the free edges of the bars projecting backwards. The ox is provided with a hardened pad, which takes the place of the upper incisors. Behind this pad of cartilage by which the upper incisors are replaced, there is, in the middle line, a mark, which resembles the letter T, with the normal directed backwards, and at each extremity of the transverse line is the oral opening of Jacobson's canal. The soft palate is not so large and pendulous as that of the horse. The isthmus faucium is always open, thus permitting the animal to breathe through the mouth, and allowing the upward passage of food. The tonsils probably are represented in ruminants. The tongue of the ox is much modified and raised up. Its muscles are well developed ; it is prehensile, and it has great latitude of movement. Moreover, it is much rougher, shorter and thicker than is the tongue of the horse, and it is pointed at the tij). Again, the papillae are better developed, and the filiform papillae are very large and numerous near the apex. The papillae circumvallatae are arranged in two rows, one on each side of the base, and there are about ten of them on either side. Between the lower border of the tongue and the sides of the lower dental arch there is a row of conical papillae, similar to those on the cheek. The] tongue of the smaller ruminants is very delicate. The parotid gland is small and red, the duct follows a similar course to that of the horse, but enters the mouth much more posteriorly. In small ruminants it crosses the masseter muscle externally. The submaxillary gland is very large and of a yellow colour. The duct of Wharton opens close to the incisors, the papilla^ surrounding the openings being THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 55 lodged in an elliptical fossa. The sublingual gland is divided into two parts, the posterior of which opens by a single duct (the duct of Bartholini) close behind the opening of Wharton's duct, and the anterior by a row of ducts as in the case of the horse. With the exception of the camel and the llama, which are not as a rule domesticted in Europe, the ruminant is possessed of neither incisor nor canine teeth in the upper jaw. The former are, as was said above, replaced by a thick cartilaginous pad which is covered by the mucous membrane of the hard palate. In the lower jaw there are six incisor teeth and two canines, the latter closely resembling the incisors in shape and being situated immediately behind and outside them. Some speak of the in- cisors as eight in number, i.e. they look upon the canines as incisors. These teeth are chisel-shaped, rather like the human incisors, but they have a curved contour, being convex in front and concave behind. The whole of the crown is covered with enamel, the neck is small and constricted, and the teeth are arranged in the jaw in an almost horizontal position, forming a radiating or fan- like series. They are not firmly fixed in the alveoli, but have a certain degree of mobility, thus preventing injury to the cartilaginous pad above. The molars have com- pound tables like those of the horse, but the teeth are much smaller and cuboid in shape. The dental formula of most ruminants is :— Lpper law > . . 0 T ' • r incisors , Lower jaw ) 3 ' canines 0 1 ' premolars 3 molars 3 3 ' = 32. That of a camel is ; : — I-PP^'-J^^ I incisors ^, Lower jaw ) 3 ' canines 1 premolars 3 2 ' molars 3 "3"' = 34. The pharynx is large, but the muscles composing it are not very distinctly separable. The oesophagus is well developed, and its muscular walls are red throughout. It expands at its junction with the stomach, so that its termination is funnel- shaped. The muscular fibres are capable' of peristaltic and of anti-peristaltic contraction, and so induce both a downward and an upward motion of the contents of the tube. The muscular wall of the oesophagus is strong, and inasmuch as, preparatory to the re-mastication of the food, the bolus is 66 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. projected with great force it would probably fly out of the mouth if the above-mentioned papillae were not present. In the camel these papillae are situated on the tongue and on the palate. In the general way in camels there are two ridges from the anterior nares whereby moisture is carried from the Thk Tkktii <»i- the Ox. 1. Upper Jaw, with a the friction surface, 6 the external surface. '2. Lower Jaw with a the dental tables, and /* the external face. nose to the mouth. This is an example of adaptation. The camel has also a flap hanging from the palate which aids in retaining the moisture in tlie mouth. In the case of the male camel, during the rutting season, this flap can be blown out. The giraffe differs from other ruminants in that it is provided with a long tapering muzzle. The girallb also has a very long THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 57 tongue, the muscles of which are very large but have the same arrangement as is usual. In the giraffe the ninth pair of cerebral nerves (the hypoglossal) is very large, and these nerves are also wavy, thus enabling the tongue to be extended without straining them. In all ruminants the parotid gland is large, and as a group the salivary glands are relatively larger than in the case of the horse. In the oesophagus there are two layers of muscle, the one layer in these animals running spirally in one direction and the other in the contrary way. Moreover, in correspon- dence with their specially marked muscular powers, the fibres of these muscles of the oesophagus are striated, although they are for the most part unstriated in other animals. The oesopha- gus of the giraffe is, as must needs be the case, of great length. The ruminants (ox, sheep, deer, camels, and giraffes or camelo- pards),in correspondence with their requirements, possess, as we have said above, stomachs of considerable size and great com- plexity. BovidsB especially have a complex stomach divided into four compartments, whereas in the case of many ruminants there are only three divisions of this organ. The average collective capacity of the four compartments in an ox is not less than 55 gallons, and thus the greater part of the abdominal cavity is taken up by them. The stomach of a ruminant is a very com- plex organ, and consists of four separate compartments which differ greatly in size, in form, and in the disposition of their mucous coats. The first of the four compartments is the rumen or paunch, the second is the reticulum or honeycomb, the third is the omasum, psalterium, or manyplies, the fourth is the abomasum or rennet, or true digestive stomach. The four cavities form a short continuous chain. In Moschus (the musk-deer) there are three divisions only, namely, paunch, reticulum, and abomasum, there being no true psalterium. The rumen has a conical process below in the sheep and musk-deer. The relicula are very shallow in the musk-deer {Moschus). Moreover, the opening which leads from the rumen to the reticulum is very large in these animals. Hence in them the stomach as a whole is not so complex as it is in most rumi- nants. The first three compartments have but little to do with the essential process of digestion, being concerned chiefly in macerat- 58 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. ing and preparing the food, and being similar in point of func- tion to the cuticular portion of the stomach of the horse. In the adult ox the rumen, into which the gullet opens, is very large, much the largest compartment of the four, and it occupies about three- fourths of the abdomen. It constitutes about nine- tenths of the whole mass, and into its cavity is received the hastily swallowed and imperfectly masticated food. The rumen is situated on the left side of the animal's body, and to its left side Fig. 4. — Stomach of tuk Ox skkx ox its uiuht ltikk fack. the AliOMA.'^IM BKING DKPKE8SKI). A. Rumen, left hemisphere, n. Rumen, right hemisphere, c. Teniiination of the oesophagus, d. Reticulum, e. Omasum, k. Abomasum. the spleen is attached. It inclines obliquely downwards from left to right, and is elongated from before backwards. In front of the rumen lies the reticulum, while, the omasum and the abomasum are situated on the right. When it is filled with food, the rumen may be seen above the level of the animal's spine. The rumen has three tunics, an outer or serous coat, a muscular coat, and most internally a mucous coat, in which the glands are imbedded. The internal surface of the rumen is rough, and covered with hard epithelium, THE ANATOMY Oi' THE OX. 59 the mucous coat being covered by numerous little papillary pro- longations, some of which are conical, others foliaceous, while others are fungiform. Fig. 5. — Right View of the Stomach of the Ox. «. Gullet. b. Paunch. c. Houej'comb. d. Manvfold. e. Rennet, or Reed. f. Small Intestine. (Simouds.) Fig. 6. — Left View of the Stomach of the Ox. The Manyfold is not seen in the picture. (Sipionds.) The letters are explained above. In the case of the young animal while it lives upon milk, this stomach is of no use. Indeed the milk passes directly from the oesophagus into the psalterium and then into the aboraasum. 60 THE DISEASES AND DISOftOEES OF THE OX. The paunch is the largest of the four compartments in adult life. It has a thick muscular coat. The surface of the rumen is divided into two hemispheres by slight grooves ■which deepen towards the extremities. The sides are smooth, thick, and rounded. The extremities are divided by a deep fissure into two lobes. The two fissures mentioned divide the rumen into a right and left sac. Of these the right sac is the shorter and it is covered in the greater part of its extent by the peritoneal omentum. The left is curved on the right at both extremities, and above it receives the insertion of the cesophagus. Anteriorly it is also continuous with the second compartment. The anterior extremity has the second and third compartments in front of it. and it lies near the diaphragm. The posterior ex- tremity is contained in the brim of the pelvic cavity, where it comes into proximity with the glinto-urinary organs. The superior surface comes into relation with the intestines. The inferior surface rests upon the floor of the abdominal cavity. The left side has the spleen attached to it, and it is in contact with, and attached by cellular tissue to, the wall of the lumbar region of the abdomen. The right side is in relation with the fourth compartment in the right hypochondriac and lumbar regions, and it is embraced by coils of the intestines. On its internal surface the rumen is incompletely divided into four sacs by fleshy pillars. The chief of these are the an- terior and posterior, and they correspond to the two fissures. Processes from these run from side to side and correspoud to constrictions on the outer surface. Hence, in front, the right and left sacs are formed, and the right and left conical sacs behind. The walls of the rumen, like those of the other compartments, consist of three coats, an external serous one, a continuation of the peritoneum which envelopes the entire organ, with the exception of the place where it comes into contact with the lumbar region. The middle coat is thick and composed of muscle, and it is an extension from the oeso- phageal fibres. The internal mucous coat is cuticular, papillated, and covered with thick epithelium. These papilhe are leaf-like, conical, or fungiform, but those which are leaf-like are by far the most numerous. The opening of the oesophagus into the rumen and that of tiie rumen into the reticulum are both situated at the anterior extremity of the left sac. The superior THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 61 or oesophageal opening is prolonged over the small curvature of the second compartment by the medium of the oesophageal canal. The inferior opening is large and it communicates with the reticulum. Laterally and inferiorly it is circumscribed by the free border of a kind of valve which Is formed by the walls of the rumen together with cells of the second compartment. This second stomach, or reticulum, or honeycomb, is the Fig. 7. A. The Stomach of a Sheep. B. The Stomach of a Musk Deer. CE. Gullet ; Rn., Paunch: Ret., Honeycomb; Ps., Psalterium ; A., Ab., Abomasum ; Dn., Small Intestine ; Py., Pylorus. (After Huxley.) smallest compartment of the four into which the complex stomach of the ox is divided. This stomach varies greatly. In the case of the reindeer and the giraflfe there is but very little reticulatioin The reindeer indeed needs little or no actual water, since the food it lives upon contains much congealed water. The giraffe, too, eats moist leaves. During lactation the second stomach is small. It is slightly bent upon itself, elongated from side to side, and placed 62 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. transversely between the posterior surface of the diaphragm and the anterior extremity of the left sac of the rumen. It derives its name Reticulum from the net-like {retis, a net) character of its internal coat, and it is situated under the termination of the gullet. It is about one-sixth part of the size of the paunch, to which it is attached in front. The interior of this second stomach communicates with the left sac of the paunch ; and it commu- nicates with the manyfold (as shown in the illustration) by an opening eight or ten times smaller than the opening into the paunch. It is found that the foreign bodies so frequently swallowed by ruminants are usually lodged in the honeycomb. Fig. 8. — The Patjxch and Honeycumb of the Ox, Laid Open, by Removing the Left Side. a. The Gullet ; b. The Honeycomb ; c. The anterior pouch of the Rumen ; d. The Middle ; e. The Postero-Superior ; /. The Postero-Inferior Com- partment ; (f and h. The Pillars of the Oesophageal Canal ; i. The Entrance into the ^Manyfold. (Simonds.) The opening into the manyfold is connected by a groove or kind of gutter, which appears to continue the gullet into the interior of the stomach. The anterior surface of the reticulum adheres to the centre of the diaphragm by means of cellular tissue, and its posterior surface is united to the anterior extremity of the rumen. The inferior convex curvature is situated in the epigastric region, while the superior curvature which is concave comes partly into relation with the small curvature of the psalterium. The left extremity of the reticulum is separated from the rumen by a fissure, in which runs the inferior artery of the reticulum. The I THE ANATO^ry OF THE OX. 63 right extremity forms a round cul-de-sac, and it comes into relation with the base of the fourth compartment. As regards the interior, it is to be remarked that the internal surface of the reticulum is divided into polyhedral cells by means of folds of the mucous membrane, thus presenting the appearance of a honeycomb. These folds have papillae upon them, and their edges are serrated. These cells are further divided by secondary partitions. Mucous follicles open on the internal surface. The reticulum opens into tlie left sac of the rumen, and it also com- municates with the oesophagus, and also with the psalterium. The communication with the oesophagus on the one side and with the psalterium on the other is eflFected by the medium of the oesophageal canal, a sort of continuation of the oesophagus, which begins at the cardiac orifice, passes along the roof of the reticulum, and enters the third compartment by a circular opening. The sides of this canal consist of two movable lips, the oesophageal pillars. They are continuous with the muscular wall of the oesophagus and are attached by one border to the superior wall of the reticulum, the other border being free. As they approach the opening into the third compartment, they gradually become thicker and project more markedly. At the other extremity, where the canal enters the rumen, there is a kind of valve which is formed by the attachment of the pillars to its walls. The mucous membrane lining the free surface of this canal is wrinkled ; but that which forms its internal surface is white and folded longitudinally and resembles that of the oesophagus. Some conical papillae are situated at its opening into the psalterium. The canal is controlled by the action of transverse and longi- tudinal muscular fibres. For example, we may point out that the longitudinal fibres, by drawing the tips of the pillars together, complete the formation of a channel leading from the oesophagus into the manyplies, thereby quite closing up the openings into the rumen and the reticulum. The third compartment is called the omasum, or psalterium, or manyplies. It is situated at the fore part of the right sac of the rumen. It is intermediate in point of size between the reticulum and the ab^masum. The food, after it has been remasticated, enters the third stomach. The leaves present herein absorb the excess of alkaline saliva, and so render the food drier for the abomasum. The leaves are covered with villi. A hard and thick epithelium 64 THE DISEASES AXD DISOBDERS OF THE OX. covers the leaves, and in fact all the first three stomachs are covered with hard epithelium. In the sheep and goat this com- partment is smaller than the reticulum. When the third compartment is full, it has an ovoid shape and is slightly curved and depressed from above downwards. Its anterior surface is attached to the diaphragm by means of cellular tissue, and the posterior surface is in relation with the rumen. The Fig. 9. a. The Manyfold cut open; h. The opening communicating with the Honej'- comb ; c. The Abomasum, Rennet, or Reed, or true stomach ; d. The Villous Membrane of the latter. (Simonds.) greater or convex curvature is turned upwards, and it is attached by means of a fold of peritoneum to the posterior fissure of the liver. This fold of peritoneum is continued on to the lesser curvature of the fourth compartment, and thence to the duodenum. The lesser curvature has a downward direction and it comes into relation with the second stomach. The left extremity is thin and forms the neck which communicates with the reticulum. The right end is continuous with the base of the fourth compartment THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 65 from which it is separated by a slight constriction. The cavity of the omasum opens on the one side into the second, and on the other side into the fourth, compartment. In the interior are numerous leaves or folds of the mucous membrane. They are really lengthened elevations of the mucous membrane, each being formed of two layers of membrane lying against and rather close to each other. They are arranged transversely, and follow the long axis of the organ. They vary from 100 to 130 in number. They are not equal in size. By one border they are attached to the great curvature of the cavity. The other border is concave and free, and it is turned towards the lesser curvature. These folds resemble the leaves of a book, and they are provided with small hooks for catching the food which has escaped mastication. As we have said above, the cavity is ovoid in shape, and hence the central leaves are the longest and largest. Between each pair of large leaves inter- mediate and small leaves are placed, but these extend only a little distance. The leaves are formed of an inner framework of muscular fibres. This is covered on both sides with mucous membrane which is elevated to form papillae. Some of these papillae are large and bent, and retain portions of food which need to be more strongly triturated, while other papillae are small. The fluid and finer particles of food pass on into the abomasum. At the entrance of the cBsophageal canal the papillae are large and hooked. The use of these papillae may be to retain the alimentary material in the cavity, and for this purpose also the omasum has a small valve at the orifice which leads to the abomasum, or fourth stomach, which we now proceed to describe briefly. The abomasum or rennet or reed is the true digestive stomach. In regard to capacity, the abomasum comes next in size after the rumen. It is situated behind and on the right side of the manyfold, and is especially large in the young animal. When removed and dried, the stomach in the calf is termed the rennet. It is used to coagulate milk in making cheese, for it contains the gastric glands, i.e. the glands which secrete the gastric juice, and this fluid acts on the caseine of milk and coagulates it. The mucous membrane lining this stomach is villous, velvety, soft, vascular, and of a reddish hue. The velvety or villous nature of the lining is caused by numerous tiny irregular pro- 5 66 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDERS OF THE OX. jections arranged in longitudinal folds or ridges which disappear at the pyloric orifice, the entrance into the intestinal canal. Along these longitudinal folds the true digestive glands are arranged. They are embedded in the mucous membrane, and the function which they discharge is the secretion of the gastric juice. The abomasum is curved upon itself, and elongated from before backwards. It is continuous with the psalterium on the one side and opens into the duodenum on the other. This stomach, the abomasum, as we have said above, is alone to be regarded as the truly digestive stomach. The first three com- partments are to be looked upon in great measure as being specialised dilatations of the oesophagus. The abomasum, on the other hand, is provided with peptic glands, and the secretion which it pours out has an acid reaction. The hard epithelium above-mentioned is not continued beyond the third stomach. The muscular coat of the abomasum is well developed, as also is that of the rumen. The right side of the abomasum is situated in the epigastric region, and it comes into relation with the diaphragm, while its left side is in contiguity with the rumen. The greater curvature is turned backwards, and from it the great omentum hangs. The lesser curvature is directed upwards, and it is made fast by means of serous membrane to the greater curvature of the manyplies. The base of the abomasum is in contact with the cul-de-sac of the second compartment, and it is separated from the manyplies by a constriction. The opening into the duode- num is directed upwai'ds and backwards, and it is called the pylorus, and around it the muscle forms a thick sphincter, by means of which the orifice can be closed or opened as occasion may require. The interior of this stomacli resembles the villous portion of the stomach of a horse, and the mucous membrane is elevated in the form of oblique folds which extend in a spiral direction from end to end. The serous coat is a continuation of the great omentum. The muscular coat is similar to that of the horse's stomach, and the mucous coat containing the glands and follicles which secrete the gastric juice is covered by a thin layer of epithelium. Regarding the functions of each of the four stomachs, tiie rumen is the sac where the aliment in- gested during feeding time is collected, and then, more or less softened, transferred to the mouth during rumination. The THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 67 honeycomb is especially to be regarded as a reservoir for liquids, the solid substances contained in it being always diluted by a large quantity of water. The oesophageal groove or gutter conveys into the manyfold the remasticated food swallowed a second time, or even in small amount that which the ox ingests for the first time (Chauveau). The manyfold completes the trituration of the food by compressing it between its folds. The abomasum is the true stomach in which gastric digestion is performed. The stomach as above described may be said to be that of a typical ruminant, as it exists in the cavicornia, and in most deer. The Camel's Stomach. — There are no villi in the rumen of the camel ; the mucous membrane of that compartment being smooth. The rumen is, however, in this animal provided with large and deep cells, in which water is retained. The reticulum also has cells, as is usual, and it is very large, and appears to be the chief receptacle for pure water. It is to be borne in mind that food never passes from the rumen into the reticulum ; but water can pass from the reticulum into the rumen. In fact, food may go from the (Esophagus into the first, or the second, or the third stomach. It passes as a rule into the second, and only unusually into the first or the third compartment. After it has been re-masticated, it habitually goes into the psalterium. In the case of the camel, however, the psalterium is only very slightly developed, and is not provided with leaves. In the camel the abomasum is divided into two parts, a cardiac and a pyloric part. In one group of the deer tribe, the Tragulidae, the psalterium is represented merely by a short tube joining the reticulum and abomasum. In these animals, also, the oesophagus marks the line of demarcation betwixt the rumen and the reticulum. The Intestinal Canal. — In regard to the small intestine of the ox, it may be said that it does not differ very markedly from that of the horse. It is smaller in calibre, but, as a rule, of double the length. The duodenum is expanded. The small intestine as a whole is very long, and there are many series of convolutions. Peyer's patches are larger than in the horse, but they are not so numerous. The cEecum is not provided with longitudinal bunds, and it is 5 * 68 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. devoid of transverse furrows at its extremity. It is simple, and oblong in shape, and there is a large patch of follicles in the recess of the caecum. Its blind ending is blunt, rounded and directed backwards, and it lies freely in the abdominal cavity. The other extremity, having received the insertion of the ileum, is continuous with the colon, which is likewise destitute of bands and furrows. The colon soon becomes much narrower, and then, preserving about the same diameter for the rest of its extent, it is arranged in an irregularly elliptic coil situated between the folds of the mesentery. It is twisted spirally, and finally crosses over the duodenum. Thus we see there is no such distinct demarcation betwixt the great and floating colon as there is in the case of the horse. Coming now to the large intestine, we find that its total length in the case of the ox, beginning from the caecum and ending at the rectum, is about 36 feet; but its capacity is considerably less than that of the horse. The Liver of the ox is very thick, and is situated in the right hypochondriac region. It has two large lobes, right and left, together with a small spigelian lobe and a small quadrate lobe situated supero-posteriorly. It is provided with a pt.'ar-shaped gall-bladder attached above, and lying upon its posterior surface. The gall-bladder has three coats — serous, muscular, and mucous — and it is continuous with the biliary ducts. The cystic duct extends from the gall-bladder almost to the transverse fissure, where it joins the hepatic duct. In the ox this latter duct enters the duodenum singly in advance of the pancreatic duct, being guarded at its orifice by a valve-like doubling of the mucous membrane. In the smaller ruminants there is a ductus communis choledochus. The liver of the giraflFe, like that of the camel, is small, flat, and light, and it weighs about 6 lbs. The spigelian lobe is small. In all ruminants the liver is confined to the right hypo- chondrium and the middle epigastric region, and in these animals it presents a slight split in the middle. In the whale, in which animal the body is in a large degree inflexible, the liver is, as is naturally to be expected, undivided. In human beings, likewise, the liver is slightly divided, for in them also, as compared with animals, there is but little movement of one part of the body upon another. On the other hand, the liver of the cat is very much THE ANATOMY OP THE OX. 69 divided; but in ruminants this is by no means so markedly the case. In this connection it may be suggested that in car- nivorous animals the liver has a great deal more work to do than it has in those which are herbivorous, and also that the ingestion of too large an amount of meat has a bad effect upon human beings, partly on account of the extra work which is thereby thrown upon the liver. With regard to the gall-bladder, it is to be remarked that the camel, the giraffe, the cervidee, in common with the perissodactyle uugulata, have none, whereas all the cavicornia, together with the musk deer and tragulus, possess one. Pancreas. — In all birds the pancreas is contained in a loop of the duodenum. The pancreas of a mammal is firm and lies transversely in the abdomen. Moreover, in birds the pancreas is redder than in mammals, and it is much less divided. In the ox the pancreatic duct enters the duodenum separately. Spleen. — The spleen has the serous coat less firmly attached than is usual in mammals. It is uniform in thickness through- out its extent, save for its two rounded extremities. This organ adheres to the left side of the paunch and the diaphragm ; but it is not supported by the great omentum. The Lymphatics. — In the large ruminants the thoracic duct is very complex, very variable, and sometimes double throughout its extent. Some complexity is generally to be found near its anterior termination. It is more deeply seated than is the cor- responding structure in the horse; and it lies between the right upper part of the aorta and the vertebral column, buried in fat. It passes through the diaphragm by itself, and not through the aortic aperture. In the thorax the lymphatic trunk bifurcates, and the two trunks perforate the diaphragm. In the case of the ox it forms a large plexus. No movements, such as those of the lymph- hearts of frogs, are manifested ; but there is contractile power at certain parts. The mesenteric glands are very numerous. THE RESPIRATORY SYSfEM. The nostrils of the ox are narrow, and, as compared with those of the horse, they are only capable of a slight degree of dilatation. There is an additional third turbinal bone. The frontal sinuses in the ox are continuous with the cavities in the horn cores, 70 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. and with those present in most of the bones of the cranium. The nasal chambers communicate at the posterior nares below the lower border of the vomer. Each contains a structure entitled the canal of Jacobson, which communicates with the mouth. These canals begin in the floor of the nasal chamber, one at either side of the septum. They run forwards, and come to an end behind the pad forming the front of the palate. These canals contain a number of mucous follicles. The larynx is simple, the lateral ventricles and true vocal chords being only slightly developed. The ox has the lower vocal chord more markedly developed than the upper, and bellowing is due to the length of the lower vocal chord. The girafl'e has voice only during that season. The trachea varies in length in different ruminants. For example, in the tragulus there are 50, and in the giraffe 100, tracheal rings. These rings are never perfect as they are in birds. A third bronchus is present. It passes to the right lung to supply a separate lobe which is not met with in the horse. The thorax has a relatively small capacity in ruminants. In regard to the pleurse it is to be remarked that the posterior mediastinum is strong and not perforated. It completely separates one pleural sac from the other. This arrangement occurs in all domesticated mammals with the exception of the solipedes. The left lung is divided into two lobes, the right into four, and the anterior lobe curves over and nearly covers the front of the heart. In the camel the left lung is only rarely divided. The interlobular tissue is thick in ruminants, and hence the separation between the lobules is distinct. The knowledge of this arrangement renders intelligible the distribution of pneu- monic lesions in the larger ruminants. THE URINARY SYSTEM. In some animals the kidney almost resembles a bunch of grapes, each lobule (grape) being provided with its own blood- vessels and excretory duct. This subdivision occurs in all animals in early foetal life ; but in most kinds of animals the outer parts of the lobules coalesce, and the organ becomes a single mass. The kidney of the ox is intermediate in form, the inner substance of the organ being united, while the outer sub- THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 71 stance is divided into lobes. The pelvis is the name given to the principal cavity, and there is a diverticulum or calyx for each Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 10. — Right Kidney viewed on its Upper and External Face. Fig. 11. — Left Kidney from its Internal and Inferior Face. — a. Pelvis; 6. b. b. Branches of the Pelvis terminating in Calices ; c. Ureter; d. Renal FigV 12.— The Calices in the Left Kidney.— The Contents of the Hilus, mcluding the Branches of the Pelvis, have been removed to show the Tubercles at the bottom of these Calices. Only seven are visiblerthe others being beneath the borders of the Renal Fissure. lobule, the uriniferous tubes of each calyx opening on a papilla. The kidney is ovoid and elongated. The smaller ruminants have a simple kidney, which is more like that of the horse than is that 72 THE DISEASES AXD DISOEDEES OF THE OX. of the larger ruminants. Tragulus and small ruminants have simple kidneys, there being no cones at all. In the camel and other large ruminants the cones are independent towards the cortex, and unite towards the centre and open on a ridge. In the bovidse the cones are distinct throughout, and there is one separate papilla for each cone. The bladder of the ox is larger than that of the horse, and its peritoneal covering extends further backwards. GENERATIVE SYSTEM. Male Organs. — Now, as regards the male organs of repro- duction, all ruminants have the scrotum developed. Thej^ have no OS penis as the carnivorous animals have. The prostatic glands are large in the case of the ox, and frequently special glands in connection with the reproductive system are developed in ruminants. For instance, the musk gland is a preputial gland. The testicle is ovoid and well developed, its long axis being nearly vertical. The mediastinum is very strong. The epididymis has a well-marked globus major. The globus minor gives off inferiorly a free projection, which doubles upon itself and leads to the vas deferens. The bulbous portion of the vas deferens joins its fellow at the neck of the bladder, forming thereby the common deferent canal, which opens by two orifices into the urethra. The vesiculse seminales are large, lobulated, yellow in colour, and glandular in structure. They have been called the lateral prostates. They discharge their secretion into the common. deferent canal. The urethra gradually diminishes in calibre from its origin. Just before the pubis it describes a double curve on itself like the letter S. The prostate gland is small, but it extends posteriorly under Wilson's muscle. Cowper*s glands are present, according to Leyh, although they are very small. The penis of a ruminant is long and thin, and extends a long way under the abdomen. It is bent upon itself in the form of the letter S, a little in front of the bulb, the inferior curvature being forwards, and the superior backwards. About this level the suspensory ligaments join the penis, and extend to its extremity. The glans is small and attenuated, the canal of the urethra ending in front in a narrow whip-like process of the corpus spongiosum, which is covered by a rosy, papillated, and sensitive integument. The sheath extends much farther forwards than in THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 73 the horse, and it presents at its opening a number of long stifif hairs, the prepuce being prolonged as an elastic sheath. It is furnished witli four thin muscles, two anterior and two posterior. The anterior are protractors, and restore the prepuce to its normal position. The posterior are retractors, and draw the sheath backwards during the erection of the penis. During erection the curves in the penis are not shown, but when it is quiescent and drawn into the sheath by the retractor muscles, the curvatures are re-formed. The urethra is the mucous canal inside the corpus spongiosum. Female Organs. — The ovaries are rather small. The cornua of the uterus are slightly twisted, and the ligaments are large. The fundus is short and narrow. The mucous membrane of the uterus presents a number of rounded vascular processes, which exhibit eminences and depressions. These processes are the maternal cotyledons. During gestation there may be seen in each of the lateral walls of the vagina a mucous canal which opens into the vulva on either side of the meatus urinarius. These are the canals of Gartner. They are not present in the smaller ruminants. The labia of the vulva are thick, and its inferior commissure is narrow and furnished with a few hairs. Inside the vulva are the vulvo-vaginal glands, and there is a small blind cavity, or diverticulum in the wall of the urethra, covered by a fold of mucous membrane. The udder is composed of two symmetrical halves mesially connected together. Each half is again divided into two distinct glands, each provided with its own teat, and hence the udder is composed of four separate mammae. Behind these four teats there may be two small rudimentary teats. In the centre of each quarter, just at the base of the teat, is a large galactopherous sinus, the general receptacle of the milk. From this sinus, which is sometimes large enough to contain a quart, one excretory canal proceeds down the centre of the teat. With regard to the uterus, the horns are very long and large, and it may be remarked that length of the cornua indi- cates lowness of development. In its original condition the uterus was doubtless bifid. The cornua are larger in the goat and sheep than in bovidse and cervidse. The chorion usually has villi, and the cotyledons are simply patches of villi. Some 74 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OP THE OX. ungulates have diffuse and some have cotyledonous placenta. The giraffe has a transitional form of placenta, namely — patches with occasionally a few villi. Hence in the tragulus and camel the placentation is diffuse, in the giraffe it is of an intermediate kind, and in other ruminants it is cotyledonous. In having a diffuse placentation the tragulus and the camel are like the mare and the sow. All ruminants are non-deciduate, and in this point they agree with all cetacea. Embryology. — Ox. — At twenty-eight days the embryo has a length of \ inch, and corresponds in its development to the sheep's embryo of twenty-five days. Sheep. — The embryo of the sheep at eighteen days has a length of i inch. At twenty-three days signs of the feet appear. After twenty-five days it has a length of | inch, and indications of the eyes, ears, and tail are present. The intestine exists as a tube connected with the umbilical vesicle. The Wolffian body is well developed. I'he giraffe is the only animal which is born with horns. The embryonic period of the giraffe is 444 days. That of the sheep is only nine months. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. The blood-corpuscles of ruminants differ from those of other animals in being rather small. In camels the corpuscles are elliptic, and some are round. In the llama the round cells are more numerous, but not so numerous as the elliptic cells. In the giraffe they are about ^5^,, inch in diameter, in tragulus "oirnr ii^ch, and in man about -^^-^ inch. The heart is conical in ruminants. There are bony developments in the heart of the ox, in that of the red deer, and that of the giraffe, at the point of union of each auricle with the corresponding ventricle. They constitute the most prominent chnrncteristic feature of the heart in ruminants. They appear in adult life, are two in number, and lie between the auriculo-ventricular rings and the common aorta on the left and the pulmonary artery on the right side. The mitral valves are not so separate as the tricuspid. The moderator band, a muscular development, occurs in the right ventricle in ruminants as well as in some other animals, e.(/. the ostrich. There are retia rairabilia in tiie cranium, and large sinuses run round the base of the sella turcica. Creatures like THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 75 the ox have these plexuses most largely developed. In the giraffe there is scarcely a trace of the plexus, and in this con- nection it should be said that this animal eats with its head Fig. 13. — The Heart and Principal Vessels, Left Face. a. Right ventricle ; h. Left ventricle ; c. Right auricle ; d. Left auricle ; e. Pulmonary artery ; e '. Obliterated arterial canal ; f. Pulmonary veins ; g. Anterior aorta ; h. Left axillary artery ; i. Right axillary artery, or brachio- cephalic trunk ; j. Origin of the dorsal artery ; k. Origin of the superior cervical artery ; /. Origin of the vertebral artery ; m. Origin of the inferior cervical artery ; n. Origin of the internal thoracic artery ; o. Origin of the external thoracic artery ; p. Carotid arteries ; q. Posterior aorta ; r. Anterior vena cava ; s. Trunk of the axillary vein ; t. Trunk of the internal thoracic vein ; u. Trunk of the dorso-cervical vein ; v. Posterior vena cava ; v '. Em- bouchure of the hepatic and diaphragmatic veins ; x. Vena azygos ; y. Thoracic duct ; z. Embouchure of that vessel, placed near the origin of the anterior vena cava. 1. Right cardiac artery ; 2. Left cardiac artery ; 3. Auriculo-ventricular branch of the left cardiac artery ; 4. Its ventricular branch ; 5. Cardiac vein. high up in the air, whereas most ruminants graze with their heads near the ground. There is no definite bifurcation of the carotid arteries in ruminants. There is a third longitudinal furrow jrunning down the wall 76 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDERS OF THE OX. of the left ventricle posteriorly. There are usually nine aortic intercostals, and three anterior ones, i.e. twelve in all. The cseliac axis reaches the rumen just behind the oesophagus. On the left the artery of the reticulum is given off. It passes to the left of the oesophagus, and divides into a superior and an inferior branch. The splenic artery arises just behind this. Still farther back arises the hepatic artery. It supplies the liver and gall-bladder, and gives off the duodenal branch, which anastomoses with the superior artery of the abomasum, and the anterior mesenteric artery. The terminal branch of the caeliac axis divides and forms the superior and inferior arteries of the psalterium and abomasum. These pass along the surfaces of these two stomachs, the superior artery anastomosing with the duodenal artery. The superior and inferior arteries of the rumen run in the longitudinal groove. The former usually arises from the splenic artery, running backwards. The latter is generally given off by the artery of the reticulum. It runs forwards and between the anterior sacs to gain the inferior surface, where it passes back- wards and reaches the grooves between the conical sacs, anas- tomosing with the superior artery. The anterior mesenteric artery divides into two branches, an anterior branch for the small intestine, and a posterior branch for the large intestine. The former resembles that of the horse in its distribution. The latter, instead of following the flexures of the colon, gives off branches which cross them. The posterior mesenteric artery is small. The middle sacral artery is very large and gives off the arteries of the tail. It may be looked upon as the continuation of the posterior aorta. The lateral sacral arteries are somewhat rudimentary. In the smaller ruminants the obturator and iliaco-femoral arteries are absent, and are re- placed by branches from the deep femoral artery. In the ox these arteries are rudimentary. The uterine artery is very large, and it arises from a trunk which also gives rise to the umbilical artery. Of the arteries of the hind limb, the great metatarsal artery, accompanied by two veins, occupies the mesiau groove on the front of the metatarsus, passes through the notch between the distal articular surfaces, and gains the back of tlie digit, where it is called the common digital artery. Above the distal ends of the ossa suffragiuis it divides into external and internal ungual THE ANATOMY OP THE OX. 77 arteries, each of which gains the inner aspect of its respective digits, and enters the distal phalanx. The lateral digital arteries pass down the outer sides of the digits, that of the external digit heing formed by the interosseous plantar and a transverse communicating branch, while that of the internal digit is given off by the great metatarsal artery. The anterior aorta may be either very short or absent. In case it is wanting, the brachials arise from the common aorta. The dorsal and vertebral arteries arise from a common trunk. The former gives off a branch which takes the place of the superior cervical artery. The vertebral artery is large and does not inosculate with the occipital, but ends in muscular branches. The humeral artery is small, as also are most of its branches. The chief artery supplying the muscles of the posterior brachial region is the scapulo-humeral branch of the subscapular artery. The radio-palmar artery forms an inferior arch (as is also the case in the horse), from which are given off three interosseous palmar arteries (of which the internal is the largest and most constantly present), and one dorsal or anterior interosseous artery which comes to the front of the limb, anastomosing above with the anterior radial artery, while below it occupies the vertical groove in the metacarpus, and inosculates with a recurrent branch of the great metacarpal artery passing between the articulations at the distal end of the bone. The arteries of the digit resemble in the main those in the hind limb. The carotid arteries arise, as in the horse, by a trunk from the brachio-cephalic artery. At the head they form the external carotid artery and the occipital artery, which is small. The carotid arteries in ruminants do not definitely bifurcate, the function of the internal carotid artery being performed by the encephalic artery. The occipital artery enters the cranium by the condyloid foramen, passes backwards and inosculates with the lateral artery of the spinal cord at about the level of the internal foramen of the atlas. A branch given off from this union passes out through the foramen to supply the muscles of the poll. The lingual artery gives off the -sub-lingual artery, and is itself a branch of the external carotid artery. The mastoid artery of the horse is represented in the ox by a branch of the posterior auricular artery. In the case of the smaller ruminants the coronary arteries of the lips are formed by the 78 THE DISEASES AND DISOKDEES OF THE OX. bifurcation of the transverse facial, a branch of the superficial temporal artery. The internal maxillary artery has no pterygoid foramen to pass through in any domesticated ruminant. The largest of the arterial plexuses or retia mirabilia inside the cranium are formed by branches from the internal maxillary artery. One of these branches, the spheno-spinal, enters the cranium by the foramen ovale, and, as a rule, two arteries to the rete enter by the anterior common foramen. The first of these inclines forwards, the two latter backwards. The three arteries anastomose by forming a small and intricate plexus known as the cranial rete mirabile. It is situated at the side of the sella turcica of the sphenoid bone, communicating with its fellow posteriorly, and giving off superiorly the encephalic artery, a branch considered by Chauveau to be analogous to the intracranial portion of the internal carotid in the solipede. From this artery are given off the cerebi'al arteries — anterior, middle, and posterior. The last passes backwards, and forms a convergent anastomosis with its fellow, thus constituting the basilar trunk which leads to the middle spinal artery. Another arterial plexus is formed on the ophthalmic artery just where the arteries of the eye are given off. The glosso-facial artery is present only in the larger ruminants. Veins. — The subcutaneous abdominal vein is very large in the oxj the subcutaneous thoracic vein being small in proportion. The saphenous veins differ from those of the horse, the external saphenous vein being larger than the internal one. The valves in the veins are well developed. Each vena azygos of the two so-called may persist. In some antelopes the left vena azygos is larger than the right azygos vein. In ruminants the portal veins have valves, and in these animals there is provision made for the blood making its way by two openings, one at the base of the temporal, the other, as in the case of human beings, through the foramen lacerum posterius. There is one anterior vena cava. The jugular vein is large, and there is a small accessory jugu- lar vein whicli varies much in size, originating in the occipital vein and joining the greatjugular vein near its termination. The angular vein of the eye is very prominent in small ruminants. There are three digital veins of the hind limb, including an ante- rior or common one between the digits, formed by twigs from the THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 79 solar plexuses of both, and two lateral ones placed on the two sides of the digits. There are usually five metatarsal veins, two anterior deep ones which accompany the great metatarsal artery, an anterior superficial one forming one root of the external saphenous vein, also an internal and an external posterior vein. These two last-mentioned veins pass upwards over the tarsus and assist in forming the saphenous veins. In the anterior limb there is a fourth or posterior digital vein, which accompanies the common digital and internal metacarpal arteries. NERVOUS SYSTEM. In the giraffe the cervical region of the spinal cord is very long owing to the great length of the neck. In the porpoise this part of the cord is the shortest. Tragulus has the spinal cord small, the animal itself being small. The echidna, hedge- hog, and some bats have the spinal cord not proportionate to the weight of the body. The lateral lobes of the cerebellum are small in tragulus, and the pons also is very small. In the giraffe it is large. The central lobe is asymmetrically contorted in the horse, and also in the rhinoceros, and also in the giraffe. The corpora quadrigemina {Mesencephalon) are relatively large. This is a mark of low development. The posterior lobes of the corpora quadrigemina are larger than the anterior, whereas in carnivorous animals the anterior are the larger. In tragulus the convolutions are simple. In larger ruminants the convolu- tions are more numerous, and in the ox they are most numerous. In all ungulates the convolutions pass from behind forwards and inwards. The sylvian and the supra-sylvian fissures are very indistinct and ill-marked. These two fissures are less neatly and less clearly marked than in the case of the carnivora. The sylvian and supra-sylvian fissures are most markedly developed in the proboscidea and cetacea, next in ruminantia, next in car- nivora. The olfactory region in ruminants is large. The horse, having large eyes, has consequently large posterior corpora quadrigemina. The optic nerve in ruminaffts is large, but the thalami optici are not large. The retractor bulbi muscle is supplied by the sixth pair of nerves. The fifth pair of cranial nerves is large in ruminants, and it supplies the horns and the sensitive region in connection with them. 80 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. The spinal cord of the ox is not prolonged farther backwards than in the case of the horse. As compared with the horse, the optic nerves and pituitary glands are large, and the testes are more separated from the nates than is the case in that animal. The cerebral convolutions are fewer but larger, and the hemispheres are larger posteriorly. The jugular ganglion and the pharyngeal branch of the tenth nerve are both very large. The recurrent nerves are separated from the trunk of the vagus and the carotid artery by the oesophagus, and the latter is more amply supplied with nerves than is the gullet of the horse. The superior oesophageal branch chiefly supplies the rumen, while the inferior oesophageal branch is distributed to the other compartments of the stomach. The spinal accessory nerve divides into two brandies, superior and inferior, the latter supplying the muscles of the lower portion of the lateral cervical region. The radial nerve gives off two cutaneous branches which pass downwards. One of these terminates at the carpus, while the other, becoming more anterior, descends upon the metacarpus and supplies the dorsal nerves of the digits. The median and cubital nerves are not connected at the carpus, but continued downwards, the former as the internal, the latter as the external, metacarpal nerve, each supplying its respective digit. Near the distal end of the metacarpus a branch from the internal meta- carpal nerve passes across to join the external metacarpal nerve, while lower down a second branch from the internal nerve forms the external collateral nerve of the inner digit, and still lower a third branch from the same source forms the internal collateral nerve common to both the digits. In the nerves of the lumbo- sacral plexus it is noticeable that the dorsal nerves of the digits are given off by the musculo-cutaneous nerve. From the anterior tibial nerve a branch passes down the anterior groove in the metatarsus. It divides in the digital notch to form the posterior deep digital nerves. There is no branch connecting the external and internal metatarsal nerves. THE EAR, EYE, HAIR, HORNS, AND HOOFS. The concha of the ear of Ruminants is widely open, projects outwards, and is less mobile than that of the horse. The handle of the malleus is more curved than in the horse. THE ANATOMY OF THE OX. 81 The tapetum lucidum of the eye is of a golden green colour, inclining to blue at the circumference. The " gland of Harder '* is present in all the domesticated animals. The eye of the ruminant is in most respects similar to that of the solipede. The hair on the tail of the ox, as in the ass, is long only at the end, where it forms a tuft. Between the horns, the hair is thick and curly, but these qualities vary in degree with the breed. The wool found on some of the smaller ruminants is a kind of hair. The horns consist of a layer of horn tissue which has been developed by the vascular and nervous membrane which covers the horn-core, forming at its base a circular pad, continuous with the dermis. Both the membrane and the pad produce horn- tissue, and hence the tissue of horns, in like manner with the wall of a horse's hoof, is derived from two sources. The portion of the horn surrounding the pad is known as the 7'oot, that cover- ing the core the bodt/, while the part projecting beyond the core is the point. The horn presents a number of rings just above its root. Horns vary greatly in shape. In the bovidsB the typical form is crescentic, the convexity being turned more or less downwards and outwards. In the ovidee the horns are, as a rule, curved spirally, and sometimes very gracefully curled, the first bend being convex outwards and forwards. In the goat they are closer together, and more perpendicular, being slightly curved with the convexity inwards. Camels are devoid of horns, whereas other ruminants have horns of large size. Animals pos- sessing horns of the above type are called cavicornia, or hollow- horned animals. The horns of deer differ in being formed of solid bone, in having branches, and in falling off every year, to be replaced by new ones. The hoof is divided into two parts, one for each digit, each part resembling in shape the distal phalanx. Their general structure resembles that of the horse's hoof, but the frog is little developed. A small horny projection appears on each side of the posterior aspect of the fetlock. These are rudimentary hoofs, each containing a small bone not connected with the skeleton. ' 82 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. CHAPTER III. • DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. Before we commence to describe briefly the various kinds of oxen met with in England, we must first point out that they have been crossed to a very considerable extent. It is, moreover, a matter of great difficulty to decide which variety of the nume- rous kinds of cattle now existing in Great Britain is to be looked upon as most nearly resembling what we may consider the original British breed to have been. Whether the middlehorns or the longhorns are to be so regarded, it is next to impossible to decide positively. As for the shorthorns, they are evidently of foreign extraction, and polled cattle, although they have existed in certain districts for as long a time as the residents can re- member, are, neveitheless, in all probability to be considered as examples of variation. On the whole, however, the evidence at our disposal seems to show that the middlehorns constitute the original British breed, and that the longhorued cattle came in the first instance from Ireland. Now, it is clear that when the ancient inhabitants of Great Britain were at various times repulsed and driven before the invading foe they carried away their cattle to their strongholds in North Devon and Cornwall, or to the more mountainous dis- tricts of Wales, or even to the wealds of East Sussex ; and the primitive breed of British cattle was thus preserved. Differences in the characters of the climate and the soil by degrees neces- sarily brought about certain corresponding changes of bulk and qualities in the cattle of different districts. The rich pastures of Sussex, for example, led to the fattening of the oxen of that district to such a marked extent as ultimately to lead to their superior size. Again, the herbage occurring in the northern DIFFERENT BREEDS OP OXEN. 83 part of Devon, plentiful indeed, although not so luxuriant as that of Sussex, gave rise to the production of a smaller and more active animal ; and the occasional privations met with in Wales brought about a lessening of bulk and the development of a thicker hide. In turning our attention now to Scotland, we find that the ancient inhabitants of that country were at times repulsed and obliged to take refuge in their mountain fastnesses, wherefrom they could make an effectual stand against their pursuers. Hence it came about that their cattle, of which they were proud, were preserved in a state of purity. • Judging, then, from the above considerations, we see how it has happened that in Devon, Sussex, Wales, and Scotland the cattle have always been the same, whereas in all the eastern parts of England more especially, and indeed in almost every part of England, the cattle now met with have lost their primitive characteristics. Oxen emanating from neighbouring, and even in not a few cases those coming from remoter, districts, were crossed in all kinds of ways, and they also became gradually modified in correspondence with the characters of the climate and the soil. These original cattle, still found in Devonshire, Sussex, Wales, and Scotland, are possessed of horns of medium size, they supply a fair amount of milk — which, however, is noted rather for its quality than for its quantity — are active workers, and possess a special aptitude for fattening. Of course, they vary in accordance with the soil, the climate, and so forth. The cattle of Devon, Sussex, and Hereford are red in colour, and in this connection it is a very noteworthy fact that in almost every part of Scotland, as also in some of the moun- tainous districts of Wales, the milk of a red cow is supposed to act as a remedy for every disease and every sort of evil. The Devon cattle resemble the wild breed of Chatelherault Park, or those of Chillingham Castle, although the colour is not the same. With reference to the size of oxen, the numerous varieties differ in a marked degree — so much so, in tact, that even adult animals of the Shetland breed are not much larger than the waives of some other kinds. Some of the cattle found in the torrid zone are likewise very diminutive ; but, perhaps, the fatty hump found on the backs of the animals referred to may be 6 * 84 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. owing to a relationship betwixt them and the Indian ox or zebu, which animal is probably one of a species distinct from the common ox. THE MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE. We now come to a brief consideration of the middlehoras, under which designation we include the cattle of North Devon, Cornwall, Dorsetshire, Somersetshire, Herefordshire, Gloucester- shire, East Sussex, Kent, and most of the cattle of Wales. These oxen, known as the middlehorns, constitute a distinct, valuable, and very fine group. The cattle found on the Scottish and the Welsh mountains are small, and exhibit different characteristics. The cattle of North Devon have for a long period of time been remarkable for their beauty, activity in work, and capa- bility of being readily fattened. They are rather large, very muscular and powerful, very gentle and docile, and so well adapted for draught that much agricultural labour is even still carried out by teams of these animals in Devonshire. Erom the earliest times the breed has remained the same, or, at any rate, has not altered in any essential point until within the last thirty years or thereabouts. Indeed, the farmers of the countv did not know until about the close of the last century that they possessed a breed of cattle superior to other varieties. In fact, it is only within the last fifty years that any efforts have been systematically made to improve the cattle in any part of the kingdom. The splendid specimens of the native English ox found in Devonshire are no doubt partly due to the influence of the soil and climate. These oxen of North Devon have been greatly improved, and, in all probability, if they were now crossed with any other breed disadvantage would result from such crossing. The following characteristics of the more perfect North Devon oxen may be mentioned. The horns should not be very thick at the root, and they should taper towards the tips. Their colour, too, should be yellow or wax-like, especially at the tips. The horns of the bulls are a little shorter, larger, and thicker, and of a darker colour. The eyes should be clear, bright, and very prominent, and the countenance should be ani- mated. The eye ought to show a great deal of its white part, and it should have a circle of a dark orans'e or other colour sur- DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEK. 85 rounding it. The forehead ought to be flat, small, and indented. The purity of the breed is in a great measure determined by the smallness of the forehead. The cheek should be small, the muzzle fine, and the nose of a clear yellow colour. The muzzle ought not to be black, nor even mottled. The nostril should be high and open ; and the hair about the head should be curly, though this may impart some coarseness of general appearance. The neck should be thick. As a rule the bulls of this breed are smaller than the cows, though otherwise the males are very similar to the females except in the region of the head and neck. The head of the ox is singularly small in relation to the bulk of the animal, and yet it has a remarkably broad forehead. The neck is long and thin, and well suited for the collar and even for the yoke. It is usually looked upon as a characteristic of good cattle that the line of the neck, from the horns to the withers, should scarcely deviate from that of the back. However, the Devonshire ox has a peculiar rising of the forehand, remind- ing us of the bloodhorse, and essentially connected with the swift action for which this breed is distinguished. This ox has little or no dewlap depending from its neck. The animal is light in the withers, the shoulders are a little oblique, the breast is deep, the bosom open and wide. The fore-legs are wide apart, and look like pillars constructed to support a great weight. The point of the shoulder is rarely or never seen. Angular bony projections are not observed in a beast which carries much flesh and fat. The fineness of the withers, the slanting direction of the shoulder, and the broad and open breast imply the possession of strength and the capacity for speed and for fattening. An animal which has a narrow chest cannot be useful either for working or for grazing. The legs of the Devon- shire ox seem to be well under the chest, or rather, we may say, the breast projects far and wide beyond the legs. The legs are straight, or at least those of the best-bred animals are. If they are in-kneed or crooked in the fore-legs, they will be unsuit- able both for work and for grazing, for they will be hollow be- hind the withers; and for this defect nothing can compensate, because it takes away so much from the place where good flesh and fat should be thickly laid on, and, moreover, implies a reduced capacity of the chest and consequently a want of power of producing good arterial blood. The fore-arm is very large and 86 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. powerful, it swells out suddenly above the knee, but is soon lost in the substance of the shoulder. Below the knee the bone is very small and apparently, but only apparently, weak, for the smallness is only in front. The leg is deep, and the sinews stand out far from the bone. The leg may seem to be a little too long, but this is all the better for a working ox. There is a very slight fall behind the withers, but no hollowness, and the line of the back is straight along its whole length to the point where the tail begins. The sides of the animal may appear to be a little too flat ; but this flatness does not seem to interfere with the feeding, while a deep, though somewhat flat, chest is best adapted for speed. Not only, however, is the breast broad and the chest deep ; but the two last ribs are very bold and pro- minent, thus leaving room for the stomachs and other parts con- cerned in digestion to be fully developed. The hips are high and on a level with the back, no matter whether the beast be fat or lean. The hind-quarters, occupying the space from the hip to the point of the rump, are very long and well filled up. Hence room is left for the deposition of flesh in the most valuable part ; and, moreover, like the extensive quarters of the blood-horse, they point to the possession of great power behind. The fulness here and the swelling of the thigh below are of much greater importance than is the prominence of fat on the rump, which is so much admired in the case of prize cattle. The tail is on a level with the back, rarely elevated, and never depressed. The skin of the Devonshire ox is very mellow and elastic, although the curliness of the hair might at first sight seem to point to the possession of a less elastic skin. When the skin can be easily raised from the hips, we know that there is room for fat below it. The skin, too, is rather thin. The hair is curly, as we pointed out above, and these curls look like little ripples produced by wind on a smooth surface of water. Some of these cattle, however, have the hair smooth, and, if so, it should be fine and glossy. Those oxen which possess curly hair are said to be a little hardier than others not possessed of curly hair, and to fatten more readily. The colour is blood red, and this is supposed to indicate purity of breed ; but many good specimens may be of a chestnut or even of a bay-brown hue. If the eye be clear and good and the skin mellow, it docs not matter if the colour is paler than blood-red. If patches of white run, so DTFFEEENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 87 to say, into the red, the beasts probably come of a valueless breed. One of the most remarkable points about the Devonshire cattle is the comparative smallness of the cow. The bull is a great deal less than the ox, and the cow is as much smaller than the bull. The cows, however, although small, have the two or three last ribs so well-rounded and projecting as to make them roomy. The cow has a full, round, and clear eye, a gold- coloured circle round the eye, and the same colour prevailing on the inside skin of the ear. The countenance is animated, the muzzle orange or yellow, and the rest of the face has neither black nor white about it. The jaws are not thick, and the throat has no dewlap. The back and hind-quarters are round and beautifully made, and they are free from most of those angles by which good milkers are sometimes characterised. These oxen of Devonshire are very useful for ploughing land, provided that it be not too heavy, for they are stout, quick, and docile. In the case of fallow land, four steers will in one day plough two acres by means of a double-furrow plough. At the same time we must remember that these oxen are not of sufficient strength to allow of their being used for ploughing tenacious and clayey soils. They are worked in yokes, not in collars; and four oxen, or perhaps six growing steers, are, as a rule, employed to draw one plough. As Mr. William Youatt has charmingly narrated in his book on cattle, a man and a boy attend each team. The boy chants a pleasing succession of sounds, and it is a very pleasant thing to listen to the simple music sung by the drivers of the ploughs as they slowly wend their way up and down the sloping hills which wall in the valleys. This chanting is said to animate the oxen, just as the musical bells, which are so prevalent in the county, likewise cheer. At any rate, it is certainly the case that the oxen move along with agility, and so willing are they in their work that we may watch the teams for a long time without either hearing any harsh word uttered by the drivers or seeing the whip or the goad being used. In this connection we may point out that the activity of these oxen is of quite an excep- tional kind, and that it is entirely unknowff in the case of the cattle of any other part of the kingdom. During the time of harvest, these oxen are sometimes trotted along with the empty wagons at even the rate of six miles an hour. Lord Somerville states that, after having been worked lightly 88 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OE THE OX. on the hills for two years, they are hough t, when about four years of age, hy the tillage-farmer of the vales, and take to hard work when they are from four to six years old. An ox must be thus worked in order to attain his full size. At six he reaches his full stature, but may continue to grow for another half-year. The oxen of North Devon, although rarely shod, are very seldom lame. These Devonshire oxen do not, indeed, attain to the great weight of some breeds ; but they acquire more flesh in a given time and with less consumption of food, and their flesh is of a beautiful mottled or marbled character, and is at once very pleasing to the eye and rich to the taste. The milk of the Devonshire cows is good, and yields more than an average proportion of cream and batter ; but it is deficient in point of quantity. However, according to Mr. Conyers, of Copt. Hall, near Epping, ten cows gave an average of five dozen pounds of butter per week in the summer, and of two dozen pounds in the winter, while a good North Devon cow fat- tened two calves a year. " My thirty North Devon cows,'^ he said, " have this year [about 1788] upon an average produced a profit of £13 14s. per cow." According to ]\Ir. Eogers, two breeders attempted to cross the North Devons with the Herefords, but without success. This same veterinary surgeon held the opinion, ■which no doubt is the correct one, that many maladies of cattle are due to injudicious exposure to cold and wet, and that to the height and thickness of the Devonshire fences the exemption from disease on the part of the cattle of that county is in some measure due. Mr. Carpenter says that " one cross of the North Devon with the Hereford is advantageous, as thereby additional size and aptitude to fatten is gained without loss of activity/' The single introduction of a Hereford bull of the very best blood may be tried ; but Hereford heifers should never be crossed with Devon- shire bulls. After the first cross as aforesaid with one Hereford bull, the best Devon bull should be again used, until the white face is almost entirely extinct, when for a second time a Here- ford bull nuiy be used. The great secret about breeding successfully is to suit the breed to the soil and climate. Breeds wliicli have been very valuable indeed in certain districts have proved entirely prolitless in others. 'J'he South Devons are equally profitable for the DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 89 grazier, the breeder, and the butcher ; but their flesh is not so delicate as that of the North Devons, and it will not suit the fastidious appetites of the inhabitants of Bath and of the metropolis. A South Devon cow has been known, soon after ■calving, to yield more than two pounds of butter per day, and many of the old southern native breed are equal to any short- horns in regard to the quantity of their milk, which, moreover, is of greatly superior quality. Of the Cornwall cattle we shall not need to speak here, nor shall we do more than mention those of Dorsetshire and those of Somersetshire. Hence we come next to discuss the characteristics of the cattle found in Herefordshire. In the western parts of England as a whole a great variety of breeds are cultivated both for milking and grazing, and of these difl*erent breeds the chief are the Devons, which we have just described. Next come the Herefords, which we now proceed to describe. The cattle belonging to the Hereford breed are stouter than those of the Ayrshire variety ; but in some respects they are more or less similar to them. Both the beef and the milk are very good. Nevertheless, we find that in the districts in which these animals formerly abounded oxen of the shorthorn breed have now in great measure supplanted them. The Herefords are noble creatures, and in point of feeding powers they are sur- passed only by the shorthorns. Much of the richest pasture land in England is stocked with the pure-bred Herefords. They grow to a large size, and they usually take about a year and a half longer to arrive at their full degree of development than do the shorthorns. Up to quite recent times they have been, and sometimes, though very rarely, even now in these days they still are, employed in drawing the plough, not being sold off lo be fattened until they are six or seven years old. Oxen •of so great an age as this, are now but very rarely met with, and they are sought after by the graziers who reside in the rich midland districts on account of their capability of being readily fattened for the Christtuas meat market. The Hereford cows are faulty in respect of the supply of milk, being, in fact, even worse than the shorthorns are for dairy purposes. In Herefordshire, their native county, the former ■cows are principally used for the rearing of the calves. The 90 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. Hereford of this present day is a much better animal than was its progenitor of some thirty years ago. Moreover, these animals are not capable even now of readily adapting themselves to the diverse characteristics of different climates as the shorthorns are. The Hereford oxen have white faces. With the exception of a few Alderney and Durham cows, they alone are found in the county. They are much larger than the oxen of North Devon. As a rule, too, they are of a darker red colour. Some of them are brown, some even yellow, and a few are brindled. Their faces, throats, bellies, the lower part of the legs, and the tip of the tail are white, and in a few the white colouring extends as far as the shoulders. The body, however, as we have implied, is of a rich red hue. On the other hand, the old Herefords were brown or reddish-brown, and not white in any part of the body. The modern breed is certainly greatly superior to the old one. The hide of a Hereford ox is much thicker than that of the Devon oxen, and the beasts themselves are more hardy. They are shorter in the leg and also in the carcass than the Devonshire oxen are, also higher and broader and heavier in the chine, rounder and wider across the hips, and more thickly covered with fat. The thigh is fuller and more muscular, and the shoulders are larger and coarser. The forehead is broad. The hide is thick, but mellow. The hair is soft, and at times curly. The males are very heavy, and much larger in proportion than the cows. The flesh is excellent. The ani- mals are easily fattened, and when fattened they become much heavier than the Devons, and may be from fifty to seventy stone in weight. They are not much used for husbandry, although their form adapts them for rather heavy work, and they exhibit the docility of the Devon ox, and possess greater strength, if not the same activity. The Herefordshire oxen readily fatten, even when young, and hence it is of greater advantage that they should go to market at three yeurs of age than that they should be kept for a longer time for the purpose of being employed as beasts of burden. The Herefords feed even more satisfactorily than the Devons do, and they will even grow fat in places where a Devon ox would scarcely live. The meat is finely grained and beautifully marbled, and these cattle are very highly prized in the meat market. But for the white face, slightly larger head, and thicker neck, it would not always be easy to decide positively if a given animal were a heavy Devon or a light Hereford. The white face I DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 91 of the Herefords may possibly be due to their having been crossed with the Montgomery cattle. As a set-off against the good fattening qualities of the Herefords, it is to be remarked that the cows are rather bad milkers, and deficient in form. They are much worse from the point of view of the milk-supply than are the Devonshire cows. It is, in fact, very rarely the case that we meet with a dairy depending on Hereford cows. Nevertheless, although they are not good suppliers of milk as a general rule^ some Hereford cows yield a large quantity. George CuUey^ writing in 1801 concerning the Hereford cattle of that date, says that the calves run with the cows until they are about eleven or twelve weeks of age, when they are weaned and turned out to grass; and also that a good Hereford cow, if well kept after the calf has been taken away from her, is capable of yielding 7 lbs, of butter per week for three or four months, and double that quantity of skimmed-milk cheese, but that these cows do not give such a large quantity of milk as the Suffolk cows do, though what they do give is of much richer quality. However, such a yield as this — a liberal one for any cow after rearing a calf would not be forthcoming on the part of a modern Hereford cow. In point of fact, then, we find that the Herefords are good in regard to the production of meat; but that they are by no means remunerative for dairy purposes. Hence the cows are valued only, or very nearly exclusively, for their capacity in the way of breeding. They are small and delicate, and some persons would think them also ill-made. When in their usual condition, they are light-fleshed, and, moreover, they are not allowed to put on flesh while they are employed for breeding. When they are being fattened, they spread out and increase in size very rapidly. The Hereford cow is somewhat less than the ordinary size of cows, and not unfrequently produces a bull calf which may ulti- mately become three times her own weight. Very few Hereford- shire oxen are grazed in their native county, and it is chiefly the heifers and old cows which are fattened for the home consump- tion. The oxen are usually sold when they are five or six years old, and in fair condition, at the Michaelma's fair in Hereford, to the graziers of Buckinghamshire and those of the counties lying adjacent thereto. The Herefords are well suited to the keeping up of good breeding qualities and of good form ; but, unfortunately, these are not very compatible with the yielding 52 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. of a large amount of milk. The Herefords compare very favourably indeed with the shorthorns in respect to their capacity for being fattened by ordinary modes of feeding without being supplied with artificial food. We propose to omit a consideration of the cattle of Glouces- tershire, and, likewise passing over those of Kent, we come next to a short review of the cattle of Wales. Now, it is to the Welsh oxen that we look for some traces of the native breed of cattle, for, as is well known, the inhabitants of Wales and those who retreated to that country as a place of refuge were never entirely subjugated by the early invaders. As for the Romans, they gained possession of only a portion of Wales, and the Saxons did not penetrate beyond the county of Mon- mouth. Furthermore, for a long time the sturdy Welshmen resisted the power of the English under the Norman kings, and it was not until a late period in the thirteenth century that the principality of Wales was actually annexed as an appanage of the English Crown. Howell the Good describes some of the Welsh cattle in the tenth century as being white and having red ears. In this respect they resemble the cattle of Chilliugham Castle. Speed says that Maud de Breos, in order to appease King John, whom her husband had offended, sent to his Queen a present from Brecknockshire of -±00 cows and a bull, all white and with red ears. The same records which describe the " white cattle with red ears '^ also speak of the " dark or black- coloured breed," which now exists, and is generally met with throughout Wales. The majority of the cattle of Wales and the most valuable of them are middlehorns. They are in some degree stunted in their growth, owing to the scanty food of the Welsh mountains ; but they exhibit many of the points of the Devon, Sussex, and Hereford cattle. The animals of North and South Wales are for the chief part reared in mountainous districts, where, even in the summer time, only scant herbage is found, while in the winter season ihe fare is very poor indeed. When between eighteen months and three years (^f age, they are sold to the P^nglish graziers in large herds, which are sold annually. They improve very rapidly when provided with rich pasturage. These animals are DIFFEEENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 95 hardy, and they supply some of our best beef. They are fairly good in so far as milking is concerned, and make very good crosses with the shorthorns, in some cases having given birth to steers which have taken prizes in the show-yards, in virtue of being endowed with splendid flesh, and in being hardy and easily fattened. Shorthorns are, however, preferable, since they prove more valuable in the long run. For about the first eighteen months the Welsh oxen will hold their own; but in the course of the next year or two a great difference is to be seen. More- over, after the first cross, the offspring cannot be so greatly depended upon. South Wales, Pembrokeshire. — The Pembroke and other Welsh breeds are not unlike the West Highland breed; but the cows yield a greater quantity of milk. The Pembroke cow or ox is a very useful animal, and the colour of most of them is entirely black. A few have white faces, or show a little white about the tail or the udder, and the horns also are white. The horns turn up in a manner which is characteristic of the breed. These oxen have shorter legs than most of the Welsh breeds ; but the legs are longer than those of the Montgomery cattle. Their carcasses are round and deep, the hair is rough but short, and their hides are not thick. Their bones, although they are not so small as those of ^the improved longhorns are far from being large. In fact, the cattle of Pembrokeshire, to a great extent, combine the two qualities of being at once fair milkers and of possessing a propensity to become fat. In this connec- tion it has been suggested, we may observe, that to fatten an animal, one should bleed it a little now and then. As a rule the meat of a Pembroke ox is of a fine quality, being beautifully- marbled. It is, in fact, equal to that of the Scotch cattle, and some persons even prefer it. These cattle thrive in every situation, they will live where other oxen starve, and will rapidly outstrip most other cattle when provided with a sufficiency of good pasturage. In fact, the Pembroke cow is one of the best cottager's cows, and it is equally profitable to the larger farmer. The Pembroke oxen are found in CaermaTth en shire, Cardigan,, and Brecon, and indeed in every bordering county, mixed with the difierent breeds of each, and imparting to each its best qualities. They are also very similar to the Kyloes. The Pembroke ox is, like the Devon, a speedy and honest 94 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. worker, fit for the road as well as the plough, and when taken from work it fattens as quickly. A great many of them are brought to the London market, for which they are ready when about four years of age. The Pembrokeshire cow is generally black, and the face may be occasionally dark brown, or some- times white. There may be a white line along the back. Ac- cording to Mr. Davies, she is fine-boned, with a clean light neck and head, small yellow horns inclining upwards, good chine and loin, round long belly, thin thigh and short legs, is always in good condition if tolerably well kept, has wavy hair, and an oily skin. To this we may add that she is a fair milker, and will yield 5 lbs. of butter per week. The cattle of Glamorganshire, those of Monmouthshire, those of Caermarthenshire, of Cardiganshire, of Brecknockshire, and of Radnorshire, we pass by. North Wales. — The cattle of North Wales may be said to approach the next division — namely, that of the longhoms. They have, however, also a great deal of the characters of the middlehorns, with the exception perhaps of some of the Anglesey oxen. North Wales may be divided into two districts in one of which the rearing of cattle is almost exclusively attended to, while in the other the dairy is the matter of chief consideration. The first includes Anglesey, Carnarvon, and Merioneth, the second the counties of Denbigh, Flint, and Montgomery. Anglesey. — The isle of Anglesey, called Mona in ancient times, the seat of Druidical superstition, and for a long time the stronghold of British independence, differs from the other divisions of North Wales in the fact that it does not possess a mountainous surface. There are only undulations or little hills covered with grass. Roberts, the author of the Map of Com- merce published nearly 200 years ago, says that 3,000 head of cattle were annually caused to swim across the straits of Menai. The losses were then surprisingly few. At the present time about 10,000 are annually exported from the ishind. The iron bridge of Meuui is now the means of transit. The Anglesey cattle are small, black, and hardy animals. Their chests are deep, their shoulders rather too heavy. The dewlap is enormous, the barrel round, the haunches are high and spreading, the lace is flat, and the horns are long, and turn upwards. The hair is apparently DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 95 •coarse ; but the skin is mellow. It is an easy matter to rear them, and they can be readily fattened when they are taken to good pasture. Frequently they are fed on very scanty diet. It is the general opinion that the breed of Anglesey cattle, like that of Glamorgan, has somewhat deteriorated. The Anglesey cattle have not improved by being crossed, and certainly not by being crossed with the Irish oxen, which have been bought in numbers by the farmers on account of their cheapness. The breed is improving, and, when growing, the oxen are allowed a suflEicient amount of food. Many Anglesey oxen are prepared for the London market in the midland counties and near London. Like the Scotch cattle, they thrive fairly well where an English beast would starve. Many yearlings come from Anglesey, and very few oxen remain there after they are three years old. The three-year-olds are the most valuable for the English grazier. They are eventually brought to the market when weighing from ^0 to even 100 stones, and their flesh is more valuable than is that of larger cattle. In Anglesey and throughout the greater part of North Wales, the black cattle were formerly extensively used for the plough, and even on the road. They were at once docile and hardy. They are now scarcely at all employed in this manner. They have a very noble appearance. Formerly they were not •cut until they were a year old, and hence they gained a fierce bull-like form about the head and dewlap, a projection of the breast, a lofty bearing of the head, a haughty look and a stateli- ness of gait. Early castration, however, is now practised, and the oxen are consequently becoming lighter about the head and dewlap. Formerly the oxen were a great deal smaller than they &re now, and also far less numerous. No more cows are kept for the dairy in Monmouthshire than are required for home ■consumption. On the English side of the straits of Menai are the cattle of Carnarvonshire, Merionethshire, and Montgomeryshire. Denbighshire and Flintshire. — The Flintshire cattle are at once excellent milkers and quick feeders. A considerable amount of good butter is made in this district ; but the attention of the dairyman is devoted to the making of cheese which, we may say, is equal to that of Cheshire. Every cow should pro- duce nearly three hundredweight of cheese annually. 96 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. The Scotch breeds of cattle next present themselves for brief consideration. As a rule the Scotch cows yield only small quantities of milk, though what they do supply is of excellent quality, and when the cows are fed very well, the cream is of a peculiarly rich quality, and makes excellent butter. Con- sequently, it is not uncommon for dairy-farmers to introduce into their herds one or two Highland or Kyloe cows with the view of increasing the richness of the milk. These quaint and semi-wild Scotch kine are now only occasionally brought to the south to be fattened on the luxuriant pastures of England. This practice was formerly a very general one ; but now-a-days the Scotch pasture-land is far more carefully cultivated than was formerly the case. Scotland contains several distinct and valuable breeds of cattle coming under the denomination of middlehorns. The West Highlanders have remained unchanged for many genera- tions, or perhaps have slightly improved. The North High- landers are smaller, coarser, and inferior animals, and most of what is valuable about them is due to crossing with the Western breed. The north-eastern cattle were derived from the cattle of the West Highlands to which, though much larger than them, they are still very similar. The Fife cattle are almost as valuable for the dairy as for the grazier, and they are active and docile. The cattle of the Ayrshire breed are surpassed by none in reference to their capacity for milking. Again, many of the varied breeds of the Lowlands are valuable. The Galloways, which scarcely a century ago were middle-horned and only distinguishable from the West High- landers with difficulty, are now polled, larger in size, closely similar to the Devons and endowed with all their aptitude to fatten, and with a hardiness of constitution which the Devons do not possess. Of the North Highland cattle we propose to give a brief description of the Forfarshire or Angus breed. These cattle may be horned or hornless. The horned oxen are generally black; but some have white spots on the forehead, and are white on the flanks and belly. Some are brindled, some dark red, and others of a silvery yellow or dun colour. A few are black witli white hairs intermingled. Now and again a beast is DIBTERENT BREEDS OP OXEN. 97 seen which is altogether white with the exception of a few bhick hairs about the head. The Forfar horned cattle have shorter legs, thicker shoulders, rounder carcases, straighter backs, and, carry the head more elegantly than the Aberdeenshire cattle. The horns are shorter, better proportioned, curved upwards and forwards, and sharper at the points. We shall give a brief account of the Angus polled cattle under the heading of "Polled Cattle." The "wild ox " now met with only in a few parks, as at Chil- lingham and Hamilton, is probably a descendant of the original bovine animals which inhabited many forest districts in Britain, and particularly those of the north of England and the south of Scotland. The wild oxen of Chillingham are much smaller than many of the domestic breeds; they have a graceful form, and are possessed of sharp horns which are neither very long nor greatly curved. Every calf which is not perfectly white is destroyed, and thus this white colour is becoming still more general. The habits of these wild oxen are very similar to those of the domesticated races. According to Mr. Culley, these oxen cannot be tamed, and consequently can only be tept within walls or good fences. The colour of the wild cattle of Chillingham Castle is cream white, but their muzzles are black. The whole of the inside of the ear as well as about one-third of the outside from the tips downwards is red, the horns are white, very fine, bent upwards, and provided with black tips. Some of the bulls are possessed of a thin and upright mane, which is about an inch and a half or two inches in length. The males weigh about 40 stones, and the cows about 30 stones (14 pounds being reckoned to the stone). The beef is finely marbled, and of excellent quality. It is very advisable to keep at a distance from these animals. The cows hide their calves for about a week or ten days in some sequestered situation, and to this they repair twice or thrice every day for the purpose of suckling them. If any person should approach these little animals, they clap their heads close to the ground and lie down like hares -to hide themselves; or perhaps, if irritated, they bolt at the legs of anyone who may be near, with all the force at their command. Moreover, the dams, if they see anyone touching their calves, will rush to the attack with headlong impetuosity. Again, if any one of a herd 7 98 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. of these cattle is badly wounded, or weak and feeble owing to age and sickness, the other members of the herd conspire together against their debilitated companion and gore him or her to death. A few of the wild cattle are found in Androssan Park, which belongs to the Earl of Eglintown, and in Auchencruive Park, the seat of Mr. Oswald. They are cream-coloured, and have black muzzles, and black or brown or red ears. The animals of the West Highland breed, or Kyloe, differ but very little from the Chillingham or Hamilton wild oxen, except as regards their colour, which is black. Their limbs are short and muscular, the chest is both wide and deep, the ribs are well arched, the back is straight, the horns are fre- quently rather long, the muzzle is short but not broad, and the skin is covered with shaggy hair. The milk is of a very rich quality, but very small in amount so that the cows are very unsuitable for dairy-farming. The beef is of the finest quality, and hence many cattle reared in the Highlands and in the Hebrides are annually taken to other parts of the country for the purpose of being fattened on rich pastures. One great point of advantage about the animals of this breed is that they are very hardy and likewise very well suited to the region in which they are found. The Galloway breed is very similar to the preceding ; but the animals are larger and devoid of horns, and many cattle are taken from the hilly parts of Galloway to be fattened on English pastures for the London market. The animals of the Ayrshire breed, met with just over the border, are small but yet highly productive. They are very serviceable for dairy purposes, and are valued for their milk not only in Scotland, but also in other parts. The Ayrshire breed stands in the foremost place in regard to milking powers. The animals of this breed are rather small, and their flesh is spread thinly over the body; but yet they can thrive fairly well even on second-rate and inferior pastures. Henoe, in Scotland, the Ayrshire cow is preferred to others. The udders of the cows of this breed are hemispherical in shape, well formed, and provided behind with loose and soft skin. The milk is rich and well suited for butter-making, and the time during which the milk-producing powers continue is lengthy. I DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 99 The Ayshire cows are noted not only for the great quantity, but also for the excellent quality of the milk they yield. On the other hand, they are not capable of being readily fattened, and their flesh is of an inferior description. Great care has been taken with the management of this breed in Ayrshire and the adjacent counties, in which dairy-farming is carried on to a marked extent. The horns of these oxen are smaller than those of the animals belonging to the West Highland breed ; the hair also is much smoother, and the colour, for the most part, is brownish-red with large patches of white. Sometimes, however, they may be nearly entirely red. The patches may be almost fawn-coloured, and occasionally it may happen that prize Ayr- shire bulls are greyish. The horns are short, they spread out a little near the head, and then turn upwards. Their heads are fine and tapering, the neck is thin, and the countenance has a pleasing look. The chines, backs, and hocks, are narrow, the ribs are flat, the belly is large, the buttocks are thin, the hair is thin, the hide is soft, and the bones are finely made. The climate of Ayrshire is moist but mild, and the soil, with its produce, is such as to render it the best dairy country in Scotland, and equal to any in Great Britain. The pasture- ground is occupied by the beautiful dairy-stock, a very small portion of it being kept for cows too old to be milked. Accord- ing to Mr. Alton, the most approved shape of the dairy animals is as follows: — Head small but rather long and narrow at the muzzle ; eye small but smart and lively ; horns small, clear, crooked, and having their roots at a considerable distance apart from each other; neck long and slender, tapering towards the head and with no loose skin below ; shoulders thin ; fore-quarters light ; hind-quarfers large; back straight and broad behind; the joints rather loose and open ; carcase deep, pelvis capacious, and wide over the hips, with round fleshy buttocks; tail long and small ; legs small and short, with firm joints ; udder capacious, broad, and square, stretching forward, and neither fleshy, low hung, nor loose ; the milk veins large and prominont ; teats short, all pointing outwards, and at considerable distance from each other; skin thin and loose ; hair soft and woolly ; the head, bones, horns, and all parts of least value small ; and the general figure is compact and nicely proportioned. 7 • 100 THE DISEASES AJS'D DISORDERS OF THE OX. The breed has greatly improved since Mr. Aiton described it. The animals have short legs, the neck is a little thicker at the shoulder, but finely shaped towards the head; the horns are smaller than those of the Highlanders, but clear and smooth, pointing forwards, turning upwards, and tapering to a point. They are deep in the carcase, but not round and ample, and par- ticularly not so in the loins and liaunches. An Ayrshire cow may give on an average as much as five gallons of milk daily for two or three months after calving. Then for the next three months she may give three gallons daily, and for the four months following this about one gallon and a half. The average quan- tity per year from each cow may be about 600 gallons, worth, if sold as new milk, say, 8d. per gallon, or i620 per annum. The profit may be greater if the milk is used for fattening calves, or perhaps if converted into butter or cheese. Three and a half gallons of this milk will yield about a pound of butter (country weight). When one gallon of -water is added to four of milk, the butter-milk will sell at 2d. per gallon. The Ayrshire cattle feed profitably, and their meat is of good quality. When an Ayrshire cow is sent to England, she loses- her superiority as a milker, and begins to accumulate flesh. In the Eastern Counties, where arable farming and the rear- ing and feeding of cattle are mainly pursued, the Ayrshire gives place to the Aberdeen, the Angus, and the Teeswater. The cow is there selected on account of its square and massive frame, soft skin, and fine meat-producing qualities. The animals of the Shetland breed are very small and hardy, and noted for the fine quality of their beef. They are easily fattened, even on scanty pastures, and their diminutive size being considered^ the quantity of the milk they yield is very large. THE POLLED OR HORNLESS CATTLE. Hornless or polled cattle are met with in tlie counties of SuHolk and Norfolk and alsi> in Galloway, whence they originally came. Now it appears to be the case that the remnants of two dis- tinct breeds of cattle are found in the parks of Chillingham, in Northumberland, and of Chatelherault, in Lanarkshire. One of these consists of middle-horned and the other of polled cattle. The former of these are to be traced in the Devon, the Hereford, I 1 DrrrERENT breeds or oxen. ]01 the Sussex, and the Highland cattle, while the latter are repre- sented by the uxen of Galloway, by the Angus Humlies, the Suffolks, and the Norfolks. The Suffolk Dun is a hornless breed, being, in fact, the only true hornless breed found in England, and it is supposed to have been derived from the polled breeds of Scotland. These animals are clumsy in form, and they are of but little value to the grazier, although they yield a very large quantity of milk and are, in fact, noted for their dairy produce, their rich milk, butter, and cheese. The colour is light dun or yellowish cream, light red, or red and white. The carcase is usually rather narrow and flat, the legs are short and thin, the ribs are well arched, the belly is heavy, the chine thin and hollow, and the loins are narrow. The head and throat are nicely proportioned, and the dewlap is not large. The udder is large and square, and the milk veins are large - The skin is fine, and the hair is of a silky texture. The Suffolk cow presents an angular or bony appearance, and does not display the fine rounded outlines of the Shorthorn, the Devon, and the Hereford. When dried, and fed on liberal diet, the cow is capable of being quickly fattened, and it is probable that the breed might be more widely utilised for our dairies, both as a distinct breed and for crossing purposes. Galloway. — As late as the middle of the last century the greater number of the Galloway cattle were horned. They were middlehorns, but some of them were polled. For more than 150 years the surplus cattle of Galloway had been sent far into England, and principally to the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk. The polled beasts were always liked by the English farmers. They fatten well, attain a large size, and they are not at all wild and fierce. The horned breed was at length quite super- seded by the polled, except that now and again a few of the Oalloways might have diminutive horns; but these were attached to the skin and not to the skull. The Galloway cattle are straight and broad in the back and nearly level from the head to the rump. They are round in the ribs, and between the shoulders and the ribs, and between the ribs and the loins. They are broad in the loin without having large projecting hook-bones. They show a roundness of barrel and a fulness of ribs. When looked at from above, the whole body looks beautifully rounded. They are long in the quarters and 102 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. ribs and deep in the chest. There is less space between the hook or hip-bones and the ribs than in most other breeds, so that there is as little space as possible lost in the flank. The Galloway has short legs, and moderately fine shank bones. The leg is just strong enough to preserve the hardihood of the animal. The neck is thick, the head rather heavy, and the eyes are not prominent. The ears are large, rough, and full of long hair on the inside. The skin is loose, mellow, and of medium thickness, and the hair is long, soft, and silky. The skin is thinner than that of the Leicestershire, but not so fine as that of the improved Durham, breed, albeit it is soft to the touch. Most of these cattle are black, a few are dark brindled brown, and still fewer are speckled with white spots. Some are of a dun or drab colour, which may, perhaps, have been acquired from a cross with the Sufi'olk breed of cattle. Those which are dark in colour are preferred. According to Mr. Culley, these cattle resemble the longhorns both in colour and shape ex- cepting in the fact that they have no horns. Their form is shorter, and their weight less. Their hides stand midway between those of the longhorns and those of the shorthorns, in being not so thick as the former, and not so thin as the latter. They put on fat in the best parts, and their beef is well marbled or mixed with fat. They are for the most part bred upon the moors or hilly country in Galloway, until rising four or five years old, when they are taken to the fairs in Norfolk and Suffolk, pre- viously to the time for being fed on turnips. The greater num- ber of them are then removed when fat, in the winter and spring, to the London meat-market. It is estimated that more than 30,000 of them are annually sent to the south. In the few dis- tricts of Galloway where cows are introduced they are of the Ayrshire breed, which are much better milkers than are the Galloway cows. The calves are reared in a manner wliich is peculiar to Galloway, being permitted to suck the mother more or less, beginning from the time when they are born, and continuing to suck as long as she gives milk. For the first four or five months they are allowed a liberal supply both morning and evening, usually more than half the milk of the cow. The dairymaid takes the milk from the teats on one side, while the calf di-aws it at the same time and exclusively from the other side. When the calf begins to graze a little, and is turned upon DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 103 the best young grass on the farm, it is not allowed to suck for so long a time. In winter the calf is housed during the night, and fed upon hay with a few turnips or potatoes ; for, if stinted during the first fifteen months, the animal docs not attain the natural size^ nor does it feed so well afterwards. The Galloway farmer holds that an ostensible difference can be dis- cerned betwixt the calf that sucks its dam and another fed from the pail ; that while the coat of the former is sleek and glossy, indicating healthy the hide of the other is dry and hard, and that this unthrifty appearance is not removed until some time after the animal has been weaned and fed entirely on grass, and, finally, that a calf fed from the pail is more liable to die of stomach complaints than one brought up according to the method above described. The calves should be born in the latter part of winter or the beginning of spring. Rarely do the Gralloway breeders sell their calves for veal. The Galloway cows do not give a great quantity of milk ; but that which they do give is rich in quality, and yields a large proportion of butter. The average amount of milk given by a Galloway cow is about seven quarts per day during the five summer months after feed- ing her calf. During the next four months she does not give more than half that quantity, and for two or three months she is dry. Young Galloway cattle are said to be especially liable to two diseases known as redwater and quarter-evil respectively. The former disease is dealt with by administering a few doses of Epsom salts at an early period, and then removing the young animal to good young grass where the land has been recently limed. The latter disease is best dealt with by setoning the animals as a preventive. When the Galloways are two years of age, they are, as a rule, hardy animals. There is probably no breed of cattle which can with greater truth be said to be indigenous to the country and incapable of improvement by any foreign stock than the Galloways. The shorthorns have almost everywhere else improved the cattle of the district into which they have been taken, at least in the first cross. Evei\ in the first cross, however, the shorthorns have done but little good in Galloway, and as a permanent mixture the choicest shorthorn bulls have obviously failed. It seems that the Galloway cattle can only be improved by adherence to the pure breed, and by careful selection of the best animals of both 104 THE DISEASES AND DISOEPEKS OF THE OX. sexes. These cattle are very docile, and it is even rare to find a bull furious or troublesome. The cattle of Dumfries are also polled. There have always been some polled cattle also in Angus. The Norfolk cattle and those of Suffolk are also polled. THE IRISH CATTLE AND THE LONGHORNS. Having now briefly considered both the middlehorns and the polled cattle, we pass on next to a very cursory description of the Irish cattle, Ireland is noted for the far-famed Kerry cow as well as for other kinds of cattle ; and to some districts of Ireland the English shorthorns have been brought, greatly to the improvement of the herds previously present therein. There are two distinct breeds of Irish cattle — namely, the middle- horns and the longhorns. It is clear that the former of these are an aboriginal breed. They occur on the mountains and in the ruder parts of the country, being met with in almost every district. They are small, light, wild, and active, animals. The head is frequently small, but not small in the case of the cattle of every district. Some Irish cattle have thick heads and necks. As the name middlehorns leads us to infer, the horns of the cattle so designated are shorter than those of the other breed. They are also fine, some are somewhat upright, and after pro- jecting forward they may in many cases turn backwards. Al- though a little deticient in the hind quarters, these oxen are high-boned, and wide over the hips; but the bone generally is not heavy. The hair is coarse and long. In some places the cattle are black, in others brindled, and in others black or brindled with white faces. Some are finer in the bone and finer in the neck, have a good eye and a sharp muzzle, and are very active. They are very hardy animals, and may gain flesh even in the winter time on their native mountains and moors. When taken to a better climate and a more fertile soil, they fatten with great rapidity like the aboriginal cattle of Wales and the Highlands. They are, as a rule, very good milkers, and may be even excel- lent in this respect. When they have much of the Kerry blood in them, ihey are very wild, and can leap even the highest fences and the broadest ditches. The Kerry cow lives well almost everywhere, yields a great DIFPEBENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 105 amount of milk, and fattens rapidly when fed with that end in view. The Kerry cow is of a black, or greyish colour, and may be brindled, is a good supplier of milk, and a very remunera- tive, hardy, and active little animal. The head is finely made and of small dimensions, the eyes are bright, the horns short and turned upwards. The body is rather round and long, the legs are short, the hind quarters are light but high-boned, and the animal is wide across the hips. The Kerry cow differs both from the larger and the smaller longhorned Irish bi'eed and from the North Devon middlehorned cow by the cloddiness about the shoulders, and the shortness and thickness of the lower part of the neck. These cattle are usually small, and con- fined to the hilly and moory grounds, or to the more restricted area of the cottager and small farmer. This breed is composed of cattle of considerable size in Connaught, and these are im- proved in form as well as in weight. The horns are generally of middle length and turn upwards, as also do the horns of the cattle on the mountains; but they are shorter in the leg, and shorter in the body. Their loins and haunches are heavy and wide, the hair is thick, the hide is mellow, and they thrive more quickly than any other breed. The other breed is of a larger size, and (iomposed of the old or partially improved Craven, or Lancashire beasts, the Longhorns. They very closely resemble the English longhorns, and have been materially improved by having been crossed with them ; but it is very difficult to say whether Ireland or England was the native country of this breed. Thousands of Irish beasts annually traverse almost every part of Great Britain, from Port Patrick to the Thames, and it is quite possible that the English longhorns sprung from some of the Irish ones which stopped at different places in the course of their journey. Almost every county and barony of Ireland had its zealous and successful improver of the native breed, until, in the richer and more highly cultivated districts, the cattle became as large and as perfect as any which the Midland districts of England could produce. Possibly, however, there were two distinct breeds of long-horned cattle. At any rate at the present time there are two kinds of cattle in Ireland possessing quite difi'e- rent characters. The larger are greatly preferable to the smaller 106 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OE THE OX. kind of Irish longhorns. These latter possess very long horns, clumsy heads, large bones and thick hides, bulky dewlap, and, in fact, they have many defects. Thousands of these, and more perhaps than of the improved breed, are brought to the midland counties of England, in order to be prepared for the Metro- politan market. They vary greatly in regard to the way in which they thrive. In the course of time the English long- horns began to lose ground even in their native county, in proportion as the improved shorthorn cattle began to attract the attention of the breeder, owing to their propensity to fatten and the comparatively early period at which they arrived at maturity. The agriculturists of Ireland quickly availed them- selves of the method of improving the Irish cattle by introducing the shorthorns. The pure shorthorn, or the first cross of long- horn and shorthorn weighed as much at three years old as a pure longhorn at five. The breed, however, rapidly degenerated; but more systematic and more successful attempts have been made to introduce the shorthorn blood. Before the establishment of steam navigation, many difficul- ties attended the transport of the Irish cattle. Formerly many were driven even as much as 150 miles to the coast, where, if the wind was contrary, they were detained, perhaps several days, being allowed but very little food during the time of their stay. No food was given to them on the voyage, and when they arrived at the English shore they were often so weak, owing to want of food, that they could not walk. In these days, however, a steam packet with a cargo of fat cattle will leave Ireland one day, and have delivered on the next day. Again, cattle may now be slaughtered in the evening at any of the ports on the eastern coasts of Ireland and sent to Liverpool, and even to Manchester in time for the next day's market. The old breed of Irish cattle is most valued for the dairy, since they give, in proportion to their size, a much greater amount of milk than the longhorns do, and it is, moreover, richer in butter. A cow gives about 98 lbs. of butter per year. A very good cow will yield 1^ cwt., about half of which quantity is con- sumed by the family or in the country, while the remainder is exported to England. Very little cheese is made in Ireland, and that which is produced there is usually of an inferior quality. DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 107 We next proceed to give our readers a very brief description of the English longhorus. The earliest records inform us that a peculiar and valuable breed of cattle, the horns of which were very long, existed in the district of Craven, a fertile corner of the West Riding of Yorkshire, bordering on Lancashire. These longhorned cattle gradually spread along the Western coast of England, and, after they had been greatly improved by a well- known breeder called Bakewell, tliey gradually established a footing throughout the greater part of the midland counties. At the present time they are rapidly being replaced by the short- horns. As their name implies, these longhorned cattle are easily distinguishable by the great length, and sometimes also by the cumbersome form, of their horns. In the animals of the old Craven breed the horns often projected in a nearly hori- zontal direction on each side. However, in the case of the improved Cravens, which are very valuable animals, the horns either grew downwards in a perpendicular direction, thereby rendering the act of grazing a difficult operation, or else in a curved form so as to present an appearance as if they were about to meet or cross in front of the muzzle, and thereby also hinder the animal in the process of grazing, or altogether prevent it from doing so. Or perhaps they might look as if about to grow down beneath the under jaw so as to lock it, or as if they were about to pierce the bones of the nose, or certain other parts of the face. The horns first take an outward direction, then curve and may return towards the face. In this connec- tion we may say that the growth of the teeth in certain rodents presents some resemblance to this. Most of the modern English longhorns are possessed of long, spreading, and sometimes drooping horns. They are dark red and brindled in colour, white along the back, have good coats of hair and rather coarse bones, are fairly symmetrical in build, have a great amount of flesh along the back, a capacity of attaining great v?eight, and of sound and rather rapid feeding. Even the Craven group, however, like the whole of the Irish longhorns, though with no such" wide difference of value, are divisible into two great and very distinct sections. The smaller Cravens inhabit the moorlands and hills, are hardy, and easily kept, yield a great quantity of excellent milk, and quickly fatten when put upon rich pasture. They are, as a matter 108 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. of course, greatly prized by cottagers and those who have small farms, on account of the small expense at which they can be kept, the rather large amount of excellent milk which they supply, and the rapid rate at which they fatten when placed on good pasturage. On the other hand, the larger cows of the Craven breed, which occupy lower, more level, and richer soil, are fairly good in regard to the supply of milk, albeit that they are not equal to the smaller Cravens in this respect in proportion to their size and the quantity and quality of the food they take. They have a special tendency to fatten at a rapid rate, and they acquire a large bulk, which is scarcely less, in fact, than that of the shorthorns of the present day. Now, as either of these two kinds of Craven cattle found their way to other districts, they were mixed to some extent with the native cattle, and also gradually became adapted to the changed conditions of climate, soil, and environment — in short, to their new surroundings. Consequently the cattle of Cheshire, those of Derbyshire, of Nottinghamshire, of Staffordshire, of Oxfordshire, and of Wiltshire, were all essentially longhorns ; but each variety developed in course of time its own distin- guishing features, which seemed to adapt it for its own particu- lar situation. On the other hand, the old breed of longhorns remained much the same. It was formerly the case that the cattle of this breed were preferred to every other breed ; but at the present time they are known to be inferior to the short- horns, and from the point of view of the flesh they yield they are not equal to any one of several Scotch breeds. Robert Bakewell, who was borne at Dishley, in Leicester- shire, in the year 1725, was, as we have above said, the chief improver of the longhorns. The most general principle which guided him was probably beauty of form. This point was more closely attended to at the outset than at present, practical men now ni;iking a distinction between a useful sort and one which is merely handsome. Evidently, utility of form is more impor- tant than beauty of form; and the parts which make offal should, so far as is consistent with all desirable powers of constitution and so forth, be small in proportion to the better parts. Again, the grain of the meat depends wholly on the breed, aud not on the size of an animal, and one important point is the power to DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 109' acquire fat at an early age and rapidly, a quality which has been found to be hereditary. It appears, iu fact, to have been Bakewell's opinion that all depends upon the breed and the beauty and utility of the form^ the quality of the flesh and the propensity to fatten on the part of the ofl'spring being the natural consequence of similar qualities in the parents. Mr. Bakewell's plan was to unite the superior branches of the sarae breed. The rapidity of the improvement which he effected was only equalled by its extent. His stock was unsurpassed for roundness of form, smallness of bone, and aptitude to acquire external fat ; but at the same time their milk-producing qualities were considerably lessened. Other breeders also aided in improving the longhorned oxen. The result was that in the districts in which the experiments were tried a breed of cattle, equalled by few and excelled by none but the Herefords, was produced. In fact, the whole breed of the longhorns was improved. The cattle of Lancashire, Derbyshire, and Staffordshire became, and still are, an improved race, and they got rid of a portion of their coarse bone. They put on flesh and fat in the more suitable situations, they became mature at a somewhat earlier age, and the dairy cattle to some extent acquired a tendency to convert their food into milk while milk was wanted, and after that to use the same nourishment for the accumulation of flesh and fat. The Irish breeders owe every- thing to the new Leicester cattle, and indeed a new stock has arisen since the improved longhorns were grafted on the native Irish stock. The principle on which Mr. Bakewell seemed to act in breed- ing so closely in-and-in was a novel, bold, and successful one. He had a large stock on which to work, and no one knew what were his occasional deviations from this rule, nor how he skilfully interposed remoter affinities when he saw or apprehended danger. When the masters of that day had disappeared, the character of this breed began to deteriorate slowly, and, in fact, so refined were many of them that the propagation of the variety was not always certain. Moreover, the improved aliorthorns began to occupy the banks of the Tees, they presented greater bulk, equal aptitude to fatten, and they arrived at maturity at an earlier age. The county of Westmoreland had been the native land of the longhorns ; but even in that county the shorthorns made good llO THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. their footing, spread, established themselves, and in a manner superseded the longhorns. They found their way to southern districts, mingled with the native breeds, and it was found that a cross from them usually increased the amount of milk, the aptitude to fatten, and the earliness of maturity. The advantages of the improved longhorns remained ; but the breed itself gradu- ally diminished. In some places it almost disappeared ; and at the present time, and even in Leicestershire, the shorthorns are fast driving the longhorns from the field. To the historian it might almost seem as if some dread scourge had suddenly swept away the whole of this valuable breed. THE SHORTHORNS. As the name itself manifestly implies, the famous breed of cattle known as the " Shorthorn " is characterised by the fact that the animals so-called have shorter horns than almost any other kind of oxen. They possess, in a high degree, a rare combination of good qualities, being very attractive to the eye by reason of their splendid frames and beautiful and varied colours. These animals were first produced at the beginning of the nineteenth century, having been originally bred in East York and afterwards greatly improved in the county of Durham. In fact, these two counties of York and Durham have for a long time been noted for their shorthorns, which were remarkable, in the first instance, principally on account of their great capabili- ties iu regard to the supply of milk. From this district these oxen have spread very extensively both in England and in Scot- land, and they are now met with in nearly all the best grazing districts. At first the shorthorns were usually large, thin- skinned, sleek, delicate, coarse in the oflal, and rather deficient in the fore- quarters. They were good milkers but slow feeders, and their meat was inferior, not marbled, and rather dark in colour. The shorthorns which have not been improved at the present day are very similar to the original shorthorns. After the lapse of eighty years the shorthorns existing near the banks of the river Tees — on this account denominated the Teeswater breed - — had assumed characters very different from those above de- scribed. They were occasionally red, red and white, and roan, although the last-named colour was at that time not so prevalent I DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. Ill as it now is. They possessed a fine mellow skin and flesh, good hair, light offal, very wide carcases, and very deep and large fore-quarters. No doubt the judicious and careful breeders who dwelt on the banks of the river Tees crossed the original short- horns with other breeds, and it is very possible that one of these was the white wild breed. A great many persons might be mentioned as having been connected with the breeding of shorthorns ; but we may merely refer to Mr. George Coates, the author of The Shorthorn Herd Book. This gentleman was very highly successful, but he cer- tainly made one mistake in not liking to cross his own stock with that of other breeders. One of the chief characteristics of the shorthorns is that they arrive at maturity at an early age. Their capability of con- tinuing their growth has excited the wonder and approval of all "who have had to do with them. Not only are they fairly good in regard to milk supply, but they also possess the power of fattening rapidly. Indeed, the latter capacity is so marked, and the improvement in the carcase of the shorthorn has been so surprising, that many persons have allowed that point to occupy their entire attention, and hence the supply of milk having been neglected has fallen off in consequence. Nevertheless, there are to be met with, improved shorthorns, i.e. shorthorns which have been very carefully bred, which are not only very suitable for grazing purposes, but also possessed of most valuable dairy properties. Some of the best-bred shorthorn cows may yield upwards of four gallons of milk night and morning, and may give even as much as 20 lbs. of butter per week. Many excellent beasts have been bred from improved short- horn bulls and longhorn cows, especially those of Devon. A friend of Mr. C. H. Bolton bred with shorthorn bulls from about a dozen North Devon cows of small size but nice quality, and the consequence was that all his stock were good milkers. It is said that occasionally shorthorn bulls may be moderately worked with advantage ; but, as a rule, shorthorns, which are as profitably consigned to the butcher at t-,TO years old as other kinds of cattle at four, ought not to be placed in the yoke. The shorthorns are now very carefully looked after, and they are more particularly bred in the northern counties and in Lincolnshire. It may, in fact, be said that they are the best 112 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. cattle found in Great Britain, and hence we are not surprised that these English shorthorns are met with in many parts of the Continent of Europe and also in America and elsewhere. Eor more than a hundred years the greatest care has been taken to improve the breed. Genealogies have been recorded, and the pedigrees of both sires and dams can be traced back for many generations ; and the enormous sums of money at which first- rate bulls and cows of this breed sell, show in what estimation shorthorns which are nearly perfect are held. The colour varies from pure white to bright red, and it may be dark red, red and white, or roan. If any black hue is apparent, it is due to an ad- mixture of other breeds. The improved shorthorns may, then, be said to be red or white, or red and white combined in various degrees. It is highly probable that the white colour arose in the first instance from a cross at an early date with the wild white breed. The tip of the ear in the case of the white shorthorn, like the extremity of the ear in the wild oxen^ is characterised by a red tinge. The head is short and very broad, the chest is wide and deep, and projects forward. The fore-legs are short, the back is straight but not very long, and the barrel is full. The animals of this breed are capable of being very readily fattened, and their beef is of a very excellent quality. On the other hand, the shorthorn cows are not so valuable from the point of view of the dairy as are some other breeds. One good point about the shorthorns is that they impart their excellent qualities to their offspring when they are crossed with animals of other breeds. The progeny which results from such crossing possesses the capability of being very easily fattened and of growing to a large size. By way of illustration of this, it may be said that a cross between a shorthorn bull and an Ayrshire cow gives rise to offspring which are valuable at once in regard to their beef and also in respect to the supply of milk. Moreover, another point of excellence possessed by the shorthorns is that these animals can readily adapt themselves to different condi- tions of place and soil, and they are also capable of being readily fattened. In Lincolnshire and other districts where the pasture- land is rich, the first batch of large oxen can be removed from pasture in June, and the next lot before the beginning of winter. However, as a rule, the shorthorn cows, as we have said above, are not good suppliers of milk, the milk being only moderate in DIFFEEENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 113 amount, of very variable quality, and only seldom given for a long period. For three months they may yield an abundant supply, then the amount may suddenly be reduced to half the previous quantity, and soon they may yield none at all. Few shorthorn cows give milk for longer time than about seven and a half mouths. However, after they have been used for the pur- poses of the dairy they can in the general way be quickly fattened for the meat market. We may now briefly give the characters of a milch-cow which is valuable for the dairy and capable of afterwards being quickly made ready for the market. The head should be long and rather small ; the eye should be bright, but yet it should manifest a placid expression ; the chaps should be thin, and the horns small; the neck may be thin where it joins the head, but it ought soon to thicken a little, and particularly as it approaches the shoulder ; the dewlap should be small, the breast ought by no means to be narrow, and, on the other hand, it ought to pro- ject in front of the legs; the chine may be slightly fleshy and even full ; the girth behind the shoulder ought to be deeper than it generally is in the cows of the shorthorn breed ; the ribs ought to spread out widely so as to impart a globular form to the carcase, and each successive rib should project out more markedly than its predecessor as far as the loins. The cow should be well formed and symmetrically proportioned across the hips and on the rump, and there ought to be greater length in that part than is usually the case in milch-cows. The thighs, should be somewhat thin and slightly crooked or sickle-hammed. As for the tail, its upper part ought to be thick, but it should taper below. The hide should be mellow ; the milk-veins ought to be large, inasmuch as large milk-veins indicate good power of secretion of milk. The udder likewise should be large; but, on the other hand, that organ may be too large. In fact, the udder ought to be sufficiently capacious to contain the correct amount of milk ; but if it be too bulky, one might suspect that it may be thickened or loaded with fat. The skin of the udder ought to be thin and free from lumps througho-Qt its whole extent. As for the teats, they should be of moderate size, situated at equal distances apart from each other, and they ought to be of an equal size from the udder almost to their extremity, at which, however, they should run to a kind of point. If they are too 114 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. large near the udder, they allow the milk to flow down too freely from the bag, and then that fluid is lodged in them. Sometimes they may be too broad at the end; and, indeed, the orifice may be so large that the cow cannot retain her milk when the bag begins to be full. Moreover, the hinder part of the udder ought to be of a size nearly equal to the front portion of it. Perhaps the udder should be a little broader and fuller in front than it is behind. The following -well-known doggerel lines describe the points of a good cow. She 's long in her face, she 's fine in her horn, She '11 quickly get fat Tnthout cake or corn ; She 's clean in her jaws, and full in her chine. She 's heavT in flank, and wide in her loin. She's broad in her ribs, and long in her rump, A straight and fiat back, without ever a hump ; She 's wide in her hips, and calm in her eyes, She 's fine in her shoulders, and thin in her thighs. She 's light in her neck, and small in her tail, She 's wide in her breast, and good at the pail ; She's fine in her bone, and silky of skin — She 's a grazier's without, and a butcher's within. Some of these shorthorn cows give in the beginning of sunnier as much as thirty quarts per day, and sometimes, thongh rardv, they have been known to yield as mucli as thirty-six quarts. The average amount may be estimated at about twenty- three quarts. It seems that the shorthorn cows are not so very good in regard to butter, and also tiiat they improve in that respect as they grow older. FOREIGN BREEDS OF CATTLE. Alherney Cattle. — There are two kinds of so-called Alderney cattle, namely, those which come from Normandy, are larger, niMl have a superior tendency to fatten, and secondly, those vhicli are imported from the ishinds on the Frencli coast. Wl.ctlit r from the continent or from tlie islands, tliey all, when in England, psiss under the name of .Altlerneys. 'I'liese crumpk'd- hfrn,or .Alderney, canle are fiirt with on the souiliern coast, and, in smnlKr numbers, in gentlemen's paiks and pleasure-grounds in nil pints. Tliey are similar to the caiileof Ayrshire in certain p(/inlb ; iliiir milk is comparaiivt ly smail in quauiity, but noted DIFFERENT BREEDS OF OXEN. 115 for its rich cream, for which reason Alderney cows are often kept for private dairies. If the milk of an Alderney cow be mixed with that of a dozen other cows, the butter will be of better quality. As a set-ofi" against their excellent milk-giving pro- perties, the Alderneys are useless for grazing purposes. With the exception of the county of Hampshire, they are kept scarcely anywhere but in the parks of the rich, by whom they are prized on account of the exceptionally-fine quality of their milk and the large amount of butter which it yields, occasionally, perhaps, also on account of the smallness of these animals. According to John Lawrence they are light-red, yellow, dun, or fawn-coloured, short, wild-horned, deer-necked, thin, and small-boned, and irregularly, and often very awkwardly, shaped. The Alderney has a voracious appetite, but yields very little milk, although that little is, as we have said, of exceptionally excellent quality, and is capable of producing a greater quantity of butter than can be obtained from the milk of any other kind of cow. On the coast of Hampshire, where these Alderneys can be very readily procured, they are much sought after. A good point about the cows is that when they have been dried they fatten with great rapidity. This is scarcely what might be expected if we con- sider their gaunt appearance. Some persons have been disposed to believe that the Norman cattle have had something to do with the improvement of the shorthorn breed. Of East Indian cattle several varieties have been imported, and attempts have been made to naturalise them. Of the Nagore cattle, a bull and cow, the property of Henry Perkins, Esq., were exhibited in the year 1832 at the Christmas cattle show, at which they attracted much attention. They are not buffaloes, but belong to the highest breed of Indian cattle. In India they are employed by the higher classes for the purpose of drawing their state carriages, and, being greatly valued for their size, speed, and endurance, they fetch very high prices. Colonel Skinner, who bred these animals, possessed a great num- ber, and six or seven of them were always kept ready saddled in order to carry the military despatches. They-can carry a soldier on their backs for fifteen or sixteen hours in the day, travelling at the rate of six miles an hour. Tlieir action is said to be very fine, and they bring down their hind legs under them in as straight a direction as the horse does. They are, moreover, very 8 * 116 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. active^ and can clear a five-barred gate with the greatest ease. Mr. Perkins possessed a calf which leaped over an iron fence higher than any five-barred gate ; and the bull frequently jumped over the same fence in order to get to the water, and, when he had drunk his fill, leaped back again. The bull (Jupiter) was in high condition when exhibited. He was employed in a light cart in various jobs about the farm, and drew the light roller over the ploughed laud, being docile and tractable when one particular man drove him and attended upon him ; but he now and then showed symptoms of dislike to others. He was fed entirely on hay, except that when he worked, a little bran was given to him, and in the turnip season he was treated now and again with a few slices of swedes, of which he was very fond. At first it was very difficult to shoe him ; and it was necessary to erect a break in order to confine him for that pur- pose. He liked being noticed, and frequently, when he was lying down, if anyone to whom he was accustomed went and sat down upon him and stroked him over the face, he would turn round and put his head on their lap, and lie there contentedly for a long time. These Brahmin bulls are very strong and swift animals. The cow was out at grass with the milch cows, and up with them morning and evening when they were driven to be milked ; but she was not milked, on account of the probable danger of the attempt. Two calves were bred from them. Buffalo and Indian Cattle. — The Duke of Northumber- land has a fine breed of buffalo cattle in his picturesque park at Alnwick. They are not of the pure Indian breed, but have been crossed with the Highland kyloe, the original bull having died soon after their arrival a^Alnwick. There were about thirty of them, and only one or two bulls were allowed to be among them at one time. They have promiscuously bred among each other, care being taken to preserve those for breeders which possessed a rather large characteristic hump on the shoulder. They are treated in great measure like the other cattle, except that it has been thought wise not to handle them. During severe weather they have a hovel to run into, and although they do not seem to bear the cold weather so well as one kind of the progenitors — the Kyloes — they are usually very healthv. When the calves are dropped, the mother endeavours to secrete them in the long grass for a few days, like other wild cattle, so DIFFERENT BREEDS OP OXEN. 117 that the herdsman has to watch the place and a favourable oppor- tunity to castrate or spay them. They graze well, the young ones getting into excellent condition in the summer. They lose flesh in the winter, yet by the time they are killed towards the close of the year, when four or five years old, they give very good beef. The meat is finely marbled and well flavoured. In Wentworth Park, the chief seat of Earl Fitzwilliam, there is a herd of very fine Indian cattle. They were presented to Lord Rockingham by Mr. Verelst, who was at that time Governor of Bengal. Their meat is not very pleasant to everyone's taste. Some of the calves were castrated ; but they did not seem to thrive so well as those that were left in their natural state. In winter they are driven into a yard provided with sheds ; for they would almost starve in the open ground. Another variety of cattle is met with in the Roman States. These oxen are generally of a bluish ash colour, and they are possessed of very large and spreading horns. A large white breed was for a long time kept in Egypt, and a similar breed, devoid of the hump, characteristic of the Indian ox, is met with in South Africa, in which country, however, it has become partially intermixed with European breeds. The Kafirs, and, indeed, also the white inhabitants of South Africa, employ oxen very extensively as beasts of burden, and in former times they were even trained by the Hottentots to aid them in battle. In fact, the intelligence of the South African ox may in these cases even exceed that of the horse and even the sagacity of the dog. Peter Kolben, in his account of the Cape of Good Hope, written in the year 1705, gives a description of these trained fighting oxen called backeleyers. It appears that their oxen are the faithful servants and companions of the Hottentots — of whom not very many are now extant — the sharers alike of their pleasures and of their fatigues. They are at once the protectors and the servants of the Kafir, and help him to tend his flocks and to guard them against invaders. While the sheep are grazing, the faithful backely — so this kind of ox is designated — stands and grazes beside them, and, attentive to the looks and directions of its master, hastens now and again round the field, keeping the straying sheep within their proper limits, and showing not the lef St mercy to robbers nor even to harmless strangers who may happen to be nigh at hand. Moreover, an army of 118 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. Hottentots contains a herd of these creatures, which, when let loose against the enemy, overturn men and everything in their way, striking with their horns and trampling with their feet everyone who opposes them, and frequently procuring for their masters an easy victory. In the internecine wars of the Hottentots one with another these animals (backeleyers) work terrible havoc, goring and kicking and trampling to death with almost incredible fury. They are, however, while not excited in the struggle, very docile creatures, and personally know every inhabitant of the kraal, being quite harmless to them, but, on the contrary, very ferocious towards, and ready to run with fury at, any strangers. The backely lives in the same cottage as it& master, for whom the animal displays feelings of affection. When the creature dies, a new backely is selected to succeed him by a council composed of the old men of the village. The newly- selected backely is then placed with one of the veterans of his own kind, and from him he learns his ar^ and is taken for the term of his life into direct friendship by his master. The readiness with which the draught oxen of South Africa observe and obey the words of the driver is said to be very great, although in the process of training them severe measures are often required, particularly that of inserting a hooked stick through the cartilage which separates the two nostrils. This reminds us of our modern method of ringing bulls before sending them to exhibitions of cattle. Moreover, oxen which have been already trained are employed for the purpose of training younger oxen. Again, in some parts of Africa the ox is employed for riding as well as for draught. In this case the horns, which are very long, are first split up into ribbons and shreds, or, perhaps, curved in various directions, in order to obviate the possibility of their points coming into contact with the person of the rider in consequence of any untoward accident. The pace of an ox is slow, seldom exceeding four and a half miles an hour. We may conclude our brief review of foreign cattle by the observation that some of the herds of oxen found in South America have a skull of peculiar conformation, the bones of the nose and the jaw-bones being very short. 119 CHAPTER ly. GENERAL ACCODNT OF THE SHEEP. " The Lord is my shepherd ; I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures ; he leadeth me beside the still waters." — Psalm xxiii. 1, 2. We have now concluded our sketch of the various breeds of cattle ; but so closely is the sheep connected with the ox that we have determined to give some little attention to that animal also. Indeed, when we came to deal with the diseases and disorders of oxen, we found it next to impossible to refrain from discussing those of the sheep, so netirly allied and so closely similar are they. Hence we hope, in the pages which follow, to supply our readers with the chief points regarding what is known concerning the pathology of the sheep — that docile animal which was so well tended and cared for by the patriarchs of the Old Testament history, and also by their descendants who, in later times, took delight in watching their flocks in Palestine by night. Indeed, so greatly prized was the sheep in those primitive times that that humble animal was compared by our Saviour to us human beings in like manner provided for by the Almighty. This love of the sheep, so characteristic of shepherds of all times and all nations, happily still exists in the hearts of many shepherds of this day. In point of fact, there is great need for accurate information concerning the chief ailments to which shelep are liable to be subjected. Not only is it necessary for those who have to do with sheep to guard against actually fatal issues, but they should also strive to do all they can to avoid that weakening of the geni;ral system of sheep which is unfortunately far too 120 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OP THE OX. frequent; and although it may be observed that many of the risks and dangers rather point to the necessity of prevention than to that of cure, still a knowledge of the causes of loss and damage is of primary moment, not only in so far as it bears upon the question of prevention, but also inasmuch as it must and does facilitate acquisition of an acquaintance v.'ith good and reliable methods of treatment. The subject now being entered upon has not as yet been thoroughly worked out. It is true that some of the most usual and best known disorders of sheep, such, for instance, as ver- minous bronchitis, sheep-rot, sheep-scab, small-pox of sheep {variola ovina), rheumatic arthritis (a disease which at times seems to assume a peculiar epizootic form, the sheep hobbling about with swollen hock and knee-joints, from which a greenish fluid exudes if the joints are opened), braxy (in many cases iden- tical with anthrax), the mild form of cattle plague which occurred in English sheep at the time of the grave outbreak among oxen in this country, foot-and-mouth disease of sheep, and other ovine diseases are fairly well understood by specialists. But there are other maladies with which the sheep is liable to be afflicted which are not yet perfectly comprehended in regard to their origin and the best means of prevention and cure. A great deal remains unknown, and it is of paramount importance that connections betwixt the diseases of sheep and those of other animals should be well and carefully learnt. With respect to the more common complaints, it may be said that they are very simihir to those which occur in oxen, and that similar lines of treatment, but with much smaller doses, are often indicated. The digestive system being similarly constituted, and the sheep feeding on similar food, the derangements of the alimentary mechanism are also similar. For instance, should the rumen be found to be engorged, a skilful veterinary surgeon may perform the operation of rumenotomy in the sheep, as also in the case of the ox. The sheep, like the ox, when debilitated, is, of course, very frequently consigned to the butcher, and hence the advice of the veterinarian in regard to what should be done must, as in the case of oxen, be always given with this alternative very clearly in view. Moreover the sheep, being necessarily a much less valuable animal tlian an ox, in the general way cannot be treated with the same degree of attention. It is very seldom that the GENERAL ACCOUNT 01' THE SHEEP. 121 Teterinariau is called upon to treat sheep individually, for only in the case of valuable breeding ewes or rams is it usually sup- posed to be worth while to do so. As a rule his advice is sought when a whole flock of sheep goes wrong, as frequently is the case. Sometimes a flock of sheep may suffer from verminous bronchitis, or they may be severely afflicted (especially lambs and young sheep) with intestinal tapeworms, and sometimes with divers other kinds of evils, e. g. those incident to ewes before or at the lambing season, and so forth. The gadfly of the sheep the (Bstriis ovis, is the source of terrible distress and torment. That the sheep is liable to the attack of this fly, which deposits its eggs in the nostrils of the unfortunate animal attacked, was as well known in ancient as in modern times. Instinctively aware of the presence of this insidious and dreaded enemy, the sheep display the greatest terror at the sharp and menacing sound pro- duced by the gadfly's wings as the insect sweeps through the air. They congregate together, placing their heads almost in contact with each other, snort, and paw the ground, and use all means in their power to prevent the fly from accomplishing its fell pur- pose. When a gadfly succeeds in attaining its aim, it rapidly deposits an egg or two in the nostril, and then leaves them there. The eggs are soon hatched, and the young larvae crawl up the nostril towards the frontal sinus. There they remain until full grown, when they crawl through the nostrils, fall on the ground, burrow therein, and undergo their changes into the pupal and perfect stages. Again, sheep-scab is a far more important disease in the case of the sheep than is scabies in other animals, on account of the damage it does to the fleece. When we come to the consideration of braxy, a name given to different diseases of sheep, one of which is anthrax, we shall have to point out that the carcases of sheep which have been afflicted with this latter malady should never be used for human food. Further, when we come to small-pox of sheep, we shall find that " the resemblance of this disease to human small-pox is very remarkable, both in symp- toms, mode of communication, and rate of- mortality " (Dr. Gregory) ; and also that it sheds some valuable light on the relations of that disease. In nearly all cases of disease in sheep, both remedial and pre- ventive measures have to be undertaken on a large scale. Some 122 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. of these we shall consider in due course. Now, however, we proceed to give a very brief account of the sheep, having- gathered some valuable hints from the well-known work on " Bible Animals," by that deservedly popular and eminent writer the Rev. J. G. Wood. The sheep has been domesticated from the very earliest times. In reading the Bible narrative we should recollect that the pasture-lands of the East are of very wide extent, very much more so than are the Downs and the Highlands, which m these days afford examples of the mode of sheep-keeping described in the Old Testament. Sir S. Baker, in his work on Abvssinia, depicts a state of things wherein the Arab herdsmen of to-day represent the Israelitish shepherds of old. The Arabs with their goats and sheep gathering round the wells recall the recollec- tion how "Jacob went on his journey, and came into the land of the people of the East. And he looked, and behold a well in the field, and lo ! there were three flocks of sheep lying by it,'' &c. In fact, the present Arab daily life in the Nubian deserts furnishes us with a picture of the past. In the days spoken of in the early Scriptures the necessity of obtaining water always occupied the shepherd's mind. We, living in this climate of England, can scarcely appreciate this anxiety with respect to the supply of water, and we mub^tbear in mind that not only is there a scarcity of this needful fluid, but also that it is far more urgently required than it is in temperate and moist coun- tries. It has been recorded that men have sat down and died of thirst, even when in sight of the river which, had they but pos- sessed the strength to reach it, would have supplied them with the water by which their lives might have been saved. We read in the Bible narrative how Jacob, and how Moses two hundred years after him, performed for maidens tending their fathers'^ flocks the courteous oflRce of drawing the water and pouring it into the sheep-troughs, and how they both married tiie girls to whose charge the flocks hud been in each case entrusted. This brings us to the Oriental custom which has been preserved to tlie present day. The wells at which the cattle are watered at noon-day are the meeting-places of the tribe, and it is cliiefly at the well that the young men and wouieu meet each other. As each successive flock arrives at the well, the number of the people increases, and wiiile the sheep and goats lie patiently around GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE SHEEP. 12S the water waiting for the time when the last flock shall arrive and the stone be rolled from ofl" the mouth of the well, the gos- sip of the tribe is discussed, and the young people have ample opportunity for the pleasing business of courtship. " Passing his whole life with his flock the shepherd was identified with his sheep far more than is the case in this country. He knew all his sheep by sight ; he called them all by their names, and they all knew him and recognised his voice. He did not drive them, but he led them, walking in their front, and they followed him. Sometimes he would play with them, pretending to run away while they pursued him, and consequently they looked upon him as their protector as well as their feeder, and were sure to follow wherever he led them.'* (J. G. Wood.) The shepherds of these days know their sheep by sight ; but they cannot teach the sheep to recognise their names, though this appears to be still done in Greece. Owing to the continual moving of the sheep, the shepherd had very hard work during the lambing time, and was obliged to carry in his arms the young lambs which were too feeble to accompany their parents, and to keep close to him those sheep which were expected soon to become mothers. At that time of year the shepherd might constantly be seen at the head of his flock, carrying one or two lambs in his arms, accompanied by their mothers. The dogs were not made the companions of man, as they now are among ourselves. Crouching together outside the strongly-built sheep-fold, in little knots of six or seven together, they detected the approach of wild animals, and at the first sign of the wolf or the jackal barked out a defiance, and scared away the invaders. To the pastoral inhabitants of Palestine the sheep was, and indeed still is, one of the chief sources of food, just as the ox is to the pastoral inhabitants of South Africa. To ordinary persons, however, it was a luxury seldom tasted, being used, for instance, at marriage feasts or to welcome the advent of a guest for whom a young male lamb or kid was slain and cooked. Boiling was the method of cooking generally adopted. As all know who have tasted it, the milk of the ewtTis very rich, and in the East it is valued far more highly than is that of the cow. It was, however, seldom drunk in the fresh state, but after it had become sour, curdled, and semi-solid. At the present day this custom still exists, the curdled milk being known under the 12 i THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. the name of " leben." Similarly, the Kafir tribes of South Africa also live largely on curdled milk, which goes by the name " amasi." The fresh milk is placed in a vessel which is never entirely emptied of already curdled milk, whereby rapid curdling is brought about. In England the milk of the sheep is scarcely ever used ; but in Scotland, especially in the great sheep-feeding districts, it is valued and specially employed for the making of cheese. In the ancient times nearly the whole of the clothing was made of wool, and the wool would therefore be an article of great value, so that we are not surprised to find that when the King of Moab paid his tribute to the king of Israel it was carefully specified that the sheep should not be shorn. Spinning the wool was exclusively the task of the woman, as it was in this country up to quite a recent time — a custom pointed to in the use of the term ** spinster." Sometimes the shepherds and others who lived in pastoral districts made for themselves coats of the skins of the sheep, with the wool still adhering to them. The custom extends to the present day, and even in many parts of Europe the sheepskin dress of the shepherds is a familiar sight to the traveller. In our country we have done our best to produce a hornless breed of sheep, on the idea that the nutriment is better expended on the body and fleece ; bntin the East the horns form an im- portant commodity, and are valued in proportion to their size. The ram's horn was chiefly used as a vessel for carrying liquids such as oil. A wooden plug was driven tightly into the larger end, and often it was covered with raw hide, while a small part of the pointed end was cut off, and the aperture closed with a small stopper. The horn thus manipulated resembled the old powder- horns which were formerly much used in England, and are even now in vogue in Palestine and many other countries. Trumpets made of ram's horns were ordered by the Mosaic law to be sounded at certain times, and their notes formed an important part of the ritual (Joshua vi.). At the present day one such trumpet at least is found in every Jewish community, being kept by the mau who has the privilege of blowing it. No animal was used so frequently for sacrifice as the sheep. The young male lamb was usually selected for this purpose, an example of which is afforded by the sacrifice of the Paschal lamb, GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE SHEEP. 125 the precursor and type of the " Lamb of God who takcth away the sins of the world." Sheep are endowed with great powers of adaptation to different conditions of climate ; they are found in all parts of the world, and the management of them, of course, varies in accordance with the characters of the environment to which they are subjected. While existing in the wild or semi-wild state, they roam about hither and thither on open fields and plains, and exhibit a considerable amount of sagacity in regard to the selection of their food. One of the reasons why the sheep is a specially valuable animal is because it can be maintained without great difficulty even in situations where other animals could not find enough to live upon. Moreover, this useful creature gives a very good return for the food which it consumes, supplying us as it does with our woollen clothing as well as with mutton. The manipulation of its wool alone gives employment to thousands of artisans. Great credit is due to the breeders who by their enterprise and by the prolonged exercise of their unremitting skill and industry have brought about the production of our modern improved breeds of sheep. We may now give a few hints as to breeding of sheep. Before setting a flock, the characters of the soil, situation, and climate should be carefully considered, since such conditions to a large extent guide us in forming a decision as to what breed would produce the best return. Then we should select the most superior animals of the particular breed selected. It is said that "breeding in the line" is probably the best method, and that '* crossing " and " breeding in and in " are not advisable. However, even when using the method spoken of as " breeding in the line," much depends upon the correct matching of the males and females, especially if they are chosen from difi'erent families, even though they belong to the same race but have been raised in other districts, and have consequently been influenced by climate soil, situation, and management. A¥hen using rams of the same flock, they should not be put together nearer than a third remove in the same line of blood. If this rule is departed from by put- ting together animals more closely related, it- is very probable that disappointment will result; but if the third removes are put together judiciously, first-rate animals may be produced. It seems that particular kinds of wool are associated with cer- tain kinds of mutton^ and hence it is seen to be important that 126 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. those animals should be selected which possess both the best •wool and the best mutton. The best wool is mellow, moderately long, thick, and bunchy, and under this kind the flesh is mellow and firm, and spreads more rapidly than any other. Extra firm or hard flesh is found under short and tine wool, but it does not expand in proportion. Sheep provided with thin-set and strong wool have white and objectionable heads, loose or coarse flesh which is also wanting in point of quality in proportion to the wool it bears. Consequently such animals do not spread out widely. It is preferable to select a strong ram from a well-bred flock belonging to the same family rather than to step out of " the line " to cross with a large sheep of an inferior breed. Experience of breeding proves that the produce of a large inferior sheep selected from a pure-bred flock is far better than that which results from a good-looking sheep chosen out of a cross-bred flock. The ewes should possess the larger frame, and, of course, the strength of breeding animals should always be very well kept up. It is said that the " Leicesters," if mixed with the larger breeds, tend to correct their faults ; but that the larger males, if put with the best Leicester ewes, do not give rise to improved off'spring. Mountain breeds may be made larger by crossing ; but the progeny will not prosper on the hill pastures of their dams, nor, indeed, on the pastures on which their sires thrive. In fact, they require intermediate situations ; and we may add that it is well to bear in mind the general rule that it is always best to find the pasture which is suitable for the animal rather than to try to adapt an animal to a pasture which is not suited to its requirements. Lest it should appear that we are now in- sisting on a small point, we may say that so great is the efl'ect of soil and climate, that when a group of animals has been equally divided and kept apart lor twelve months upon two kinds of soil possessing opposite characters, the two sub-groups have, at the expiration of the year, scarcely resembled each other, when placed side by side, except in the shape and look of the head. Some breeders hold that a good sheep should resemble the shape of a soda-water bottle ; but others prefer that the upper and under lines should be parallel, and the sides together form an oval. If the sheep has the soda-water-bottle form, the aniunil has a thin neck, narrow hind-quarters, wide sides, or hanging GENERAL ACCOUNT OP THE SHEEP. 127 fore-flanks ; it invariably stands on short fore-legs, walks with diflBculty, and carries its head low. On the other hand, when the chines or shoulders are well thrown into the back, and the sheep has well-sprung top ribs and long hind-quarters, while the flesh and fat are evenly distributed, the animal stands well upon its fore-legs, and has an easy and graceful deportment. If the pure breeds are crossed, good results may accrue. Furthermore, by judicious and repeated crossing, most valuable breeds may be established. Warmth is much more important in the case of sheep than is generally recognised. Owners of flocks ought to take great care that their sheep are fairly warm ; but, at the same time, if they are kept at ail under cover, there should always be a continual supply of good air. The ventila- tion ought to be well attended to. In selecting sheep for breeding, those provided with a wide and open chest ought to be chosen, whereas those animals whose chests are contracted should be avoided. Excessive feeding is to be guarded against. It is advisable to keep the sheep at an even temperature, so far as may be possible, and it is very wise to beware of clipping sheep at too early a date, for the sudden loss of wool is apt to be injurious. What the breeder should set before himself is to produce sheep which are at once symmetrical in form, robust, and docile. After this brief introduction, we purpose to deal with all the diseases of the sheep, each in due course; and we hope to give our readers many practical hints from time to time. At the present day a great deal of the management of the disorders of sheep is carried out by the shepherds, who give unremitting attention to their sheep, attention commonly beyond all praise, and recalling the beautiful and emphatic words and similes of Scripture. It is no unusual thing to hear that the shepherd has been up all night tending his sickly charges. His small stock of remedies is freely used. The resources of science are not at his command, and hence it happens that mistakes may be made. There are many fatal diseases {e.g. that called par- turient septicaemia, wliich often makes such havoc among ewes at the lambing season) which are readily -amenable to careful management if taken in hand in time, albeit that in this case, as in many othei's, prevention by means of isolation, antiseptic measures, care and cleanliness, must be looked upon as better than cure. 128 THE DISEASES AJfD DISORDERS OP THE OX. Our readers, of course, will readily understand that in regard to the disorders of sheep, as well as, indeed, to those of all kinds of animals, and even human beings also, there must always he very great difficulty in laying down hard and fast rules of treat- ment. In some instances a particular remedy may seem to be attended with marvellous results, and yet in another apparently similar case, when pursuing the same method of treatment, we mav ignominiously fail. The inference to be drawn from this is that very great experience and judgment, combined with ex- treme care and wide fertility of resource, are alone sufficient to achieve great results in the cure of disease. Moreover, as our readers know, it is to be borne in mind that quite recently, together with renewed faith in therapeutic measures, there has, so to say, sprung up among scientific men a new era of manage- ment of disease, full of novel ideas and fertile with new appliances and methods. As is quite natural, we find that the diseases of sheep are not nearly so well known nor so well managed as those of mankind ; and there is no doubt that a great deal of the loss which annually occurs among sheep is avoidable, and that a great many deaths could be obviated by wise methods of cure. 129 CHAPTER y. ON THE ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GEEM THEORY.* Just as on the sea-shore the many and varied sounds of the storm-tossed ocean, rolling onwards to the sandy beach, may be heard as one harmonious and magnificent monotone of a wild and yet moderated symphony; just as, too, the beholder, when he casts his eye upwards to the glorious dome of heaven, with its fleecy white clouds and its gloomy black clouds, and its myriad twinkling stars — o'er which the moon, "sweet regent of the sky," reigns in paramount serenity — gathers up into one grand picture this resplendent sight ; just as other worlds around us play, with the earth whereon we live, mutually dependent parts ; just as all things, though innumerable and infinite, yet partake of union and express a uniformity in Nature — so, too, do all things soever which come within the scope of human cognisance lend themselves, more or less completely, to simple and easily intelligible provisional modes of explanation. The rules and the reasonings of common sense admit of almost indefinite expansion, and we find that the result of an extension of the universal law that every cause must have an effect, and inversely, that every effect must have bad a cause, could we but trace it, does, as a matter of fact, lead us to that belief in evolu- tion which, having previously been recognised in every other department of human inquiry, has at length also been admitted to hold, even in the last strongholds of empiricism, the domains held by the monsters Disease and Death. For some time it has been held that the Universe, together with all its multifarious contents, has gradually been developed from the simplest forms * By Albert Gresswell, B.M., B.A. , Christ Church, Oxford, M.R.C S. 9 130 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. of matter of a primeval past. The life-work of Charles Darwin, coupled with that of other writers and investigators, such as Herbert Spencer, added the link of vital phenomena to the chain of thought, which was previously incomplete. Now one more link has been hinted at, it is for the observers of this age to rivet it ; and we must not forget that the difficulties which will be expe- rienced by those who try to effect this will proceed rather from a superabundance than from any deficiency of the facts to be gathered together into one unique whole. Those who attempt to trace the idea of evolutiob throughout the mazes of Pathology will have before them a gigantic task, but yet one which most urgently i-equires to be fulfilled. There are so many different points of view from which the subject can be regarded that one may be apt, while insisting upon one or other aspect, to lose sight of the rest. The great thing is that in our investigations we should never put out of mind the essentials of our pursuit, that we should never be con- tent with having traced our subject backwards, until we have actually grasped the very root of the matter, so far as our human intelligence can enable us to do so. In this our humble attempt which follows we shall do our best to set forth clearly a few of the points which have struck us, and we only advance it as a primary sketch which we hope to be able to fill up more in detail at some future time. Now, after this brief introduction, we may begin by repeating that the theory of evolution is nothing other than a perfection, or rather, perhaps, an amplification, of the ordinary human methods of reasoning, and, consequently, it will, of course, be applicable to all groups of facts when they are thoroughly under- stood. Granted that there must be in all things an unknown and unknowable factor, which we cannot discuss even cursorily in this connection, since it would draw us away much too far from our subject to do so, we must never rest content with any explanation of a thing or things until we have cleared the ground of every other ascertainable factor ; and the degree to which we succeed in doing this will be a measure of the thoroughness of our investigations. To those who would object to the theory of evolution, that it is not complete, because it does not give a thoroughly intelligible explanation of the actual basis and reality of things, it is to be replied that it achieves the next best object OEIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 131 to this, viz. the highest provisional rationale which the mind of man has grasped. Indeed, it may he said to he a universal law of causation. Naturally it was first recognised where most easily perceived, and only in quite recent times has the idea of definite causation been traced into the sphere of vital actions, a sphere which necessarily was at first replete with doubt and mystery. In view of the mass of evidence now at our disposal, it may be said that although the theory does not always strike us as being in complete accord with all the observed and multifarious facts of life, yet, nevertheless, the closest examination of difficult points will invariably reveal that what aspects of life are involved in the folds of the inexplicable are certainly of no greater magnitude than are the other equally inscrutable mysteries presented by many of the inanimate aggregates existing in the universe. In other words, it may once for all be admitted that, so far as the need for explanation of their origin and existence is concerned, living beings cannot now be looked upon as offering greater difficulties than do the Heavenly bodies, for instance. No doubt at first sight the various processes displayed by living organisms are apparently more wonderful than are the other kinds of phenomena presented on all sides to our consciousness; but in proportion as by studious investigation we gradually become more and more familiar with life as displayed by the innumerable living things around us in earth, sea, and sky, the great question cannot but present itself whether the marvellously-regulated motions of the heavenly bodies, and even the bare existence of them throughout the starry spaces of the heavens, is in essential reality one whit less wonderful than is the conscious existence of any human being. In short, the systematic explanation of all things according to the idea of a gradual evolution of them, i.e. according to a universal law of causation, is a very great advance in our methods of reasoning on the erratic and confused concep- tions which were formerly held in respect to the phenomena occurring around us. Furthermore, it must be sufficiently obvious that, since changes or functions displayed by organisms which depart so far from those of health as -to he called abnor- mal, can only be classed as part and parcel of the sum total of processes manifested by them, they, too, can have no other than a similar relative explanation. Hence it follows that the idea of evolution in the field of 9 * 132 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDERS OE THE OX. pathology is in reality not only to be accepted in itself as un- questionably true, but is rather, as we hope to show, to be accounted as one of the supports of evolution at large. If it is true that the numerous and involved processes which make up healthy life in all its many varied forms and phases are to be considered in connection not only with one another, but also with the phenomema from time to time occurring in the outside world, it is also no less true that the general statement applies with just the same force to the facts of crea- tures suflPenng from disease, as it does to the normal functions of healthy living beings. We hope that we may, in some degree at least, succeed in pointing out some few facts of disease which will bear out this statement, and also in attempting to indicate causation in some instances where at first sight even connection may not be easily traced. It is, however, sufficiently manifest that, though we can to a large extent say definitely of many given structures and functions that they are either normal or abnormal, as the case n)ay be, there are instances in which it is extremely difficult to draw the line of demarcation, and it is quite evident that the same law of causation which we suppose to be applicable to the one group applies with equal force to the other. If a structure is disorganised, *or a function vitiated or altered, there must always be a cause, could we but trace it, for the change which has resulted. The origin of the alteration may be ever so remote. We may possibly have to look back to a far distant point of time, to progenitors of a bygone age. Still the cause has existed in some form at some time. Perhaps one of the most important of all the possible indica- tions concerning pathology is that the various diseases and disorders which are liable to afflict human beings present relation- ships with those of lower animals, just as, indeed, other human characteristics, whether structural in nature or functional, are likewise related in certain ways to those of organisms lower in the scale of vitality. Even now the evidence which supports this generalisation is very strong indeed, although the science of pathology has as yet been only cursorily studied from the comparative point of view. As yet men have scarcely learned to fully realise the incalculable advantages capable of being derived from investigating the diseases of human beings by the ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE UERM THEORY. 133 lielp of the light thrown upon them by the normal and abnormal processes presented by lower animals. Nevertheless, already it is the case that many talented pathologists are beginning to track out new paths leading to fertile regions, and now is the time for very many more earnest and zealous workers. There are, indeed, immense stores of knowledge to be gained, and many fruitful opportunities are available for all those investiga- tors who are desirous of throwing more light on the many abstruse problems presented by disease. This present time is one of transition, and many of our ideas as to the processes of life, both well-ordered and disordered, will probably be ere long very essentially modified and changed. The mysteries of life, disease, and death, are now being marvellously cleared up. We are beginning to see things in their truer light, and to understand that gradual working, in accordance with necessary causation and connection is the rationale of all that goes on around us. Now it is not too much to say that the idea that certain diseases are caused by the presence and growth of minute vege- table forms in the blood and tissues is one of the most impor- tant of all the generalisations which have ever been made in regard to the causation of diseases, and consequently also in re- ference to both the prevention and the cure of them. Hence we propose to introduce our discussion with a few words respecting this momentous discovery, and we would, while so doing, point out in passing, that, densely congregated together as human beings are in the innumerable towns and cities of the world, they are always liable to imbibe, both by the medium of the lungs and by that of the stomach, the various poisonous substances produced in the course of nature, and also the germs of the numerous diseases liable to be present. A new world of organisms, doubtless the causes of certain different diseases with which par- ticular kinds of them are found associated, has been revealed to investigators by the help of modern microscopic methods. Hence we have been led to look upon the phenomena of zymotic diseases in particular, and also to some extent upon all the ab- normal processes of animals generally, in some measure from this point of view. Now, men are gradually building up one true science of pathology and therapeutics, as explained by the simple yet all-embracing idea of a gradual origin of diseases. It has been clearly demonstrated that many diseases, as one 134 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. example of which anthrax may here be mentioned, are connected apparently by way of causation, with the presence of organisms of microscopic size in the blood, the lymphatics, and in the different parts of the tissues and organs. No doubt there are certain conditions of receptivity on the part of the human beings or the animals liable to be attacked by these germs, and although at present we know very little indeed definitely on this point, yet the information gathered in regard to these and allied ques- tions, is gradually but surely growing, and already much has been learnt respecting the best methods of coping successfully with these living germs. Moreover, long and instructive as is the list of those diseases which have been shown to be dependent upon the entry of living germs into the blood, or upon the in- roads made by them upon other fluids or structures of animals, we may safely infer that the continuance of searching investiga- tion will lead to similar conclusions regarding the causation of other diseases not yet thus explained which affect human beings or lower animals or both. Further, it is important to note that while many of the maladies known to depend upon the presence of living vegetable organisms in the fluids or tissues, or both, are liable to afflict human beings, some are peculiar to lowxr animals, whereas others are alike capable of attacking both human beings and animals indiscriminately. In short, the relation betwixt the diseases of human beings on the one hand, and those which afflict animals on the other, is a close one, and one of the greatest significance. The diseases, and especially those of a contagious and infectious nature, such, for instance, as bovine scarlet fever, from which Mr. Power and Dr. Klein have shown that in all pro- bability human scarlet fever is capable of being derived, are now attracting a very considerable amount of attention on the part of bacteriologists and comparative pathologists which cannot fail to affect very deeply all our ideas in regard to the various work- ings of disease. Of the numerous diseases which afflict human beings, some at least are liable to be communicated from lower animals, and consequently our knowledge, in order to be com- plete, must be supplemented by such information as can be derived from studying the origin of these particular maladies. The three dread diseases, known respectively under the names tuberculosis, anthrax, and rabies, seem to primarily attack lower animals, although they are also grave scourges to human beings, ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 135 and if to these we add scarlet fever we have a list of four. Now, tuberculosis is very widely prevalent among cattle, and also it occurs in fowls, and it is not improbable that this disease may be transmitted from infected oxen to human beings by the medium of the milk and by that of the flesh. Vendors of milk, there- fore, ought to be prevented by severe repressive legislation from selling the milk of diseased cows. Indeed, it is quite as neces- sary that this precaution should be effectually carried out, as it is that the prohibition of the sale of flesh for human food that is unfit for that purpose should be duly enforced. Of late ^' '/ w <-7 Fig. 14. — From a Preparation of Hiiman Tuberculous Sputum, stained after the Ehrlich-Wrigert method. The rod-Hke bodies are the tubercle bacilli (stained pink). — After Klein. years great improvements have been made in relation to such questions as this which we are now considering, and the advances which have been made in hygienic science have highly con- duced to the public health ; but we must not forget that though much has been done, nevertheless there still remains a great deal more to be achieved in the future at the hands of the various sanitary authorities. It is to be borne in mind in this connection that milk especially is, unless due care be taken, from several different causes, liable to be a source of danger and of death. Not only the germs of scarlet fever, but also those of diph- theria, those of typhoid fever, as well as probably those of many other maladies, may, through the agency of milk, spread desolation far and wide. These germs mav be conveyed to the 136 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. milk by means of the contact of that fluid with the exhalations of patients, or they may be communicated to it by the addition of water into which some infective excretion has been acci- dentally introduced in consequence of faulty drainage or other hygienic defects or shortcomings. The chief part of the danger is owing to the fact that milk is a liquid most admirably suited to the growth and multiplication of germs, so much so, in fact, that if only a few gain entrance into it, they very readily multiply, and this is^ we may suppose, one of the chief reasons why milk is so liable to become a means of infection. Moreover, the source of the danger may be of a more direct kind even than this. It is true that in the case of tuberculosis we cannot be quite certain that human beings become infected with this disease as a result of the consumption of either the flesh or the milk of tuberculous oxen. However, with reference to the trans- missibility of scarlet fever from oxen to human beings, the recent evidence supplied by Mr. Power and Drs. Klein and Cameron is well-nigh conclusive, and we may almost feel quite certain that one of the most fruitful sources of the dissemiuation of scarlet fever in our midst is the drinking of that most nutritious but yet at times most dangerous article of diet — milk. It has been proved that bovine animals may be affected with a disease apparently so mild in nature that it may merely be noticed as a slight eruption, but at the same time capable of spreading scarlet fever far and wide amongst unsuspecting families. Hence we cannot be too careful in regard to the selection of the milk we use, and it is in all cases a very wise precaution to raise the temperature of that fluid to just below boiling point, and to keep it at that temperature for some little time, since this is said to be sufficient to kill the streptococci of scarlet fever, if they be present therein. Moreover, the milk of one infected cow is sufficient to vitiate all the milk of a dairy, if it be mixed with that of others, for these vegetal germs will thrive and multiply rapidly, and a very few of them will soon lead to almost incredible swarms. In reference to this most important topic we here insert the following hints culled from an able leader in The Times of December 6th, 1888 : — A Report, by Professor Brown, C.B. ,on Ertiplirc Diseases of the Teats and Udders in Cows, in Relation to Scarlet Fever in Man, has recently been issued ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 137 by the Agricultural Department of the Privy Council. The report is an endeavour to minimise, as far as possible, the importance of the facts bearing upon the same question which were made known by the researches of Mr. Power, and were pubUshed in 1886 by the Medical Department of the Privy Council. In December 1885 a sudden and extensive outbreak of scarlet fever appeared to be associated with the distribution of milk by a retailer in Mary- lebonc, and also to be limited to the area of distribution of that portion of his milk which he received from a particular farm at Hendon. It was elicited that the milk supplied from certain sheds at the Hendon farm could be specially connected with the outbreak, and also that outbreaks had occurred in various places at St. John's Wood, in St. Pancras, at Hampstead, and at Hendon, in connection with the movements from shed to shed of a particular cow, and with the distribution of the milk which was furnished by the cows occupying the shed in which she was placed. It was ultimately discovered that a certain cow had been bought at Derby market, forthwith brought to London, and transferred on the following day to Hendon dairy. She was suffering from an eruptive disease affecting her udders, and she is said to have communicated this to other cows with which she came into contact. As the disease spread in the dairy the original definiteness of the distribution of scarlet fever by the medium of the milk supplied from the sheds which the Derby cow from time to time inhabited became less and less distinct ; and it soon came about that suspicion attached itself to all the cows which had contracted the same malady. These were accordingly put together into one shed, and it was decided that the milk yielded by them should not be sold, but given to pigs. This decision having become known in the vicinity, certain poor women resident there pre- vailed upon people employed in the dairy to neglect the order and to give the milk to them, with the result that their families were stricken down by scarlet fever of peculiar severity. The assistance of Dr. Klein was then solicited, and this talented observer succeeded in obtaing a definite microbe (a streptococcus) from the infecting milk, and by inoculating calves with cultivations of this streptococcus he produced in them disease of a fatal character, which was attended by organic changes resembling those of scarlet fever. Professor Brown seems to assume that he has supplied the true cause by asserting that a man who lived within a mile of the dairy in question had a daughter who was attacked by scarlet fever, and a son who made it his amuse- ment to visit the dairy as often as possible. It is not suggested that the son had scarlet fever at any time, but the fact that his sister had the disease at the time that he was going to and fro is mentioned as a possible explanation of a milk epidemic of wide diffusion and considerable severity. Professor Crook- shank's researches on this occasion seem to have been directed to prove that the microbe found by Dr. Klein was the streptococcus pyogenes, one to which the Professor attributes the power of producing a great variety of morbid conditions. On the whole it certainly seems that the case made out by Mr. Power has not in any important particular been shaken by the Report. Professor Brown, in- deed, lays much sti-ess upon negative evidence — upon the fact that there does not appear to have been any general correspondence between sore teats in cows and outbreaks of scarlet fever in mankind ; and he scarcely seems to give due weight to the fact that there may be very different forms of sore teats — a question which requires the most searching investigation. However, Professor Brown perhaps does well to caution us, inasmuch as, though we cannot accept his rather optimistic views, still his very opposition or hesitancy must assuredly help the cause of scientific truth, since it will 138 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. doubtless bring forth still more research, and our readers will be eager to watch for the results of renewed and prolonged investigation. For our own part we believe Mr. Power's and Dr. Klein's work is thoroughly established, and we must here again insist upon the advantage of having all milk boiled before consumption, since this precaution will, there is good reason to believe, insure absolute safety against all the ordinary contagions of which milk may be the carrier ; and, as we do not consume other kinds of animal food without cookery, there is nothing remarkable in cooking milk as v,-ell as flesh. There is, more- over, one point of Professor Brown's report with which we are in complete accord — that, namely, in which he refers to the filthiness of many dairies, and the necessity which exists for the precautions which are voluntarily taken by some milk-sellers being enforced bj' law upon those by whom they are as yet neglected. Now, in reference to anthrax, more usually known when afiSicting human beings as woolsorters' disease or as malignant pustule, it is well known that rod-like bodies swarm in the blood / \ Fig. 15. — Heart's Blood of a Mouse Dead of Anthrax. 1. Blood Discs. 2. White blood-corpuscle. '6. Bacilli anthracis. Magnifying power 700. (Fresh specimen.) — After Klein. of sufferers from this dreadful scourge, whether they be animals or human beings. The different varieties of micro-organisms require various definite conditions for their growth, development, and multiplication. In very many cases damp and wet are asso- ciated with putrefactive changes, that is, with the decay of lifeless organic material, both vegetal and animal. This putrefaction or decay really depends upon the vital processes of certain micro- organisms. It is, moreover, by no means diflBcult to see how an animal, already suffering and debilitated in consequence of the more direct results of damp and cold, and partially famished owing to the lack of nutrient material, may readily fall a prey to the insidious attacks of these minute and rapidly-multiplying organisms. They may enter tiie body by means of the luugs or the alimentary canal or may gain access to the blood through ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 189 contact with an abraded surface. In the course of ages parti- cular kinds of schizomycetes, among which bacteria are included — these are the names by which these germs are known — would gradually tend to become more dangerous than others in the case of some of the various groups of animals respectively. It is quite probable that one kind of germ would become particularly harmful for one kind of animal and another more especially dan- gerous in the case of another group, and so on. It may possibly be the case that germs which were once merely putrefactive organisms gradually found entrance into the bodies of animals, Fig. 16 — From a Preparation of the Blood of the Spleen of a Guinea-Pig dead of Anthrax. 1. White blood-corpuscle. 2. Red blood- discs shrunken. 3. Chains of bacillus anthracis. 4 Degenerating bacilli, the sheath only being preserved. Magnifying power 700. (The preparation had been stained with gentian- violet.) — Klein. thus becoming pathogenic and often giving rise to fatal diseases. In some such way as this we may suppose that certain diseases originally arose. The life-history of septic micro-organisms outside the animal body is not well known as yet. The facts that they are modifiable by alterations of tem- perature and by differences in the medium to which they are subjected, supply us with clues which are being extensively worked out. There are, for instance, sorSe bacteria which, under the influence of certain conditions of this kind, produce definite pigments. From the results of his many experiments. Dr. Klein concludes that there are some definite micro-organisms which, as a rule, exist and grow in various substances, and also 140 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. possess the power of growing and thriving in the bodies of cer- tain suitable animals, in them producing a definite pathological condition. " Just as there are species of plants -(vhich act as jDoisons to the animal body, and other species of plants which, although belonging to the same groiip and family, and although very much alike to the others, have no such power, and cannot acquire such power by any means, so there are micro-organisms which are pathogenic while others are harmless." — Klein. The latter remain harmless, no matter under what conditions and for how long a time they grow. Further, it is most pro- bable that careful and thorough drainage and the removal of all tendencies to wet and putrefaction must gradually bring about a gradual diminution of plagues, at least, such as are similar in their nature to anthrax. Other diseases also, such as ague and other malarial fevers, are occasioned by the prevalence of germ- containing vapours arising from ill-drained marshy lands on which the vegetation is always liable to undergo putrefactive change. Having briefly alluded to the germ-theory of disease, and having attempted to indicate the kind of way in which some diseases may have first originated, we now proceed to discuss other aspects of our present subject. When dealing with the phenomena displayed by higher animals, we must remember that they, the animals, may all be considered as being composed of innumerable cells, or struc- tures more or less closely resembling cells. A cell is a minute and generally microscopic body consisting of living matter called protoplasm or bioplasm, and containing in its interior an independent rounded body, also living, and called a nucleus. These cells have been modified in all kinds of ways and degrees, in correspondence with, and, so to say, in order to meet the many different requirements of more complex conditions. True, we cannot entirely explain the ways in which such effects are brought about, but we can very appreciably lessen the difficul- ties which most gravely impress us. The higher and more perfect an organism is, the more intimate is the combination of the many parts of which it is made up. These parts uro united in various ways, and when thus united they are, moreover, still more wonderfully blended by connecting links of different kinds. Hence it comes about that in our attempts to explain the pro- cesses of life, whether normal or abnormal, we must bear in ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 141 mind that there is always a tendency for the constituent por- tions of higher organisms to dispense, in a greater or less degree, with the bonds which combine them, however well knit together the different parts may be. Furthermore, there is the still greater danger always to be apprehended that these bonds themselves, among which the most important are the vascular and the nervous mechanisms, may be more or less completely rent asunder in any particular part, or in many different ways interfered with in regard to their eflSciency. With these few words by way of prelude to the con- siderations which follow, we now propose to give an account, firstly, of some structural points bearing upon the question of evolution in disease, after which we shall discuss some func- tional aspects of that subject, and then conclude with a brief reconsideration of the more general points of view. Before continuing, however, I must here acknowledge the copious use of a work written some time ago by my brother, Dr. D. Astlev Gresswell. We now proceed to discuss " Some abnormal Structural Mani- festations which point to the idea of Evolution." Speaking generally, it is, as a matter of fact, found that by various plants and animals most of the substances known as carbo-hydrateS;, i.e. starches and sugars, are convertible into one another, that fats and some of the carbo-hydrates are mutually convertible, and that albuminates, such as white of egg, can be split up into fats and other bodies. Among lowly-developed creatures albuminous infiltration is general, and it also occurs in higher organisms. Albuminous infiltration, fatty infiltration, and fatty and pigmentary degeneration mani- fest themselves in lower organisms, and are also seen in higher organisms, both as phases of nutrition and, moreover, also as abnormal or reversional phenomena. Glancing for a brief space at the lowest forms of life which are known to us, we observe that they multiply either by split- ting into two or more independent parts, or by a very closely allied process, viz. the budding-off of portioris which gradually increase in size, both before and after they are set free. Re- generation seems to be the more active the younger the indi- vidual, and also the lower in the scale of life it may be. It is said that the ova of higher animals may divide, and that 142 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. each of the two parts may, in the due course of time, develop into a perfectly- formed adult. With regard to the process of budding or gemmation above referred to, it may take place in any part of a lowly-developed organism ; but^ as we advance gradually up the scale of life, we find that it is only certain parts which can take on themselves this function of reproduc- tion. Nevertheless, indications of the primary condition are manifested by such facts as that an arthropod can throw off a leg at the joint above a lacerated segment, and then bud out a new limb from the centre of the stump. Similarly also the newt, it is said, can replace an eye. It seems also very possible that the granulations which tend to occur on cut surfaces, the papil- lomata and other growths which make their appearance on irritated patches of the skin or mucous membranes, the villi of the chorion and their abnormal developments, are in reality ex- pressions of a power or property of cells similar to that of fission and gemmation as displayed by the lowest organisms. Moreover, growth and multiplication are enhanced by stimu- lating, or giving an extra supply of food to, the lower living things. Further, the same fact shows itself in the case of endothelium when made to germinate by means of stimula- tion and also, according to Kremansky, in that of the cells which are contained in the capsules of cartilage subjected to cauterisation. Again, Strieker holds that every living cell of any higher animal may divide, and similarly Dr. Beale maintains that pus- cells may develop from bioplasm of any part of the body if too freely supplied with pabulum. When such processes as these we are speaking of manifest themselves on a large scale in higher animals, we speak of them as inflammatory ; but, as a matter of fact, they are comparable in their essential characters with those which may from time to time occur among indi- vidual lower organisms. Certain of the processes, called inflam- matory, even though they occur in the avascular structures of higher animals, are in reality the result of greater nutritive activity, and are represented among living things by the rapid growth we have spoken of above. In support of this state- ment, it may be mentioned that the cells which result from inflammation are certainly fitted for but little more than the preservation of their own independent vitality, thereby affording ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 143 a Striking similarity to the two or more cells produced by the division of a lowly-developed organism, each part of which is no sooner set free than it proceeds to go, so to say, adrift, about its own business, intent upon carrying out merely the objects and pursuits of its own independent life. In inflammation properly so-called, as it shows itself in higher animals, the simple pro- cess here spoken of is complicated with other factors. The migratory cells are even still more active, and stoppage of the circulation and the consequent accumulation of leucocytes and ozone-bearing corpuscles are prominent features of the process. Now another step in pathological products which we have to consider is one in which the growth and multiplication of cells, instead of being merely transitory phenomena, establish themselves, more or less persistently, in a permanent form. It may briefly and unhesitatingly be said that all new formations, as instances of which the enchondromata may be here mentioned, are markedly characterised by the preponderance of cellular elements modified in various ways and degrees. They may fibrillate and may even become calcified, but very rarely, if ever, do they develop into the highest forms of tissue, the muscular or nervous. Of course this is what we might expect, since it is clear that the tissues of most important specialisation must necessarily be produced, so to say, with greatest diflBculty. Speaking generally, we may say that all the tissues of all organisms, both low and high, have been proved to be so much like the modified results of primitive cells, more or less closely blended together, that we may suppose them in all cases to have arisen, directly or indirectly, from cells in the first instance. We have now, however, to add this further fact above men- tioned, viz. that those growths which are spoken of in patho- logical language as new formations are also indubitably traceable to the growth and proliferation of the same units, cells, or, at any rate, cytodes, i.e. cells without the nucleus. Together with this, we must also bear in mind the additional statement likewise above made, viz. that the cells may be modified in various ways and degrees, or, indeed, on the other hand, so little changed as to be scarcely distinguishable from those parent cells which originally gave them birth. In short, new formations clearly point to a 144 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. remote ancestral condition when the primary importance of cells as units, distinct and not combined, was very much greater than it can he in higher organisms in which each constituent cell is most intimately dependent upon the activities of the other cellu- lar units with which it is so intimately co-ordinated. Among the different kinds of new formations the enchondromata most pointedly illustrate the reversional characters of which we are speaking. Enchondroma myxomatodes exhibits characters like those of the notochord found in all vertebrata, and also in some in- vertebrata. The cells, moreover, of some enchondromata are stellate, their processes uniting to form a network, and in the Selachii, the root-forms of the vertebrata, similar cells are present. Again, these enchondromata are most usually found in the limbs, and especially in the distal parts of the limbs. Now the primary condition of the vertebrate limb is seen in the Selachii, among which animals the limb is composed of a great number of cartilaginous rods, which are arranged definitely, and increase in number towards the distal extremity of the pro-pterygium, the meso-pterygium, and the meta-ptery- gium. It certainly appears possible that the enchondromata situated in homologous parts may^ so to say, point backwards to the ancestral condition of the limb. Corroboration of this statement is seen in the frequency with which cartilaginous bodies develop in connection with certain joints of the limbs in man and animals. These cartilaginous nodules may be either single or multiple, and some may be as large as a small apple. Cruveilhier figures several round cartilaginous bodies as occurring in an elbow-joint, and it has also been observed that cartilage cells have been found in the synovial tufts of some joints. Similarly, Mr. T. Smith removed over 250 loose rounded carti- lages from the knee-joint of a man on December 13th, 1882, at St. Bartholomew's Hospital, He also operated on a woman whose case has been recorded by Mr. Harrison Cripps, in The Transactions of the Patliolof/ical Societf/ of London, vol. xxvi. This woman, aged twenty-eight, had for six years, in the upper third of the right arm, immediately beneath the skin, a pyriform tumour which was 3| inches long, and 2 inches in diameter at its thickest part, and tapered towards the axilla. Within its capsule were found one large mass of cartilage, and twelve or ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 145 more detached lobulated bits of cartilage. Moreover, in the axilla there were also similar detached nodules of cartilage. The cases of supra-scapular developments brought before the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of London by Mr. Willett and Mr. Walsham were also similarly regarded. Supernumerary fingers, too, have been supposed to point backwards to the many- rayed Selachian fin. Again, new formations of capillary vessels are as a rule congenital, and they are also much more generally met with in the skin of the head and neck than elsewhere. These two facts may suggest the possibility that they are in some degree homo- logous with the vessels which develop about the epiblastic involutions lining the visceral arches of the lower vertebrata. In support of this idea it may be remarked that Dr. D. A. Gress- well recently observed in a patient a noevus which extended in a snake-like manner down the right side of the neck. The noevus was distinctly raised, and, tapering towards its upper extremity, it passed down the external auditory meatus for some distance. Having considered some of the indications seen among some abnormal structural phenomena of higher animals which remind us of remote ancestral conditions, we now, in pursuance of the same line of argument, proceed to consider some special facts connected with the early division of the cells which make up the developing embryo of a higher animal into the three separate divisions known as the embryonic layers. The lowest living beings consist simply of undifferentiated protoplasm, almost identical throughout, both in regard to form and in regard to functional capacity. The next stage in animal life is that which is represented by the Diploblastica, in which there are two distinct layers of protoplasmic units, either of which is in some measure capable of discharging the functions of the other. A third stage is that displayed by the Triplo- blastica, in which each of the three layers is largely independent, both in regard to structure and in regard to function, and is by no means capable of taking on the functions of another layer. Similarly, stages comparable to these are passed through in the early development of the embryo of any higher animal, the three layers being known respectively as the epiblast, the mesoblast, and the hypoblast. Now, the resemblance which attaches itself to those parts of higher animals which have been developed from the 10 146 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. epiblast is seen in many ways. For instance, some mammals develop hair within the mouth, and the majority of the members of this class of animals are provided with a few hairs within the nose, and also within the external auditory meatus of the ear, and some also on the conjunctiva of the eye. Moreover, it is well known that the Selachii show, in the clearest manner, steps of transition betwixt scales on the skin on the one hand, and teeth in the mouth on the other, and it is to be remarked that both scales and teeth are limited to regions which have deve- loped from the epiblast. Horny teeth occur in the stomachs of certain animals. Again, the occurrence of hair all over the body, with the exception of the palms and soles — an exception which is what we should expect on account of the friction to which these parts are constantly subjected — has been noted both in man and in woman. The rashes of the specific fevers, too, sometimes illustrate the similar origin of the parts which they affect. For instance, the rash of scarlet fever may occur in any part of the skin, and even on the face, though its early punctate character may be rapidly obscured owing to the fact that the skin of the face is naturally very full of blood. The rash occurs also on the scalp, on the oral and faucial mucous membranes, probably also on the nasal mucous membrane as is evidenced by the constant thick stream of dis- charge so frequently seen flowing from both nostrils in infants and children, also on the conjunctiva, in the external auditory meatus of the ear, probably also in the middle ear and Eustachian tube. These latter points lead us to the recollection that the mucous membranes of the fauces, Eustachian tube, middle ear, and external ear are derived from the lining of one cleft — the Tympano-Eustachian cleft, the representative of the permanently open spiracle of the Selachii. Similar observations are to be made in regard to the two diseases, measles and small-pox. Again, in reference to the drugs, belladonna and jaborandi, we know that belladonna causes dryness of all parts of the skin, including the mammary involution, and also of all parts of the mouth and throat, while jaborandi does the reverse of this. Similarly, a sufferer from rheumatic fever has a moist tongue and an especially moist skin, and a phthisical patient also generally has a moist tongue and skin. ORIGIN OF DISEASE AN'D THE GERM THEORY. 147 Again, it seems very possible that the comparative frequency of hair-bearing oysts in the brain and in the ovaries points to the original development of those structures. In turning now to a consideration of the erect posture, we find many points of supreme interest and value bearing upon our topic. Before it can stand erect, the newly-born babe is only capable of crawling as a means of progression, and for some time after its birth the relation of its head and legs to its trunk is similar to that presented by a lower animal. At a comparatively early age the child begins to bear with all its weight upon its legs, and this fact serves in some degree to explain the greater frequency of knock-knee and bowed leg in human beings as compared with animals. Among vertebrates the erect posture is maintained in the more highly differentiated, and it may be supposed that remote progenitors of animals which are now erect were prone. It is clear that the lower surface of a prone animal corresponds to the front surface of an erect animal. The ventral or abdominal surface, which in a prone animal is in relation with the earth, comes to be, in the case of an erect animal, in relation with space. Herein a great alteration in the supply and loss of heat is involved. To the prone the earth affords a protection from excessive radiation. This is illustrated by the fact that rabbits, when placed in the supine position, die of refrigeration. Again, it is manifest that the abdominal contents of an erect animal tend, in case their supporting tissues should yield, to press upon the pelvic and inguinal structures, while it is equally clear that in prone animals the pressure is directed downwards and also perhaps forwards, in accordance with the slope of the ventral wall of the abdomen. Hence the fact that femoral, scrotal, and obturator, herniae, are rare in animals as compared with man, while diaphragmatic and umbilical hernise are equally common, if not even more so. The rudimentary condition of the vertebrae of the tail — coming as they do after those called sacral, which support the pelvic girdle — has apparently special referen'ce to the erect pos- ture. There is no doubt that a bulky tail, or even a small one, could not but embarrass the action of the legs of an erect animal. Many arboreal animals assume the erect posture, and yet possess tails ; but in them the tail is used as a prehensile 10 * 148 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. organ. The anthropoid apes, moreover, have the tail only poorly developed. Again, the shape of the rudimentary tail changes as prone animals become erect, in such a manner that it serves in some degree to support the pelvic structures. In the hind limbs of quadrupeds the circulation of the blood is feebler than in the fore limbs. Possibly the erect posture in man may still further impede the circulation of blood in the lower limbs. Hence, we may explain the frequency with which gouty deposition in man generally first occurs where the circulation is most sluggish. Furthermore the erect posture affords a freer play to the movements of the fore extremities. The late Dr. Eolleston used to teach that this additional freedom had removed the necessity for the continuance of the development of the panniculus carnosus, which muscle is useful in ridding the skin of some parasites, also in certain defensive and offensive operations, as for instance in the erection of the spines of the Diodon, the scales of serpents, and of the Manis, the quills of the porcupine, and the bristles of the hedgehog. Human beings, however, in virtue of their erect posture, possess so much more freedom of movement of the fore extremities than have prone animals, that this muscle has atrophied in them as a result of falling out of use. The fact that man has remnants of this muscle in the platysma myoides and, according to Henle, in several muscles of the head, is to be considered in relation with the fact that hairs still flourish on the head, the face, and upper part of the neck. Birds, how- ever, are erect, and yet some have a remarkably well developed panniculus carnosus. An albatross was found by Dr. D. Astley Gresswell to have large tendons inserted into its feathers and into its skin. It is, however, very clear that in birds the fore limbs are specialised for flight ; their freedom of movement in other directions being consequently correspondingly curtailed. Man is right-handed, as indeed also are quadrupeds, though to a far less extent. In human beings, the fore limbs, being much freer than in animals, Jiave acquired far greater inde- pendence of action. The fact that the right limbs have taken on the more complex tasks is attributed to the left side of the brain receiving a more direct supply of blood, and this view is strengthened by noting the frequency with which embolism occurs on the left side of the brain, as compared with its less OfilGIN OF DISEASE AND THE (JERM THEORY. 149 general occurrence on the right side, just as, simihirly, the greater frequency with which embolism manifests itself in the left kidney as compared with the right kidney is attributable to the more direct course of blood to the former. In short, numerous connections are to be traced among tlie phenomena of the diseases and disorders of animals which point unmistakably to a gradual development. How very important it is that such connections should be traced will be readily seen. We now come in due course to another division of our subject, namely to that of some '•' Abnormal Functional Manifestations of Evolution." The functions of an organism, or of the whole aggregate of organisms, no less than the structures of an organism or of the whole aggregate of organisms, are most intimately connected one with another. Indeed the mutual interdependence of functions is almost universally admitted. The assertion that the various processes of change going on in a higher animal, that is, its functions have been evolved in association with one another, has been amply supported both inductively and deductively. The phrase " associated functions,''' like the corresponding idea of " corre- lated structures " expresses a great and undeniable truth. A canary, when building in captivity, may be seen to fly about its cage with the straw before placing it in position, that is to say, it unnecessarily attempts to do, under altered circumstances, things which canaries, when making their nests under the ordinary conditions of nature, are actually compelled to do. Though, then, in new circumstances, both animals and man acquire new habits, still, in many cases, relics of the old ones remain. Those functions which will persist for the longest time are those which have, by any means whatsoever, been most strongly impressed upon the organism or upon its progenitors. If we examine carefully all the numerous processes undergone by animals, we shall see that they may roughly be divided into two sets, viz. those of work and those of rest. It is quite true that these two sets are not entirely distinct^ but rather they are intimately connected together somewhat in a similar manner to that which links together heat and cold, or light and darkness. We shall find it convenient to speak of the one group of functions as the associates of work, and of the other as the 150 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. associates of rest, and we shall hope to show that when some of the associates of work are decisively manifested, there will be a tendency for others to appear ; and similarly in the case of the phenomena of rest, these, too, are manifested to a great extent in association with one another. The one great aggregate of processes is evoked when the organism must obtain food, effect its escape from pursuers, or fight an opponent, when, in short, it must exert itself to the utmost in measures of self-preservation of a direct and active character. The other great division of functions is exemplified when these objects have been met, when the end has been achieved for the time being, or when the mechanism of activity concerned in work needs rehabilitation and repair. These two well-marked associations of work and rest, developed in the healthy animal for the ordinary purposes of life, make their appearance also in the field of disease. When thus manifested, certain correlated processes of the one kind or of the other may in some cases work for good. Probably they may more frequently be productive of harm, while in some, unless they be checked, they may actually kill. The organic functions which make up the state of excitement are in reality processes of work, of activity. The effects of irritation, howsoever produced, those of pain, of joy, of fear, of any impulse to movement of whatever kind, are in some degree similar one to another. In disease we find phenomena corresponding in some measure with those of the chase and the fight, with the defensive measures adopted in cases of fear and so on, and even death may result from excessive and unequilibrated actions of the vital mechanism, as in extreme fear and intense pain. While certain associated pro- cesses may have been, and may still be, of the greatest benefit under certain conditions, they may none the less work great harm, so far as the individual is concerned, under certain other allied conditions. Thus a reaction, of inestimable value under certain conditions, may be one which under other allied con- ditions can not only serve no useful purpose, so far as we can see, but may even impede or retard recovery to a very considerable extent, and so bring about even a fatal issue. Turning now to another but an alli(?d point of view, we remark that the phenomena which consiitule day, like those which make up night, have likewise in each case been co-existent for ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 151 immense periods of time. Moreover, it is to be remarked that the associates of work have alternated with the associates of rest to a large extent in the same way as day has alternated with night, and on a larger scale to some extent as summer with winter. Consequently we shall not be surprised to find later on that the rhythm of surrounding conditions has left its impress on the organic rhythm. The Phefiomena or Associates of Work. — An animal at work has an acceleration of pulse and respirations, displays excitement, increase of perspiration and of fecal discharge, and augmentation of metabolism and of the temperature of the body. Now there certainly is evidence to show that, if some of these be aroused there is a tendency for others, or of all, to be also aroused. If the temperature of an animal be artificially raised, the pulse and the respirations are accelerated, and the cutaneous glands are more active. The converse is the case if the temperature be reduced. A muscle, while contracting, rises in temperature, and there seems to be a very considerable total increase of heat in the body during action. Again, together with action, with excitement and with alarm, provided it be not too great, there is also associated an acceleration of the pulse. In cases of exophthalmic goitre the heart beats more frequently, the action of the cutaneous glands is increased, there is a mani- festation of restlessness, the bowels are generally freely open although the patient be confined to bed, the peripheral tempera- ture is elevated, and at times also the oral temperature. These are the associated phenomena of work. Dr. D. A. Gresswell made daily observations for thirty- three days in regard to a woman aged 32 years, suffering from this condition, under the care of Dr. Southey, at St. Bartholomew's Hospital. Her pulse was always above 110, even when she was asleep. Her respira- tions were always above 22. The bowels were very freely open every day, on an average two to four times. The daily discharge of urine averaged fifty-two fluid ounces, varying, however, from forty to eighty fluid ounces. She slept fairly when sedatives were administered, but otherwise she was restless. The skin was at all times warm and moist, and the tongue also was always moist. The appetite was always excellent. The oral temperature was generally normal ; but it rose at times to about 100 deg. F., and the palmar temperature was generally nearly as high as the oral. 152 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. Several other diseases, also, in which the heart's action is accelerated, illustrate the same points. Looseness of the bowels is often seen in children at the outset of scarlet fever, small- pox, and measles, and where Dr. D. A. Gresswell, who has had wide experience in fevers, has seen cases of typhus fever from the very outset, the bowels have been loose for a day or two. The same observer has recorded facts to show that the total bodily heat is greatly increased when human beings enter the tropics, and that the increase is greater in children than in adults; and, moreover, that an increase in the intensity of light brings on an acceleration of the pulse, most especially in the young. Now diarrhoea is also apt to come on on entering the tropics, and especially in the case of children. Summer diarrhoea, too, may be due to various causes ; but of these probably an increase of external light and heat acting directly upon the organism may be of much importance. Adults also very frequently have looseness of the bowels when entering the tropics. Henoe. together with rise of external temperature and increase of inten- sity of light, there are exhibited rise of body temperature, acceleration of pulse and respirations, increased action of the skin and diarrhoea. In fact the associates of work are displayed. The different processes involved in work have^ it seems, been evolved in such intimate connection that, when one of them is excitedj the others also tend to manifest themselves. With regard to acceleration of the pulse in the tropics, it is to be said that Dr. D. A. Gresswell's observations on a large num- ber of persons while passing from temperate through tropical latitudes, on four different occasions, show that there is an acceleration of the pulse in the tropics under all ordinary circumstances. The pulse may, however, be slower in a tropical latitude when compared with tliat in a colder latitude, if the body be recumbent ; but this is possibly due to a weak condition of the heart brought about by previous excessive action. On the other hand, it is to be noted that a child's temperature will rise during constipation and fall when the bowels are relieved, and also that the temperature of a typhoid patient may rise during the convalescent stage owing to constipation, and iall after an action of the bowels, induced, it may be, by the administration of castor-oil, or other means. In tiiese and ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GEEM THEORY. 153 similar cases, the fecal accumulation excites the mucous mem- branes and the muscular coat of the intestines, and the additional activity brings with it, according to the view above expressed, a rise of temperature, and other associates of work. When, however, the bowels are relieved, this stimulation is no longer kept up, and the result is that the temperature falls. The ready response of the temperature of a child or of a patient convalescing from febrile conditions to changed circum- stances is well known. Again, the action of some chemical compounds serves to illustrate the association of vital processes above mentioned. For instance, the administration of nicotine produces accelera- tion of the heart's action, perspiration, and diarrhoea, while morphine, on the other hand, causes a slowing of the pulse, a dry skin, constipation, and sleep. It may very readily be seen that the associates of rest are the counterparts of those of work ; but we must not forget that a state of rest may vary from that of simple repose to the pronounced rest of sleep, or hibernation. Now it is well known that if a man or an animal abstains from taking physical exercise, con- stipation very often results ; and it is also to be noted that if one or more of the associates of work are kept in action, sleep is not to be obtained. For example, when too hot or greatly excited from any cause, we cannot sleep. As we have pointed out above, there is apparently an associa- tion of certain vital processes, which are concerned in action, so that if one, or a fortiori, if more than one, be aroused, the others are generally also induced. There is also another association of vital processes called rest, and if some of these are exhibited, then, in the general way, the others will also be more or less strongly apparent. If we compare these two, work and rest, together, we meet with many striking points. Further, if muscles are freely exercised, they may become hypertrophied; while, if excessive rest be allowed, they become atrophied. This same rule applies also to other tissues and organs. The two states, rest and work, ought to be alternatecl with each other. It is most important that this rhythm of waste and repair should be attended to, for otherwise the muscle, the limb, or the organism, as the case may be, must suffer when waste exceeds repair. 154 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OE THE OX. Again, if we compare together day and night, we find that the day-time is characterised by the presence of sun-light and of sun-heat, and that in the day-time there have been manifested by animals for untold ages the associates of work. The pulse and respirations are more frequent in the day-time, and there is a separation of a greater amount of carbonic-acid gas and urea. The body temperature also is higher. It has been shown by Dr. D. A. Gresswell that light stimulates the action of the heart, and that tropical heat is accompanied by rise of the tem- perature of the body. The factors, then, which constitute day, external or inorganic, and internal or organic, are each and all concerned in adding to the activity of vital processes. The external factors (light and heat), in reference to the internal factors, stand, of course, in the relation of. cause to eJGfect, not only directly, but also indirectly, since they afford opportunities for working which are not present at night. In short, a rhythm has thus been established in organisms in regard to day and night, and this rhythm is, moreover, still kept up, even when some of the factors concerned in the causation of it are altered, just as also the variations in the frequency of the pulse which have reference to meal-times persist, even if we pass the whole day without food. For example, if we commence working by night and resting during the day, it is some time before we obtain a reversal of the temperature curve, and the reversal is probably never quite complete. If, on the other hand, we proceed gradually from one meridian to the antipodal meridian, we gradually change all the associated factors of what was our day for those of night, and under those circumstances the daily curve of body temperature persists, although there are facts which tend to show that the older-established rhythm does not yield with the very best grace. Moreover, in pyrexial conditions the body temperature tends to rise and to fall at the same times as it does in health. Again, the fact that pain is so generally more intense by night than it is during the day, and the greater likelihood of a febrile patient being restless and afterwarils delirious by night than by day, though the temperature be no higher, may be compared with the fact that in health, when hot during the nigiit, we cannot sleep; while we may, even when hotter, be able to sleep by day. Day ORIGIN OF DISEASK AND THE GERM THEORY. 155 being the time for action, the febrile temperature is therefore more easily borne at that time than it is during the night. The division of time into months has reference to the phases of the moon. It has been suggested by Darwin that men- struation points to an ancestral time when spring-tides brought an extra supply of food. The fact that delivery occurs usually at the time of a menstrual epoch, and the times at which ante- partum haemorrhage occurs, may likewise be thus referred to bygone external agencies. Next we come to the rhythm presented by the different sea- sons. Now it is clear that summer and winter differ, in some degree, as day and night do ; and they likewise merge into each other imperceptibly. In summer there are more light, more heat, and more food, and also greater activity of the vital pro- cesses. In spring and summer, as compared with winter, the pulse of an animal is quicker, the temperature higher, and, in shortj metabolism is more active. With each recurrence of spring, life, comparatively dormant during the winter, bursts into renewed activity, and the hibernating animal comes out of its quarters, revives, and takes on renewed activity. Reproduc- tion of all kinds of animals takes place at tliis season of the year. There is also a great increase in peripheral growth^ for instance, of hair, nail, and hoof, and the old hair and cuticle are shed. We concluded, above, that increased vital activity had been for such a long time associated with day as to explain the fact that organisms exhibit a rhythm corresponding to the alterna- tion of day and night. Now there is also some evidence to show that organisms exhibit another rhythm corresponding with the alternation of summer and winter. According to the Rev. J. G. Wood, some Australian plants, set in the suburbs of London, made an attempt to blossom just as our winter set in; but in the course of a few years they were gradually later in blossom- ing, until they had found the proper season, and thenceforward they put forth their leaves and flowers at the same time as our indigenous plants. When animals are first introduced into a fresh environment, they sooner or later enter into competition with one another. At any time many of them may be called upon to fight, or to make good their escape. In either case, the associates of work 156 THE DISEASES AND DIfcOEDEES OF THE OX. are evoked, since, in fighting, anger and rage and redoubled energy are displayed, and oftentimes pain is inflicted. Now, the question of pain in its relation to disease on the one hand, and to the injuries received in figliting, on the other, is one of much importance. Speaking generally, and bearing in mind that there cannot fail to be very important exceptions, which, however, are for the greater part merely apparent and not real ones, pain may be said to be one of the most valuable aids, or rather incitements, to self-preservation wherewith animals are endowed. The more we consider this point, the more clearly shall we see that the tendency of measures which are, in the general way, natu- rally taken to relieve pain, must be usually such as are more or less directly and more or less markedly productive of ad- vantage to the animal which manifests them. Now pain may be said to consist of disagreeable and irritating sensations, and in response to them an animal may, and often does, put out its best endeavours to remove itself with all speed from the par- ticular source of injury, or danger, which may be the cause of the pain. Or, again, its movements may be determined with the view of satisfying the pangs of hunger or those of thirst, or of supplying some other want or wants which entail suffering. As a matter of fact pain is, among animals, very generally asso- ciated with the excitement and furious rage aroused in fighting with competitors or combatants — that is, in direct struggles for self-preservation. This, of course, is the simplest source of pain, and it is naturally most clearly illustrative of the point we are laying stress upon. Among animals which are at any time liable to be called upon to exert their best efforts in fighting, the excitement aroused by pain resulting from bodily injury is especially of incalculable benefit, in so far as it leads to the redoubling of physical effort, exerted with the purpose of overcoming an antagonist. In an animal suffering pain the associates of work are exhibited. The heart's action is increased, as also is that of those muscles which in fighting would be more or less directly concerned. Even the muscles of the ears, eyes, and lips, may be in some degree brought into action. Likewise when an animal is undergoing pain, there are exhibited more or less intense excitement, perspiration, and perhaps screaming. How- ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 157 ever, these associated functions concur in animals, and in man, not only when they are consciously and suitably directed to the removal of a pain-giving agent, but also when the pain cannot be thus removed, being due, as in disease, to causes of quite a different nature. In the former case the reactions are directed to measures of self-preservation, leading as they do, to redoubled efforts at defence, while in the latter case they may be not only not beneficial but even of a very harmful and even fatal character. When the pain results from morbid processes, the harm done by the reactions of the organisms is oftentimes excessive, while Fig. 17. the benefit is reduced to a minimum, or may be entirely absent. Thus, as in the case of ordinary physiological processes, so also in those which are called abnormal, certain remnants of "antique customs " still remain to clog the wheels of more highly developed processes. Just as certain rudimentary structures, not only useless but even harmful, remain in higher animals to interfere with the working of newly-constituted organs, so, too, organisms may be said to make, now and -again, great and sometimes even fatal mistakes in the processes by which they attempt to throw off the results of injuries, or to atone for damaging changes. In other words, it seems that the working of normal physiological mechanisms may be said to entail even 158 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. fatul mistakes when those mechanisms are set going by processes of disease. The conditions, though similar, are really different, and hence the ordinary reaction being put forth cannot be a successful one. In an acute attack of gout the manifestations of the febrile disturbance, which is supposed to be secondary to the joint affections, are acute pain, rapid pulse, some rise of temperature, perspiration, great restlessness and excitement, and possibly screaming. Further, it is a most noteworthy fact that the pulse of an animal suffering pain, if not of too intense a character, is almost invariably accelerated. Restlessness and vigorous action of the muscles are likewise manifested by animals which are in pain. The leg of a frog contracts when the toes are irritated by an acid, or by other means. Indeed, that movement accompanies the infliction of pain is well known. We are, in fact, so accustomed to the invariable connection which sub- sists between these two vital manifestations, pain and movement, that we are in the habit of inferring the presence or absence of pain, according as we do or do not observe its correlative signs. Indeed, it is quite possible we may sometimes be mistaken, for, on the one hand, a cry of seeming anguish may not in all cases denote pain, while, on the other, the absence of signs of pain, as in calm resignation, may not be inconsistent with great suffering. Speaking generally, however, we find that groaning, screaming, perhaps sobbing and weeping, grinding of the teeth, clenching of the hands, violent paroxysms of convulsive move- ments are seen in most of the higher animals when suffering pain, and it seems that these and the like phenomena can be ascribed to their association in the past with pain resulting from direct struggles with a foe. In the fight all the muscles and organs of the body receive an intense impetus. The brain is quick to see in advance the tactics likely to be used by the opponent. The heart's action must be accelerated, in order that supplies of blood may be sent freely to any and every portion of the body. The eyes and ears Also must be more sharp than usual, and hence the muscles con- nected with these sense organs must be on the alert, and ready to set them to the best advantage for hearing and seeing, and .also to protect them, or at least the eyes, from injuries, as far as ORIGIN OV DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 159 may be possible. In short, nearly all the muscles of the body are liable to be called into action. The wild and piercing cries uttered by a creature almost worsted in the deadly strife, as they re-echo far and wide, may avert a threatened defeat by frightening the antagonist, perhaps, or at any rate by attracting comrades to help. The excitement is associated with more rapid circulation, with quickened action of the heart, with rise of the external temperature, and of the body temperature as a whole. Now in pain, also, the temperature often rises measurably, and it falls when, as by the influence of morphine or otherwise, the suflFering is subdued. In this relation it is well to bear in mind that peripheral increase of heat may occur, though the oral tem- perature be not altered. The augmented action of muscles and organs gives rise to an increased amount of waste products, and this in due course to sweating and loadening of the rectum and bladder. A man or a horse suffering from the pain of enteritis sweats profusely. There may be also, during pain, as also during excitement, an additional sensibility to cold. Dilatation of the pupils takes place during pain. Dr. D. A. Gresswell noticed that the pupils of a lad suffering from Peliosis rheumatica dilated whenever one of the elbows, which was exquisitely tender, was accidentally pressed. He has also observed dilatation of the pupils in vigorous children under- going tracheotomy, in cases when an anaesthetic could not be administered. The pupil also frequently dilates in cases of locomotor ataxy, when an attack of pain comes on. On the other hand, during sleep, when the centres of sensation are dulled, the pupil contracts, as also in opium stupor, in the stupor of typhus fever, in that of typhoid fever, and also in that of relapsing fever, also in the anaesthesia produced by chloro- form, notwithstanding that in the stage of profound narcosis which supervenes immediately before death they may dilate. Some animals — for instance, the cat — when preparing for action show dilatation of the pupil ; and also in human beings the pupil dilates if sensory nerves be strongly irritated, or as a result of excitement, or during severe muscular exertion. Dr. D. A. Gresswell ascribes this dilatation of the pupil which occurs in an animal suffering pain to the necessity of obtaining a wide field of view, whether in the alertness needed 160 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF TRE OX. for the fight or for the escape from an enemy. He says that in uraemic coma the pupils are generally contracted so long as the patient is free from convulsive movements, but that as soon as a convulsion comes on the pupils dilate. When the convulsion ceases the pupils again contract. Similarly, he says, the pupils dilate in the convulsions of epilepsy. He has noticed also that when a patient is returning to consciousness after chloroform narcosis the contracted pupil gradually dilates; but that if the patient move about the pupil will at once dilate largely, and on the subsidence of the movement again become smaller. He connects all these facts, drawn from so-called abnormal states, with an association (brought about by the struggle for exis- tence) between alertness for action and increase of field of view caused by dilatation of the pupil, an association which he says is due to an inhibition of the nerves of vaso-motor areas in muscles and to a correlated stimulation of the sympathetic nerve which innervates the radiating muscle of the iris of the eye. The endocarditis of chronic Brights' Disease is attributed to the extra blood-pressure, which indeed is one of the earliest manifestations of inflammation of the kidney. Hence the value of the subjugation of pain in cases of endocarditis and of peri- carditis of rheumatic fever may be to some extent due to the coincident soothing of the heart. We see, then, that the occurrence of pain, due to whatso- ever cause, arouses the associates of work, not only in health but also in disease, though, of course, we must not forget that the sufferer may become exhausted, and therefore no longer able to manifest the processes referred to. Now the constitu- tional unrest which is set up by the pain cousequent upon injury must, and does, work harm. For the sake of example, suppose we consider, for a moment, the case of an animal which has just gained the victory over an opponent, and let us further suppose that the ultimate van- quishing of the foe was the result of the redoubled efforts which were made owing to the reception of an injury which stimulated, or rather evoked, the closing energetic and successful struggles. In connection with this most important question of pain in its relation to vital activities, Dr. D. A. Gresswell would add that not pain alone, but the mere apprehension of pain due to any want of well-directed and sustained effort — which would ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 161 give advantage to an opponent — would necessarily come to be correlated with the associated factors of work. Now it is clear that the pain, still continuing after the receipt of an injury, would be of further value, perhaps, only in so far as it would dictate rest of the parts injured, while, on the contrary, at the same time, in very many cases it would undoubtedly be productive of harm by reason of the general disturbance and unrest still kept up, although pro- bably it might no longer be necessary for purposes of protec- tion from the foe. Hence we find that a dog or a deer, for instance, which has met with a fracture of the leg, or any other similar injury, seeks quietude and dark seclusion. At each movement of the fragments pain ensues, and consequently the poor creature tries to avoid suffering by calm and repose. The resting of the leg, the general motionlessness of the body as a whole, the fasting, the absence of disturbing influences, the darkness, all these factors lead to a diminution of the con- stitutional excitement. Similarly, it is almost invariably the case among oxen, that when one member of a herd is taken ill, the first, or one of the first signs of disorder is that that par- ticular animal departs from the rest of the herd in order to bear its sufferings in solitary seclusion. We cannot finally dismiss the most important topic of pain without recording some of those wondrous triumphs over pain which have been acquired by various races of men. The Man- dans, otherwise called the See-p6hs-ka-numah-ka-kee — that is, the People of the Pheasants, when visited in 1834 by Mr. Catlin, the great American traveller, in his journeys through the North American forests, were a small tribe of 2,000 souls, living in two villages on the great river Missouri, 1,800 miles above its junc- tion with the Mississippi. These hardy warriors could endure with invincible apathy and fortitude all the forms of torture which the ingenuity of their enemies could devise. This apparent insensibility to pain and fear is not, however, to be attributed to more callous frames or nerves of obtuser feeling, but to the astonishing results of their institutions and tli^e influence of their public opinion. Place a sufficient motive, indeed, before a human being, and the proper witnesses around him, and he may be disciplined to endure anything without showing a subdued spirit. The Mandans lived in earth-covered lodges, and their villages 11 162 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. were defended by strong piquets or stakes, eighteen feet high, and a ditch. The chief wore a splendid costume, with a head-dress of raven's quills, and he carried two pipes of peace in his hand. In about three years after Mr. Catlin's visit small-pox destroyed all but thirty-one of the tribe, and these were speedily cut off by their enemies, and the whole race thus became extinct. While resi- dent among the tribe, Mr. Catlin painted four notable pictures, and in reference to them he explained that the subsiding of the Flood was commemorated at an annual ceremony by the Mandans, and that at the same time all the young men who had arrived at manhood during the preceding year went through an ordeal of voluntary bodily torture, after which they were entitled to the respect of the chiefs, and to the privilege of going on war parties. The first picture represents the interior of the Mystery Lodge of the Mandans during the first three successive days of the annual ceremony. The young men are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective shields and war weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle lies the old medicine man, who watches the young men as they fast and thirst four days and nights preparatory to the torture. The second picture illustrates the Buffalo Dance, which took place simultaneously. The third picture represents the interior of the Mystery Lodge, as it appeared to Mr, Catlin on the afternoon of the fourth day. A number of young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in the first picture ; others of them have undergone the torture and are taken out of the lodge, and others are seen in the midst of the most horrid cruelties. A scalping-knife, hacked so as to render its edge like that of a saw, is passed through the muscular parts of the body, through the soft parts of the legs and arms and underneath the muscles of the breast and back. Wooden splints or large flat skewers made of a strong wood are passed through these in the flesh, and the young men are hung up to the roof of the lodge by ropes attached to the splints in the upper parts of their bodies, while heavy weights, as buffalo skins, war weapons, &c., are hung upon the splints in the arras and legs, so as to add to the agony of the sufferer. While they are thus suspended in the air by means of their own flcsli, each young man is swung round by another with a polo till he faints, and then he is let ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 163 down. One is seen who has been let down, and he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger of his left hand, by laying it on a buffalo skin, while another chops it off with a hatchet. Mr. Catlin, who painted the pictures from life, says that not so much as a groan was heard to come from the tortured, who were anxious to attract his attention that he might represent them with a smile upon their features, which were calm and serene. The fourth picture represents what was called "The Last Race." After they had all been tortured in the above manner, the young men were led out with their weights, buffalo skins, &c., still hanging to their flesh. A circle was formed, and each of the sufferers, taken by two athletic and fresh young men, one on each side, was forced to run round and round till he fainted away. He was then dragged with his face in the dirt until all the weights were disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh out, when they dropped him, and he lay to all appearance a corpse, until he gained strength to rise and walk home. All this is the fruit of scrupulous training, and the triumph thus obtained over bodily suffering shows the most serene and sublime ascendency of man's mind over matter, of his spirit over his body. We might say much more on this all-important topic of pain; but we have already gone beyond the limits which we had set. The subject of irritation may be spoken of separately ; for though extreme irritation may merge into absolute pain, we must still draw a line betwixt simple irritation on the one hand and pain on the other. Irritation of the conjunctiva causes contraction of the lids, that of the nasal mucous membrane evokes sneezing, that of the throat causes attempts at swallowing, that of the rectum causes tenesmus both in animals and in man. These reactions are suitable and conservative. Inflammation of these structures, howevei', has the same effect yet more pronounced, and then the result is by no means conservative ; but, on the contrary, it is detrimental. Similarly, an animal suffering pain from internal causes frequently bites or kicks savagely atr the corresponding side of the body, and also in a part which has, apparently, a relation through the medium of nerves with the internal part which is affected. The relief which follows the application of one or more leeches, or of a |small blister, to a painful part on 11 * 164 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. the surface of the body in cases when internal structures are inflamed, is possibly to be in part explained in this way. Irritation, as we have said above, may be intensified to such an extent as to be nothing less than actual pain, and when this is the case, all the intricate mechanism of work, of the fight,, may be called into action instead of small portions only of that mechanism. For instance, a sheep, after all attempts to dis- lodge the oestrus ovis have proved unavailing, runs about madly,, until well-nigh exhausted with fatigue. A man, too, may be irritated by the harvest bug until he is in a semi-pyrexial state. Again, if a nauseous and irritating substance be swallowed,, vomiting may ensue. In fact, if an irritant be present in any portion of the digestive tract, either vomiting or defecation, or both these processes, may occur. In most instances it is with- out doubt best that substances which are nauseous or irritating should be thus rejected. This reflex action, however, which is in these cases of such supreme importance, persists under patho- logical conditions when it works harm. So alive are the intes- tines to the reflex effect caused by irritation that vomiting may occur in enteritis, or owing to compression of a portion of gut in a case of hernia. Vomiting may also occur if structures in close relation with the intestines are injured, for instance in peritonitis, in compres- sion oi the mesentery in a case of hernia, in biliary colic, in irritation of the fauces. So also tenesmus may be excited by irritation and inflammation of the lower part of the intestines. In many of these cases the reflex effect is productive of harm. There is reason to believe that the irritation of the throat is a part cause of the vomiting which occurs at an early stage in cases of scarlet fever ; and since vomiting also occurs at the onset of diphtheria and small-pox, in which the fauces are attacked, and also closely follows the onset of other cases of inflammation of the fauces, it seems as if in all these cases the irritation were the cause of the vomiting. Similarly, violent coughing may bring on retching, which is apparently due to the irritation of a pellet of mucus which has been coughed up into the throat. We may sav, then, that the alimentary tract is peculiarly sensitive, and that while this sensitivity in normal processes does good, it may in abnormal conditions work a vast amount of harm. We may also conclude that irritation, in like manner ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GEEM THEORY. 166 •with pain, brings about, to a greater or less extent, the associates of work, and this not only in healthy animals, but also in those •which are suffering from the abnormal processes of disease. In continuance of our discussion we now turn to the subject of ie&r. y^ AU gradations may be witnessed in man and animals betwixt the ready action of fear and the incoordination and paralysis of fright. Fright may bring on palpitation, an irregular and in- termittent beat, or a cessation of the beat. The paralysing effect of fright is well known. While, then, fear calls up the associates of work, the exertion needed for escape, or that of the fight, fright is fear carried to such excess that paralysis ensues. Hence it is the case that, of our therapeutic measures, those which excite to action on the one hand, and those which induce rest on the other, are of great importance. Among the former we may include physical work, external light and heat, noise, food, out-of-door scenery, stimulants, tonics ; while among the latter we may mention reduction of work, of external light and heat, of noise, and of food, sedatives, venesection, reduction of irritation, of pain, and of excitement, not only that of pleasure, but also that produced by fear. Tales of success excite and stimulate, those of happiness produce happiness, tales of failure depress, and it must be re- membered that in some cases of diseases excitement is more easily produced than it is in health. Dr. D. A. Gresswell relates the case of a boy in the con- valescent stage of pneumonia, who was so excited by a noisy delirious patient in the next bed, that his temperature rose from the normal point straightway to 104*4 deg. F. About an hour and a half later, his temperature had fallen 1"8 deg. F., so as to be 102-6 deg. F., and next morning at 8 a.m. it was 98'2 deg. F. It then oscillated up and down for seven days, after which it remained at the normal. Similarly, a patient, convalescing from enteric fever, if excited by pleasurej)r by fear, almost always expresses the excitement by a rise of temperature. And now, in conclusion, let us for a brief moment cast a swift glance backwards at the glorious history of science. How clearly does it appear, when we do so, that its gradual but sure growth in accordance with all the co-operating factors, and also 166 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. in most intimate correspondence with all those various involved conditions to which man's intellectual powers have been, and are being, subjected, furnishes in itself one of the very best of all those innumerable examples which we can adduce in illustration of the general process of evolution. With exceptional force does this statement apply to the science of comparative pathology, a science even yet in its earliest infancy. Indeed it is only most recently that the gradually increasing firmness of the establish- ment of the doctrine of evolution as a relatively true, real and indispensable, fundamental basis of thought and fact, has led men to inaugurate their initial attempts to unravel by its aid the in- tricate clues to the varied and at first sight most mysterious phenomena of disease. The discovery of modern microscopic methods has concurred to help the tide of progress in medicine to a marvellous and well-nigh incredible extent. Indeed, in the field of pathology, the advances made during this present century now about to close, have been truly wonderful in magnitude and far-reaching importance. Yet wondrous and great as they have indubitably been, these discoveries are probably almost as nothing when compared with the new developments of our knowledge which we may expect to be made ere long. Probably the most important epoch of all epochs, so far as the world of medicine is concerned, may be said to be this pre- sent one, which has been marked by the promulgation of the germ theory of disease, and by its subsequent elaboration which still proceeds, and will continue to proceed with yet more rapid strides. Indeed, it would be quite impossible to exaggerate the importance of the influence exerted by recent discoveries, both in reference to preventive medicine and to our knowledge of the best modes of treating the different disorders witii which all human beings and animals are liable to be affected. Day follows day, the years roll on, and as the wheel of time revolves, it brings with it more and still more accurate informa- tion, which is furnishing an entirely new basis for the sciences of medicine and surgery as pursued by our predecessors. The discovery of the power for good of vaccination, the recent establislinunt of the germ-theory of disease, and of its numerous and weighty implications in regard to actual treatment, the em- ployment of antiseptic measures, the inoculatory methods which have proved so higiily successful in the hands of M. Pasteur, ORIGIN OF DISEASE AND THE GERM THEORY. 167 his co-workers, and others, certain most valuable new lines o£ medical treatment — all these initiations of quite modern times are very intimately connected one with another, and they open up quite a vista of unexplored regions. Just as the elaborate science of morphology has arisen out of the crude anatomy of earlier days, so must the true science of pathology be developed from the basis of our present knowledge, the starting-point from which we may see a dim vision of a goal. As a provisional explanation of the mode of development of organisms, in the case of the tribe no less than in that of the individual, and in many other ways, the hypothesis of evolution has already been of incalculable advantage. The benefits hitherto derived are, however, immeasurably enhanced by the importance of the light now being thrown upon vital processes, both normal and abnormal, by those who are, whether consciously or uncon- sciously, now being guided by the idea of evolution in their methods of research. In every department of knowledge this theory is exerting the very greatest influence ; but there is no science which is destined to be so profoundly affected for good by it as is that of comparative pathology, the true and rational science of disease. In fine, it must be held a primary and fundamental assumption that just as all animals have presumably had a common origin, in hke manner all functional and structural disorders present connections of the very highest interest and importance one with another. In short, the phenomena of disease are to be studied from their comparative aspect, no less than by their special manifestations. This is a point of view which men of light and leading are now applying with the best results, and herein is opened out a new field for investigation, which in the very highest degree demands cultivation on account of the wondrous usefulness of the knowledge which is to be gained thereby. And let us never falter or waver on our way upwards towards the great truths above us, and never rest contented unless we are climbing — it may be very toilsomely — over rocks and crags, and huge mountain boulders, and beside deep chasms and pitfalls, yet still always climbing upwards and onwards, higher and ever higher, higher and yet higher still. 168 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. CHAPTER YI. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. SECTION I.— GENERAL DISEASES. PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. Two distinct bovine diseases are known respectively as Sporadic Pleuro - Pneumonia and Epizootic Pleuro - Pneumonia. The similarity of the name arises from the fact that in both maladies the lungs and their coverings are liable to be inflamed. Sporadic Pleuro-Pneumonia is a disease which is considered to be native, while the Epizootic form was first known in England in the year 1841, being of foreign origin. While the former is readily amenable to judicious treatment, the latter is said to be fatal to the extent of about 52 per cent. The iiost-mortem appearances, though similar, have distinctive features. Sporadic Pleuro-Pneumonia, — This disease may commence either in the lungs or in the pleura. In some cases it is more like pleurisy and in others more like pneumonia. It is traceable, as a rule, to such causes as exposure to cold and wet, especially if the animals are subjected to bad ventilation or faulty drainage in addition. It is most prevalent in inclement seasons, and it has apparently no tendency to spread from one animal to anoihor. Unless all the members of a herd are similarly exposed to the same predisposing conditions, the malady seems to attack indi- viduals, and it does not apparently spread by infection. The onset is sudden, and marked with acute febrile symptoms. The disease has a rapid course, usually tcniiinating in about nine DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 169 days. It is essentially amenable to judicious treatment, and is not fatal as a rule, provided that the patients be tended with care and skill. The malady seems to have no incubative stage. Both lungs may be more or less uniformly affected throughout their entire substance. If the lung is examined after death, the yellowish interlobular bands, so characteristic of the epizootic pleuro-pneuraonia, are not so markedly visible. Epizootic Pleuro-Pneumonia (Historical, Geographical, AND General). — The earliest records which can be found re- lating to this justly dreaded scourge point to its prevalence in Central Europe. Valentine speaks of an epizooty, which may possibly be regarded as contagious pleuro-pneumonia, as having occurred in Hesse in the year 1693. Bourgelat mentions the disease existing in Franche-Comte in 1769, calling it murie. The malady appeared in Prussia in 1802, soon spreading over North Germany, in Russia in 1824, in Belgium in 1827, in Holland in 1833. From Holland Epizootic Pleuro-Pneumonia, then raging in Friesland, was imported into Great Britain in the year 1841. The scourge is now more or less prevalent in ail our colonies, and, in fact, in nearly all parts of the world. It is still, however, said to be almost unknown in Hungary, and has, we believe, never yet appeared in Normandy nor in Algeria. The disease, now thoroughly established in the British Isles, breaks out with greater or less virulence in certain districts frum time to time, carrying off large numbers of cattle, and this despite the most stringent regulations which issue from Her Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council. This is nowise to be attri- buted to any omission or to any want of vigilance on the part of the Agricultural Department of tlie Privy Council Office, but simply to the fact that there seems to be no possible means of absolutely stamping out the disease. To this topic we shall refer again. The malignant fever we are discussing is spoken of as con- tagious, or zymotic, or epizootic pleuro-pneumonia, and is also designated by various other names. It may be described as a sub-acute specific disease, which spreads With fatal rapidity through the medium of the air. The manifestations are seen in the bronchi, and in the lung-tissue and the lining membranes of one or both lungs. There is an extensive exudation of a fluid in the interior of, and on the lining membranes of, one or both 170 THE DISEASES AJSTD DISORDEES OF THE OX. respiratory organs. The name pleuro-pneumonia indicates that changes of an inflammatory character are found both in the pleurae (the lining membranes of the lungs, and of the chest cavity) and in the lungs themselves. There is also an efiFusion of lymph into the pleural sacs. Usually the bronchi become more or less stopped up. The inflammatory process spreads along the lymphatics. Acute pleurisy, with high fever and various functional derangements, may occur. The disease is of a highly contagious nature. Bovine animals only seem to be attacked, though it has been said to extend to the deer, and some tliiuk it is allied to some forms of acute croupous pneu- monia of the human subject. It is allied to the general specific diseases, and one attack apparently confers immunity. Causes. — We may naturally suppose that there are usually certain conditions which, while aiding in the development of the disease, do not actually cause it. They are the following : — Too much food, improper or sudden changes in the food, prolonged feeding on the residues of distilleries and breweries ; excessive milking, hot or damp byres, marshy and badly-drained pastures, cold, damp, bad water, faulty sanitation. In short, all those conditions which will damage a healthy animal, will, it is thought, render it liable to tbe attacks of this disease, if the specific virus is at hand even in small quantities. The traflBc in diseased cattle adequately supplies this virus, and thus accounts for the diffusion of the disease. It is thought that severe weather, bad feeding, and all conditions of an injurious nature cause a greater susceptibility to the ravages of this disease, but that they do not bring about its spontaneous origin. As yet we have not very accurate information as to the germs of this disease. It is said by T. Poels and Dr. W. Noleu that the micrococci of pleuro-pneumonia of cattle have been success- fully cultivated, and that the pulmonary exudations contain micrococci identical in form and mode of growth with those found ill human pneumonia. These observers also make the important assertion that cultivated micrococci, derived either from human pneumonia or from pleuro-pneumonia of cattle, produce in cattle typical pleuro-pneumonia. Dr. Klein, from his own observations, feels disposed to doubt the accuracy of these statements. At any rate, it may be regarded as established that contagious pleuro-pneumonia is generated by, and due to, DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 171 a definite micrococcus, and there can be little doubt that the virus is inhaled by the animal, and so enters the lungs. It seems probable that the lining membrane of the air-tubes (the bronchi) is first affected. Course oi' the Disease — Period of Incubation. — It is said that an animal may be infected with the germs of con- tagious pleuro-pneumonia long before any marked signs of its presence are indicated. This is called the "period of incuba- tion," and it bas been said to vary in length from two weeks to as much as six months. Generally speaking, signs of the disease are apparent after about thirty-seven days. Owing to this long period of incubation the disease is especially insidious, since it may spread among large numbers of cattle before it can even be detected. Animals, apparently healthy, may convey the disease to others by exhaling the germs. Very generally the first signs of the disease are not noticed. General Characters of the Symptoms. — The disease is more rapid in young and vigorous animals than in the old, weak, or sickly. Contagious pleuro-pneumonia may be acute, sub- acute, or chronic in character. In the first case, large portions of the lungs may be rapidly invaded. In sub-acute or mild attacks, the patients may get well in what is called the first stage. The normal condition of the lungs, however, is rarely, if ever^ regained. In chronic or prolonged cases, too, the animals may recover, though this is seldom seen. The cough persists for a long time, and it is accompanied by the expectoration of a great deal of muco-purulent matter. The recovery is often, we might say generally, incomplete, signs of the disease remaining one, two, or three, months, during which the animal may infect others. The immediate cause of death maybe general weakness, brought on partly by the absorption of the products of inflammation, partly from other causes. If the febrile symptoms of the second stage come on rather late, the disease may last for several months. We proceed to consider the first or developmental stage, and shall then go on to the second or febrile stage, in which the disease comes to a crisis. First Stage. — This stage may continue only a few days, or it may be prolonged for from two to six weeks. An elevation of temperature, or, according to some, a slight cough, is the first sign of disturbance. Of the members of a herd supposed to be 172 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. infected, those animals whose temperature is under 100"^ F. may be looked upon as healthy.* Those oxen in which the temperature is over 100° F. up to as much as 102° F. may be affected ; while those animals whose tem- perature is between 102° and 104° F. are very probably subjects of disease. The temperature may rise as high as 106° F., or even higher. It is well to bear in mind that this may be ob- served even a few days before the disease is manifested in other ■ways. If there is reason to suspect the presence of contagious pleuro-pneumonia, a temperature of 102° F. would prove the necessity for prompt isolation, thorough disinfection of the sheds, and precautionary measures; slaughter, if slaughter has been determined upon ; preventive inoculation, if this is considered admissible. The general signs of ill-health soon appear. There mav be a shivering fit, or more than one. The infected animal may sepa- rate itself from the herd. The appetite is less keen, or of an irregular character. The patients chew the cud with less vigour, more slowly or irregularly ; there is a slight, dry, weak cough, usually in the morning and evening, when the animal rises or is disturbed, when it leaves the shed, after drinking, or when pressure is applied between the ribs. Gradually, as the disease progresses, the cough becomes more frequent, harsh, and painful, and when the animal is coughing, its back is arched, and the head and neck are extended. The number of respirations per minute is about thirty or more. Breathing is a difficult and laborious process. The nostrils are dilated, and the flanks heave, what is called *'a staring condition of the coal" may be seen, the hair loses its healthy lustre, and here and there stands upright; the mouth is hot, the muzzle dry, the gums are of a pale lilac colour, the walls of the chest, and particularly the spaces between ilie ribs, and the back from the withers to the loins, are generally all more sensible to pressure than is usually the case in a healthy beast ; the appetite becomes worse, the secretion of milk, if the patient be a cow, diminishes, and emaci- * The late Professor Robertson took the average temperature of ;^')2 oxen, including 100 cows, " all believed to be in the full enjoyment of health." The average morning temperature was 101 -65° F. The average evening ten)])erat\ire, taken from over 200 animals, was 102° F. The average number of respirations per minute, taken from 250 animals, was 30"25. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SITEEP. 173 ation sets in ; the bowels are irregular, a serous or sticky dis- charge comes from the nostrils ; the pulse is often quicker tlian in health ; the ears and horns may be hotter than usual, or they may vary in temperature. By auscultation with the ear or with a stethoscope we may detect sounds of an abnormal character in the bronchial tubes^ and mucous rales and crepitations over the lungs. One or both lungs, more especially towards the lower third, are affected. The mischief in the lung or lungs increases slowly in extent and in intensity. The air-cells become impervious to the air, in greater or less degree blocked up with the fluid exuded into them. The lining membranes of the lungs and of the chest-walls are also infiltrated with a fluid exudation. The bronchi have inflamed walls, and they may become occluded, being filled with a solidified lymph, as also may the air-cells. Sometimes the changes in the lungs may be so extensive that death may occur during this stage. We must remember that any division of symptoms into stages must necessarily be arbitrary, and that probably these extensive changes we have just described would be more appropriately considered as a hurried and sudden setting in of the symptoms to be now described as belonging to the second stage. Second Stage. — Many of the symptoms mentioned already are now exaggerated. The fever is of a more decided character. If the animal moves, it does so unsteadily and with pain. The cough is more persistent, harder, more frequent, more pain- ful, and among the expectorated matter there may be white or straw-coloured casts, tinged with blood. The mechanism of breathing is altogether out of order. The respiratory movements are quicker, more laborious, and accompanied by low moans or grunts. The whole body often shakes with the agonising efforts to breathe. Pressure or percussion on the chest, and especially in the spaces between the ribs, close behind the elbow, or upon- the back and loins, gives rise to a crouching or shrinking, together with a low moan devoid of resonance, indicative of pain. The attitude of the animal also bespeaks tlie desire to facilitate respiration by whatever means, and to avoid the pain occasioned by the vigorous respiratory movements. The fore-legs are wide apart, the elbows being twisted outwards to relieve the chest from 174 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. pressure. The animal often changes the position of the hind- legs, and seldom if ever lies down. If, when nearly wearied out by the ravages of disease, the subjects of pleuro-pneumonia assume the recumbent posture, it is but for a short time that they do so, and even then the same untiring effort to breathe may be seen in that they rest on the middle line of the chest, with limbs doubled up under the bodv, or perhaps with the fore-limbs extended in front. The animal stands with muzzle protruded, and with the neck extended almost in a straight line. The back is arched, the nostrils are more markedly dilated, and the flanks heave more violently. The mouth is hot and clammy, the muzzle dry, the breath fetid. There may be even a suppression of the milk and a complete loss of appetite. Only small quantities of fluid can be drunk, and the swallowing even of these produces coughing. There is a watery discharge from the nose and eyes, and this may become purulent and offensive in odour. The extremities, horus, ears, and other parts of the body may be at times hot, at times cold. The mucous membranes are injected, the bowels costive, the feces being hard, dark, and rarely voided. The urine is scanty, and of a high colour; the skin previously dry, harsh, and tightly bound to the tissues beneath, clinging to the bones and feeling tense, like parchment, becomes yellow, dirty and scurfy. The body wastes, and the animal becomes exceedingly weak. There may be slight shivering fits. The pulse full, fairly firm and averaging about 73 per minute in the earlier part of this stage, afterwards becomes much smaller and feebler, and some- times intermittent and irregular. Indeed it mny be scarcely perceptible. The heart's beats are of a bounding character, and are said to become more tumultuous as death approaches. There may be a venous pulse on account of the obstruction to the pulmonary circulation. Auscultation and percussion indicate that extensive alterations are proceeding in the lungs and chest cavity. If the enr be placed at the bottom of the neck, in close contact with it, a loud rushing sound of air is heard. At the top and side of the chest, a little behind the shoulder-blade, the sounds heard are still louder. Ikdiind and below these parts, however, no sound, or only slight whifling and wheezing noises, can be detected. This absence of sound indicates consolidation of the lung or existence of fluid in the chest, and in these cases DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 175 percussion gives rise to a dull note. The " friction-sound" may also be heard. It results from the rubbing of the enlarged lungs against the sides of the chest. Sometimes only one lung is affected, and then the respiratory murmur (as the normal sound is called) is heard much more plainly than usual on the healthy side, being more resonant, and then called puerile or exaggerated. The unaffected lung in fact tries to make up by stronger action for the deficiency of its fellow, thus being to some extent compensatory. Sometimes the normal functions of the lungs may be gradually resumed, the products of inflammation being absorbed by slow degrees. Gene- rally there is water in the chest. A portion of the lung may become gangrenous and then detached. Sometimes abscesses form in the substance of the lung, and leave cavities which give rise to the production of special sounds, which vary in character. The approach of death is denoted by hurried and anxious breathing, the cough being almost continuous. The animal seems unconscious, almost insensible to pain, and is scarcely able to stand. The attitude of the animal when recumbent is noteworthy. When lying down, the animal rests on its side with neck outstretched and discharging from the open mouth a thick saliva. All the mucous membranes become lividly pale. The animal groans loudly as if in agony, grinds its teeth as if in de- spair, though probably these signs do not prove real pain so much as the very strenuous efforts which are made to breathe. A drop- sical or cedematous condition of the skin is seen in the region of the dewlap or beneath the chest and abdomen, and also in the extremities, in short in those parts where the circulation is most inactive. The body wastes, and an offensive diarrhoea comes on. Hoven may be present, the abdomen being blown out with gas. The animal, having become weaker and weaker, at last drops and dies. The end may come in two or three weeks after the second stage is reached, though the animal may die of asphyxia at an earlier period. When recovery has not taken place, there has been, as a rule, progressive consolidation of one or both lungs, and the gradual increase of effusion of water into the cavity of the chest and of fluid into the lung-tissue. Death is said to take place frequently on the sixth, eighth, tenth, fifteenth, or twentieth day from the beginning of the 176 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OP THE OX. disease. It is due generally to actual loss of the power of breath- ing, sometimes to pulmonary gangrene. A fatal termination may be precipitated or hastened by a sudden distension of the rumen by gases, a result of the arrest of digestion. Thereby, the lungs, already fearfully handicapped, are still more markedly impeded, and asphyxia is the result. In some cases the animal may linger on for a long time. The sunken eyes discharge an offensive secretion, and the animal wastes dav bv day. The temperature sinks to a very low point. Among the putrid pus which is expectorated portions of disintegrated lung are coughed up. Post-mortem Appearances. — In the case of animals which have died rapidly, the lung tissue is red or even black, loaded with a great quantity of serum, and very soft and easily broken. The chest may be opened by an incision, say into an intercostal space. The ribs being broken at their union with the spine above, and with the breast-bone below, a yellowish fluid flows out from the cavity of the chest. This fluid contains much albumen, and is liable to form a gelatinous clot if it is exposed to the air. It varies in amount from a few ounces to several orallons. This flow of fluid is seen in those animals which have died when the disease is well advanced. Large flakes of a yellow fragile substance float in this liquid. Further, if the chest be opened by the divided portions of the sides of the chest being raised, at certain parts the inside of the chest- wall is found to be adherent to the lungs, these latter organs being tied to the inner surfaces of the ribs by means of large deposits of the same yellowish friable substance which floats in the liquid. The pulmonary pleurae (the layers which line the lungs) are nearly always thus invested with a firm, solid layer on one or both surfaces. These layers constitute the so-called "false membranes." If the layer on the lung's surface is stripped off, the lung is left rough and dotted with small eminences. The lining membranes of the lung and of the chest- wall, where not connected, have a dull appearance, and both are covered by a layer of fibrin. The tissue beneath the pleuree, which is continuous with the bands separating the lobules, is also infiltrated. These membranes largely consist of " fibrin," being sometimes spoken of as congulable lymph, but better called coagulated DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 177 lymph. When a portion is examined with the microscope, cells, like the colourless corpuscles of the blood, and like pus cells, are found embedded in it. No doubt they are of the same nature as these cells. The fluid in the chest and the false membranes may be considerably less in the pleural cavity on one side of the chest than in that of the other. The lungs may be also united by bands of fibrin (which are easily broken) to the heart- bag (pericardium), and also to the midriff (diaphragm). The tissue connecting the cardiac fat is thickened. The lining membranes of the lungs, as well as those of the chest-walls, and also the bronchial tubes and blood-vessels, are all affected. There is, in fact, an extensive exudation of a yellowish fluid called serum or coagulable lymph, in the lungs and the struc- tures closely connected with it. This coagulates to a greater or less extent, and thus portions of the lung or lungs become mechanically obstructed. It is said that the first change is that the blood-vessels of one or both lungs dilate. If the animal is killed soon after being attacked by the disease, a more distinct scarlet hue may be noted in the affected lung or lungs. These organs, being full of blood and of the products of the abnormal processes going on, are consequently heavier, and sink further in water than healthy lungs do. As the disease proceeds, they become heavier and heavier. A healthy lung floats in water, has a bright salmon colour, is smooth, elastic, and yielding, and weighs about 6^ lb. The detached lungs of an animal that has died of pleuro- pneumonia are enormously heavy. Indeed, one diseased lung alone may weigh as much as 301b. The two have been known to weigh from 201b. to as much as 751b., or even 1 cwt. The pleural linings are rough and thick, and the lung substance is hard and inelastic. Being consolidated in a greater or less degree, they resist pressure and do not crepitate when incised, owing to the air-cells being blocked up. It is readily seen that such lungs cannot fill themselves with air by expanding, and empty themselves by contracting. In other words they cannot fulfil the function of breathing. If the lung is cut with a knife, the exposed surfaces present an appearance most characteristic of this disease. It has been termed a " marbled " appearance. This same aspect is seen in the cut surface of the lung of a horse which has died of pleuro- 12 178 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. pneumonia of long standing, and also iu cases of sporadic pleuro- pneumonia of oxen, but in neither of these instances is it so ■well marked as in contagious pleuro-pneumonia of oxen. In animals which have only reached the first stage of the disease, the tissue which binds together the lobules of the lungs is seen to be chiefly involved. This tissue in the interior of the lung is continuous with that which surrounds the organ under- neath the covering called the pulmonary pleura; and it forms, so to speak, a supporting framework by which the lung is held together, and divided into lobules. These partitions, or rather walls, between the lobules are called " interlobular bands." Now these bands, or rather walls, of the lobules (for it is only in sec- tions that they look like bands) are impregnated with a yellow fluid called serum in different parts of the substance, generally towards the centre, of one or both lungs. Now the " marbled appearance " results from the existence here and there in the tissue of the lung of dark red or purple areas engorged with blood-discs, fibrine, &c., separated by these "interlobular bands." The latter are really avails of lobules, but on section they naturally appear like hands. They vary iu breadth from one- twelfth to one-third of an inch, are greyish or yellowish, being sometimes streaked with blood. These interlobular bands are engorged with fibrin, which seems to have been deposited owing to the distension of the lymph-vessels which are contained in them. In accordance with the progress of the disease, these bands become thicker and firmer, and sometimes they may be so greatly stained with blood that several lobules may seem to be united to form one patch of congestion. Here and there, too, the lung-tissue may be but little affected by disease. Small groups of lobules or single lobules may be invaded, and those parts which are affected are not necessarily contiguous, this in- flammation being in this respect like the pulmonary inflammation brought on by glanders in the horse. In accordance with the degree to which the disease has pro- gressed, the products of the abnormal processes may be absorbed, or may form new tissue, the air-cells disappearing. The affected lung-tissue, which was at first brownish-red in colour, gradually becomes filled up with fibrine or coagulated lymph. Portions of the lungs which have thus undergone fibrous degeneration are DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 179 deprived of their functions. This solid substance mechanically alters the processes going on in the lungs, the blood-vessels and lymphatics being thereby subjected to pressure. The new tissue may undergo fatty, caseous, calcareous, or in rare cases gan- grenous degeneration. The air-cells usually contain a little ■serum. Sometimes, though very rarely, they contain fibrine. They are sometimes, therefore, obliterated, and sometimes densely packed with red and white cells, as in ordinary pneumonia (red hepatisalion). The exudation may then become a whitish turbid fluidj so that the lung appears greyish, and thus we have " grey hepatisation " instead of the more general "red hepatisation," in which the lung tissue looks bluish red or purple. Sometimes the tissue suppurates, and masses of lung tissue may be detached and isolated in the midst of a thick purulent fluid, contained within rigid walls of newly-formed connective tissue. In some cases these detached portions are decomposed, friable, oflTensive in smell, and produce gangrene in the adjoin- ing tissues. Sometimes there may be found large or small cavities filled with more or less fluid pus. Thus there are abscesses in the substance of the lung, and sometimes, though not frequently, they open into the chest cavity, producing what is called empyema. A cavity is then left in the lung which gives rise to the amphoric rale. The pus may be partially absorbed, and produce purulent infection, or the abscess may discharge itself through the air tubes, in which case there will probably be an expectoration of fetid pus. Necrosis may result, too, from pressure of the bronchial vessels, or from thrombosis of the bronchial arteries. The pul- monary arteries are liable to thrombosis and embolism, and thus gangrene may be produced. Gangrene is evidenced by the brownish or nearly black hue of the lobules, the interlobular bands being thin and infiltrated with bloody serum, and the lung tissue being easily torn and fetid. Blood abstracted at an early stage of the disease is usually "viscid, thick, and soon coagulates. At a later stage it has become dark and fluid, and has lost its ciragulabiliLy. " The stomach contains dry food, and its lining membrane, as well as that of the intestines, may exhibit patches of conges- tion."— (Fleming.) It is said that there is more effusion into the pleural cavities in some epizootics than in others. As a 12 * 180 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. rule the inflammation is more marked in the lung tissue itself than in the pleurae, but in some cases the reverse is said to be the case. The air-tubes, the veins, arteries, and lymphatics, are sur- rounded externally by exuded lymph, and at the same time tend to be obliterated internally by the clots which are formed within them. Many of the air-tubes generally contain frothy serum, and those of the diseased part are frequently occluded by clots of fibrine. which may extend into the larger tubes as hollow cylindrical masses. Thus we find in the interior of the wind-pipe and of the bronchial tubes large quantities of coagu- lated lymph, which sometimes blocks up the passages to such an extent as to form hollow or solid counterparts of the air-tubes. This has been also seen in cases of sporadic pleuro-pneumonia. The lining membrane of the chest, the pleura, is in a healthy animal smooth, glistening, and transparent ; but when it has been inflamed, it has an opaque and rough appearance. Butchers sometimes strip the ribs of their pleural covering in order to disguise the marks of disease. The ribs will then be seen to present an unnaturally clean, white appearance. The flesh of animals which have died of the malady is dark, harsh, unhealthy in appearance, moist, or even dropsical. The fat also is yellowish, and there is a general absence of blood. Preventive Treatment. — We now complete our present subject, pleuro-pneumonia, and as we approach that part of it which is at once most interesting and most deeply involved in doubt, we cannot forbear looking forward in imagination to the standpoint of men who will be writing on this all-important topic of preventive measures years hence. In view of what has already been done by means of vacci- nation, and also by inoculation with attenuated virus, we may well believe that by no means the last word has been said regarding these most important operations. We liave said above that the mortality in cases of epizootic pneumonia is about 52 per cent. Oxen which recover, liaving escaped the notice of those who would otherwise have ordered them to be slaughtered, may be said to have been, as a rule, afTccted onlv in one lung. If both are diseased, tliere is small clinnce of the avoidance of death. With regard to treatment, the first DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 181 point to be noted is that preventive measures alone are allow- able by law. If a beast is known to be suffering from epizootic pleuro-pneumonia, it must be slaughtered at once. There is no alternative. We shall first deal with preventive therapeutics, then with the methods of inoculation. There is no doubt that oxen in which the disease is to be anticipated, owing to their having been exposed to the risks of contagion, may be so carefully managed that the disease may be arrested in large measure — almost entirely in many cases — provided that the precautionary measures dictated by the sciences of hygiene and therapeutics and preventive inoculation be carried out with thoroughness. Stringent measures must be taken at once. If the disease itself were to be treated, the most effectual agents that could be recommended would be those of an antiseptic or germicidal character. The sulphite of sodium, for instance, would be found an in- valuable agent. The same kinds of drugs are also of service as preventives. It must, of course, be remembered, in dealing -with questions such as these, that there are many conditions ■which are absolutely indispensable, in order that the action of drugs may be properly aided. Preventive inoculation aided by skilful treatment and care may be thought necessary. On no account whatever may treatment of the disease itself be carried out. The sulphite of sodium, the salicylate of sodium, the fumes of burning sulphur used with the greatest care, carbolic acid, sulphocarbolate of sodium, or iodine, or the iodides might be well tried if treatment were allowable. We will suppose that the veterinary inspector is called to a case of pleuro-pneumonia affecting a member of a large herd, and so liable to infect many others. He will at once report the matter to the sanitary authorities. The best course of opera- tions would be as follows : — He should at once isolate the affected animal or animals, and have it or them slaughtered. This he is bound to order by Act of Parliament, the Contagious Diseases (Animals') Act of 1878 ; but there is some latitude necessarily allowed hira as to other measures. Of course, he will direct that all sheds, byres, crew-yards, which are in any way liable to be contaminated shall be thoroughly cleansed and disinfected, and he should give detailed instructions how this is best to be carried out. 182 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. All sheds, cow-houses, crew-yards and, in short, any place which has contained cattle diseased or supposed to have been diseased, owing to their proximity to subjects of pleuro- pneumonia, should be thoroughly cleansed and disinfected. Sulphur should be burnt with due precautions in braziers in different parts of the Z premises. In order to obviate future outbreaks as far as possible, every part should be thoroughly steamed out with the fumes of burning sulphur, the gas which is produced, sulphur dioxide, being perhaps the best and most reliable of our disinfectants. After this has been done, the walls, stalls, roofs, and every little nook and corner should be thoroughly white-washed with lime-wash, with each buckeiful of which one pint at least of carbolic aoid has been mixed. Prompt investigation will then reveal if there are any other oxen affected or likely to be affected. The temperature will serve as a guide in this inquiry. Unfortunately there is some difference of opinion as to the best measures to be adopted with those animals in which the disease is suspected to be lurking. Some think that all suspected oxen should be killed at once, without hesitation. If not slaughtered, all that have been exposed to infection should be strictly isolated. If the animals are " in condition " and slaughtered thus summarily, before the disease has assumed any degree of virulence, the flesh may be used as food. If, however, the animal be for any reae^on greatly debilitated, or if the flesh has an unhealthy appearance, the meat is not to be deemed fit for human food, but should be buried with antiseptic precau- tions. The hides, hoofs. Sec. should be most scrupulously kept from contact with other cattle. Dr. Williams held that though the actual disease is not pro- duced by inoculation, immunity against future attacks is secured. He thought that the blood and the serous liquid squeezed from the lungs of an animal in the first stage of pleuro-pneumonia are the most suitable material for inoculation, and found that in from ten days to a month symptoms are produced. He further advises that the inoculation should be performed with great care, and that towards the tenth day a saline purge may be given, nnd repeated if necessary. He tells us that the mor- bid changes do not extend to the lungs, but are merely localised in the part inoculated, and that the bovine race seems to be alone affected. We now know that though he may have DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 183 been right in other points, the use of the material he recom- mended is not advisable. Method of Inoculation. — The fluid should be obtained from the interlobular tissue of a lung of an animal suffering from the first stage of a mild attack, and as soon as possible after slaughter. The parts which are dark red in colour and are consolidated, and especially those parts which look gangrenous, should be most carefully avoided. The fluid obtained should be of an amber colour, and should be either fresh or at least preserved, so as to be intact and free from the least decomposition. A piece of lung, distended with this yellow semi-fluid substance, should be cut along the lymph- channels, so as to allow this fluid to ooze out. It should then be placed while still warm in a strainer over a suitable glass bowl, covered over witli flannel to keep it warm and clean. The clear yellow liquid obtained should be preserved in glass tubes about 4 in. long and f in. in diameter, which, when lull, should be hermetically sealed by a blow-pipe flame, unless the material is required at once. The hair from the under surface of the tail of the animal which it is desired to inoculate should be clipped off" for about five inches from the tip forwards. Then the skin should be cut transversely in two places, one distant about an inch, and the other about three inches, from the tip of the tail. A needle should then be pushed from the lower up- wards to the higher incision, and the channel enlarged by a few rapid movements. A piece of white thick worsted, previously well-soaked in the yellow fluid, should be passed through the eye of the needle, pulled through, and left in the skin as a small seton, the ends being knotted so as to cause it to remain in position. The way we have described is as nearly as possible, we believe, that of Mr. Rutherford, of Edinburgh, a skilled and successful scientist and veterinary surgeon. Professor Williams recom- mends that the skin should be slightly scarified, and that one drop of the fluid should be injected. It is our belief that this latter method, or rather the simple insertion of the fluid on the exposed surface, is to be preferred. The Professor adds that the upper surface should be inoculated, and that the tip of the tail is selected because, in case of gangrene, which may some- times occur, the tail may be easily amputated. About the fifth 184 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OP THE OX. day, or from that to about a period of two months after the operation, there is a slight local swelling, together with heat, tenderness, and erythema. At about the tenth day an exudation of fluid usually occurs. This looks like that found in a diseased lung. If it is applied to another healthy animal which has neither been previously inoculated, nor has suffered from pleuro- pneumonia, it will reproduce itself, and likewise afford pro- tection against the disease. About the twelfth day there is usually an eruption, together with slight rigors, loss of appetite, and a slight diminution in the secretion of milk. If the virus is bad, or from other reasons the primary swell- ing be excessive, the tip of the tail may become gangrenous, and the animal, unless remedial measures are effectual, may suffer from fever, secondary deposits at the root of the tail, around the anus, and in the abdominal glands. Death may then occur in a few days. If the tail should show signs of gangrene, a portion of it should be removed, and the stump, after being allowed to bleed freely, should be then cauterised. In some cases it has been found necessary to amputate the whole tail, and the operation has been performed with success. When the exudation of fluid does not appear until the ninth to the twelfth day, the cases generally do well, tlie fluid dries up, and the signs of inflammation disappear. The tip of the tail may in time fall off. After about the twenty-first day all danger seems to be over. Oxen which have been inoculated, and especially cows, should be tended with more than usual care. They should be always kept warm for at least three weeks after the operation, and should never be roughly handled, much less struck. It is highly ad- visable that the operator should see the animals every day, so as to be ready to act in case of need. If the bowels are con- stipated, a gentle purgative may be found beneficial. It is well to be sparing with solid food. Especially should roots be withheld for about a fortnight. During this time linseed gruel and the like easily digestible foods should be given. There is 110 harm in supplying good hay or grass or linseed cake, unless the animal should leave ofl" chewing the cud. Whatever the weather may be, oxen which have been inocu- lated should be efieclively secured from exposure to cold, damp, or draughts. The risks are greatest in the case of cows, and DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEi'. 185 in damp or cold weather. If the weather is severe, cows which have been inoculated should have their bodies clothed, and straw should be fastened on to the rafters of the byre. If suffering from any illness, no animal should be inoculated. It is not safe to inoculate cows, until at least sixteen days or more have elapsed since calving. Pregnant cows should not be inoculated after the seventh month. Mr. Rutherford has arrested the disease in over a hundred outbreaks, and the average mortality is not over 2 per cent. Other observers have spoken highly of inoculation, and among those who thought favourably of it was the late Mr. D. Gresswell. Dr. Burdon Sanderson and others have recommended the in- iection of the lymph into the venous system, e.g. the superficial aural vein, by means of a small syringe. Professors Thiernesse and Degive concluded that intravenous injeclion is not dangerous, if care be taken that not a single particle fall into the cellular ■tissue, and they hold that the animal is by this means protected from epizodtic pleuro-pneumonia. The steel canula should be plunged into a vein, and then the syringe adapted carefully ; and care must be taken that all the fluid is injected into the vein before withdrawing first the syringe, then the canula. We certainly do not think that intravenous injection is more safe than Mr. Rutherford's method, or that of Professor Williams and other authorities ; and it has the great disadvantage that, if by any mischance gangrene should set in, death is inevitable; whereas in the other case the tail can be amputated, if it is the seat of gangrene, or if there is great local disturbance liable to be dangerous to the system. The conclusions of the Belgian Commission were, shortly, that the phenomena which follow inoculation are those of local inflammation, which is slight in some cases, but may be exten- sive and affect the system, and may be complicated by gan- grenous accidents, so that even death may result ; and that the inoculation of the liquid from the lungs of an animal affected with pleuro-pneumonia protects the larger^number of animals from the malady for a certain period. The number of animals on which the operation was beneficent was 61'11 per cent., and the recoveries amounted to 88-88 per cent. This average is therefore even better than could be expected, if due allowance be made for accidental factors. Perhaps investigators may ulti- 186 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. mately find that an attenuated virus will be the best to inoculate with. We are not aware that this has been yet placed beyond doubt ; but every day adds to our stock of power over disease. That it may become still more efi&cacious is our fervent hope, and, we may add, our earnest belief. A projws of preventive inoculation we extract the following passage from Kingf Solomon's Mines, which many of our readers will doubtless recognise. The talented author, Mr. H. Rider Haggard, will, we feel sure, excuse us quoting from the remarks he makes as to the selection of a waggon and span of oxen. The reader, if he has not as yet procured a copy of the work, is advised to do so without delay, for it is a good book, a useful and practical book, though full of fancy as of merits — a book of the very kind that English people want, and, what is more, will have at any cost. We have read it with intense interest, and, finding in it veritable mines of wisdom, we feel pleasure in saying that we laid it not aside until every word had been read from end to end. Some readers may think there are too many " ^ood jokes" in the book, for one cannot help feeling a little disappointment at having to smile in the midst of an exciting situation. But the book, none the less, will do, and has done, a great deal of good, and some will be delighted to hear of Mr. Good and the lovely but unfortunate Kuku- ana girl, Foulata, who makes a very pretty, and, we will add, a very pathetic picture of fidelity and love. Even Mr. Good himself has, after all, more good in, than neat attire on, him, and at least he will give rise to a very good laugh : — Having paid this tribute to my bmnp of caution, I bought a waggon and a span of oxen on Sir Henry's behalf, and beauties they were. It was a twenty- two foot waggon, with iron axles, very strong, very light, and built throughout of stink wood. It was not quite a new one, having been to the Diamond Fields and back, but in my opinion it was all the better for that, for one could see that the wood was well seasoned. ... It was what we call a " half-tented " waggon, that is to say, it was only covered in over the after twelve feet, leaving all the front part free for the necessaries wo had to carry with us. In this after part was a hide " cartle," or bed, on which two people could sleep, also racks for rifles, and many other little conveniences. I gave £l'2ii for it, and think it was cheap at the price. Then I bought a beautiful team of twenty salted Zulu oxen, which I had had m_v eye on for a year or two. Sixteen oxen are the usual number for a team, but I had four extra to allow for casualties. These Zulu oxen are small and light, not more than half the size of the Africander oxen, which are goncr.ally used for transjiort purposes ; but they will live where the Africanders will starve, and with a light load will make five miles a day better going, being quicker and not so liable to get footsore. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 187 What is more, this lot were thoroughly " salted," that is, they had worked all over South Africa, and so had become proof (comparatively speaking) against " red -water," which so frequently destroys whole teams of oxen when they get on to strange " veldt" (grass coimtry). As for "lung sick," which is a dreadful form of pneumonia, very prevalent in this country, they had all been inoculated against it. This is done by cutting a slit in the tail of an ox, and binding in a piece of the diseased lung of an animal which has died of the sickness. The result is that the ox sickens, takes the disease in a mild form, which causes its tail to drop off, as a rule about a foot from the root, and becomes proof against future attacks. It seems cruel to rob the am'mal of his tail, especially in a country where there are so many flies, but it is better to sacrifice the tail and keep the ox than to loose both tail and ox, for a tail without an ox is not much good except to dust with. Still it does look odd to trek along behind twenty stumps where there ought to be tails. It seems as though nature had made a trifling mistake and stuck the stern ornaments of a lot of prize bull- dogs on to the rumps of the oxen. Next came the question of provisioning and medicines. We may add that the ready method of inoculation here described was formerly used in England, but inoculation is highly dangerous unless performed with excessive care, though it is said to have been fairly efficacious in some cases. The current of opinion in regard to preventive inoculation in cases of epizootic pleuro-pneumonia has recently become some- what adverse, and the more generally accepted and orthodox belief now entertained in regard to this disease seems to be that the stamping-out policy is alone to be advocated. Some of those who, certainly not without good grounds for so doing, see the unerring certainty of this course as opposed to the great risks which cannot but belong to any other line of action, also as a rule hold that not only is it advisable that such animals as are undoubtedly the subjects of disease should be summarily slaughtered, but also that those which are likely to become affected on account of having been exposed to risks of infection ought likewise to be killed, and afterwards that their carcases should be buried with due antiseptic precautions. This bold and clear policy, they contend, must be effectual, whereas no other plan can be equally so. Probably this may be the correct view, and at least it seems to have the recommendation of certainty; and, though the question of expense is apt to be a rather serious one, we cannot but conclude, after very much consideration of the matter in all its bearings, that the keen reasoning which cuts its way to what appears to be this sure solution is perchance, in the case of this disease, the best reason- ing, just as it was indubitably so in the case of cattle-plague. 188 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. and just as it is, with even very much greater potency, likewise the best in the case ot the two terrible diseases known respectively as rabies and anthrax. Indeed, in the case of these two diseases, when afflicting animals, no other course can be contemplated by those who know their truly dreadful nature as occurring either in man or in animals. Hence, lest these diseases should be communicated to human beings, any animals affected with them must be forthwith^ slaughtered, and the carcases properly buried. FOOT-AND-MOUTH DISEASE, OR APHTHA EPIZOOTICA. The highly contagious and infectious eruptive fever, to which the above name is given, owing to the fact that the foot and the mouth are the chief regions affected, varies greatly in point of the intensity of its attack. Although the disease usually affects the ruminants, it may break out in any warm-blooded animal, being met with not only in cattle and sheep; but also in swine, dogs, poultry, and even human beings are not secure against invasion. Eoot-and-mouth disease seems to have been recognised for the first time in England and Ireland in the year 1839, animals afflicted with the malady having been imported from abroad. It is possible that since this time Great Britain has never been entirely free from the germs of the malady, and our readers may remember that there was a marked outbreak in England which lasted from about September 1883 until about the middle of the month of June in the following year. The disease then pre- sented all possible varieties of intensity, for while on some farms it was very virulent indeed, on others the malady was manifested in so mild a form as almost to escape detection. The disease spread rapidly among cattle and sheep, and the pigs also fre- quently took the infection. Instances in which the garthmen and shepherds became affected were not uncommonly met with, the disease presenting in these cases symptoms similar to those presented by animals affected with the same malady. It may be said that one attack, to a large extent, confers immunity ; but, as in the case of most diseases, both among men and animals, this statement is by no means to be taken as an absolute one. Cases are known, for instance, in which animals have taken the disease twice, thrice, and, though very DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 189~ rarely, even four times. However, it may be held as a fact quite free from doubt that if a disease appears more than once, it is, on the second occasion of its appearance, much less severe. Further, although many adult animals have succumbed from foot-and-mouth disease, it is not, as a rule, fatal amongst older oxen and sheep. Again, oxen have it usually more severe than it is in the case of sheep. The mortality is much higher in young animals, and the disease often assumes a very virulent type among animals which are suckling. The virus may be destroyed by means of the easily-procurable gas chlorine, and also by other germicidal agents, and, indeed, disinfectants are most potent in regard to the contagium of this disease. Chlorine is a yellowish-coloured gas, and is set free when diluted sul- phuric acid is added to a mixture of salt and the black powder,, dioxide of manganese. The disease does not manifest itself in an animal directly the infection is taken, but, on the contrary, it remains latent for from one to four days before giving rise to any appreciable disturbance. Our readers are aware that there is similarly an incubatory period, which varies in length in the case of other specific fevers of man and animals, and we have already spoken of that of pleuro-pneumonia. In the case of measles in human kind it varies from seven to ten days. In small-pox the average duration of the stage of incubation is twelve days. So rapid is the spread of foot-and-mouth disease, owing to its great infectious- ness, that even before any germ had been actually demonstrated it was almost certain that it had no other actual cause. In the case of oxen affected with this malady, the temperature rises from about lOlf degrees F. to about 105 degrees F., the animal has fits of shivering, the appetite is lost, the bowels are constipated as a rule, and the breath has an offensive smell.. After about two days in most cases, vesicles, varying in size from that of a threepenny bit to that of a half-crown piece, appear in patches on the lining membrane of the mouth, i.e. of the inner surface of the lips and cheeks, and on the tongue, sometimes on the lips and on the schneiderian membrane, on the digits, in the case of female animals on the swollen and red teats, in which case the virus is sure to be communicated to the milk during the process of milking. These blebs are generally rounded or oblong, and are elevated above the level of the sur- 190 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. rounding membrane. In colour they are of a yellowish-white hue. The mouth is usually so sore that food cannot be taken with any comfort, much less masticated. Sometimes the mouth is mainly or only affected, sometimes it is the feet which are thus singled out, while frequently both parts are the seats of the vesicular eruption. Especially in sheep, goats, and pigs, the feet are often invaded. The mouth, if opened, displays the presence of these vesicles, which may perhaps be of about the size of a bean or that of a hazel nut. The vesicles are never depressed in the centre, and they do not become pustular, the fluid which is contained in them being always clear. In the course of about twelve hours they usually dry up or burst, and the red and painful raw and eroded surfaces which are exposed may either soon be closed with a scale of epithelium, or, on the other hand, may lead to the formation of ulcers. When this is the case, the saliva then flows forth in still greater quantity from the mouth, and collects in the form of frothy foam around its opening. When the morbid action in the mouth is severe, a large portion of the epithelial covering of the tongue may peel off" — like a glove, as it were. One of the most characteristic of the symptoms of foot-and- mouth disease is the continual smacking of the lips, together with champing and dripping of the saliva, and of thick mucus out of the mouth. The animal grinds the teeth, and suff'ers much pain, owing to the wretched condition of the lining mem- brane of the mouth and tongue. In most cases an eruption of vesicles similar to those just described also appears on the feet around the coronets, and in the space between the claws of . cloven-hoofed animals. Indeed, the structures which secrete the horn may be so greatly inflamed as to lead to the casting . of the hoofs. The coronets swell, the vesicles may even extend all round, and, the inflammatory action increasing, the animal often assumes the recumbent posture, in order to relieve the pain occasioned by standing. Otherwise the animal may stand with back arched and four feet close together, reluctant to move ; or may move its feet up and down even before the vesicles have appeared between the lo(;s. There is a discharge from the eyes and nose in animals affected with this disease, .those organs being inflamed. DISEASES OF THE OX AKD SHEEP. 191 If the animal is about to recover, the febrile symptoms subside, and begin to disappear about the fourth day, while at about the eighth day the appetite is regained and consciousness well nigh established. If the sufferer be a milk-giving cow, the secretion of milk returns to the normal point, the epithelium again grows over the eroded patches on the surface of the tongue and the lining of the mouth. On the other hand, the disease will assume a severe character if the animal is destined to die; the ulceration may spread, the hoofs slough off, and the animal become extremely prostrated, and die at about the ninth day. If this is to be the result, it is probable that vesicles will be formed not only in the mouth and on the feet, but also, and especially in the case of young animals, on the fauces and pharynx (the larynx also being irritated), the lining membrane of the eyelids, that of the windpipe, and also on that of the whole course of the digestive canal. If the intestines are affected, diarrhoea will be manifested, while, if the windpipe be attacked, a hoarse cough is often uttered. If young animals are very virulently affected, they may die even before any eruption has occurred, and after death, in such instances, the lungs will very probably be found to be highly congested. It is especially when the udder is inflamed, and when the tongue and feet are much affected that the loss is particularly great. Puffy swellings are sometimes formed also in parts, and this, says Williams, was especially the case in the outbreak of 1872, in which the disease introduced into Edinburgh and Leith from Iceland assumed a very virulent form. One of the worst features, however, of foot-and-mouth disease is the frequency with which it invades the udders of milch cows, giving rise to mammitis or inflammation of the milk-secreting organs. The vesicles in these cases are usually formed on the teats, but may also invade the ducts which conduct the milk from the cells which secrete it to the openings at the end of the teats. The calves contract the disease in a very bad form from the eroded vesicles on the teats, and from the milk contaminated by the unhealthy secretion from the lining'of the tubes. In such cases the mortality, unless proper therapeutic and hygienic measures are taken, is apt to be very serious. Indeed, even the milk from a cow in which the udder is not especially affected is •damaging to young animals. 192 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDERS OF THE OX. The duration of cases of foot-and-mouth disease of average severity varies from six to fifteen days, from the day of rise of temperature to the subsidence of the fever. It will be evident that the more virulent the outbreak the greater the emaciation of the animal and the fatality of the disease. Should, however, complications arise, the disease is necessarily protracted. It is when the udder is inflamed, and when the feet are much in- volved, that the loss is especially great. Indeed, the loss in regard to the milk-supply is often very serious, and so also is the loss of flesh in fattened animals. In severe cases almost complete cessation of the secretion of milk may ensue, and even in ordinary cases the quantity is diminished by one-third of the entire volume. It has been proved that the germs cannot be destroyed by means of boiling the milk, and hence it is very clear that on no account whatsoever should the milk of cows suffering from foot-and-mouth disease be supplied for the use of human beings. The description we have given above applies especially to oxen, but it mav be taken as a fair general account of the disease. However, we now proceed to consider specially the case of sheep and goats. These animals, when attacked with the malady, become very much emaciated, lose their appetite, and manifest febrile symptoms, which are, however, usually less severe than those of cattle, albeit that the temperature may rise as high. In fact, foot-and-mouth disease, as it appears in sheep, is not in the general way so serious a complaint as it is when affecting oxen. The sheep or goat lies down at a distance from the rest of the flock, looks dull and weak, can only with difiiculty be made to move on, and when walking walks unsteadily. A peculiar smacking sound is made with the lips, which the animal keeps moving, as if in the act of sucking. This is very charac- teristic, as, indeed, we pointed out above. The mouth is hot and full of thick saliva, and the vesicles break out especially on the incisor psid. More rarely they ) Coat of artery. (c) Nuclei of tho tuberculous new growth, (d) A Malpighian corpuscle. Magnifying power about 500. tubercular matter, the organs which arc first affected are the intestines themselves, and that the infection gradually spreads until at length the lungs are attacked. We have just seen above that if tho tubercular virus is introduced by inoculation, the lymphatic glands near are first affected. If the disease is propagated through the air, i.e. by breathing the germs, theo the lungs seem to be first affected, just as we should expect. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 215 These tubercle-bacilli require a temperature as high as 38° C, and hence they cannot thrive in the outside world, as some disease-producing organisms do. Dr. Klein, one of the greatest authorities on all questions relating to germs, states that the bacilli of" human tuberculosis are larger than those found in cases of bovine tuberculosis, and in many instances they seem to be more regularly granular. The bacilli found in human tubercular sputum are at least one third as large again as those found in the caseous masses of the lungs of cattle. Moreover, the tubercle-bacilli of oxen are always contained in the cells, and only when these disintegrate, as they do sooner or later, do the Fig. 23. From a section through a tubercle of the lung from a case of Acute Miliary Tuberculosis in a Child. Several Alveoli are seen filled with d€bris, in the centre of which are seen numerous nuclei, and amongst them the tubercle- bacilli. Magnifying power about 350. (^Klein.) bacilli become free in groups. In this respect they are like the bacilli found in leprosy. In man the tubercle-bacilli are always scattered between the cells. It will doubtless be remembered that fowls seem to be not readily infected with bovine tuberculosis, possibly because they, being so much mixed up with oxen, have become thoroughly used to the disease, so that the virus has lost its poisonous properties. On the other hand they do take human tuber- culosis, though in a mild form. Guinea-pigs, on the contrary, are more liable to suffer from being fed with bovine tuber- cular matter than they are from being fed either with human 216 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEKS OF THE OX. tubercular matter or with tubercular matter obtained from fowls. There are other points of difference between bovine and human tuberculosis to which we shall refer. In cases of tuberculosis there are tubercles in various stages of growth which, so far as can be seen, contain no bacilli. Quite near these, other tubercles may be present in which numbers of bacilli may be found. Now, it has been proved by Dr. Klein and Mr. Lingard, working in co-operation, that tubercular matter in which neither bacilli nor spores of bacilli can be detected does produce tuberculosis when it is injected into healthy guinea-pigs. The well-known deposits were found in the lungs, liver, spleen, and lymphatic glands; and some of them were caseous and contained tubercle-bacilli. As these observers remark, it is probable that spores or bacilli were present, although they could not be detected. This shows that there need not be many bacilli introduced, in order to cause the disease, and it possibly indicates that spores of the bacilli exist, and that they are suflBcient to produce the disease. At present, however, it seems that there is no known method of staining spores of tubercle-bacilli, if such spores exist, as in all probability they do. There can be no doubt that tuberculosis is capable of being propagated from the parent to the offspring. The taint of this dread malady can sometimes be observed in several members of particular breeds. Cows, and especially milch-cows, seem to be most frequently affected ; and there is no doubt that dark, filthy, and badly ventilated, ill-drained, dwellings aid the progress of the disease. It is said that the chief indirect causes are pro- longed and excessive milking on the one hand, and on the other a cold and damp atmosphere. Oxen brought from a milder country, or from mountainous regions, when transferred to cold and damp districts, and likewise cattle which are used solely for dairy purposes, and especially those which are kept for this object in large towns, and give an abundance of milk, are most liable to the disease. Course of the Disease. — Tuberculosis, as is well known, is generally a disease which is not rapidly fatal, but one which lasts often for a considerable time. This statement, so far as is known, applies to all the different kinds of animals liable to be affected with this malady. Unless complications arise, tuber- DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 217 culosis may be protracted for months, and even a year may elapse before the symptoms become marked. Indeed, cattle which would not have been suspected to suffer from the disease during life are often found after death to have tubercles in their lungs and other organs. If a severe cold is taken by an animal afflicted with this insidious disease, and sometimes from other causes, bovine tuberculosis may suddenly become acute. Occasionally the veterinary surgeon may be called to investi- gate and treat an outbreak of more than ordinary virulence. He may have, as Mr. J. B. Gresswell had recently, a valuable herd of Alderneys under his care. In this particular instance the malady took a form so severe that three animals died, while three cows recovered under treatment, and two more were subsequently affected dangerously. As is usual, the animals were extremely weakened with the ravages of the disease, and they suffered greatly from diarrhoea, the feces being of a creamy consistence. This last symptom was found to be associated with, and explained by, the presence of tubercular deposits in the bowels. The lungs and intestines, indeed, were the organs which had been especially attacked. For purposes of convenience, the symptoms of average cases of bovine tuberculosis may be spoken of as occurring in three stages. First Sta(/e. — Though the ox, when attacked with the disease, is less active and more sensitive to pressure, especially in the regions of the withers, back, and loins, fattening and the secretion of milk are not at first interfered with. The milk is more watery, of a bluish tint, and while it contains less quantities of nitrogenous mattei's, of fat, and of milk-sugar, which are the nutritive elements, it is rich in alkaline salts and other mineral constituents, particularly if the cows receive much grain and bran or meal. The animal may give utterance to a dry and deep but feeble cough. This will be noticed perhaps when the ox passes either from a colder to a hotter atmosphere, or from a hotter to a colder air, as in leaving or entering its stall. A similar cough may follow exertion, or it may be brought on by compression of the windpipe far more readily than in the case of a healthy animal. At this early period of the disease there is seldom any expectoration or nasal discharge. If the lungs are affected, as 218 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. in all probability they will be, tapping with the fingers on the chest-walls will cause the animal to give a slight grunt of pain. If the ear is applied to the sides of the chest, the gentle and regular respiratory murmur, which is heard in the case of a healthy animal, is found to be replaced by harsher, louder, and more rasping sounds in certain parts. The animal may be lame, first in one limb and then in another. Some of the superficial glands, for instance, that salivary gland which is called the parotid,'^ because it is near the ear, and also those lymphatic glands which are situated in the groin and arm-pit, are markedly enlarged. This first period or stage of the disease may last for months ; but a sudden chill or severe hardship of any kind may rapidly usher in the symptoms of the second stage. Secotid Stage. — The signs mentioned above are now intensified. The animals are emaciated and sluggish in their movements ; they have a dull look, and the eyes are drawn back into the orbital cavities. The skin is dry, that which covers the ribs is closely adherent to them, and the hair lacks its healthy lustre, and is often damp. Indeed, a slight amount of exertion produces sweating, laborious breathing, and great distress. The weakness may be so overpowering that the animal may try to obtain relief by lowering its head even to the ground. The lining membranes of the mouth and other orifices are pale yellow in colour. The appetite is capricious and smaller than in health, and the function of digestion is irregularly and weakly performed, so that, after the animal has been feeding, the stomach may be more or less blown up with gases, an occurrence which is not uncommon in the ox, and not very serious, because it can be easily relieved as a rule. Constipation and diarrhoea may alternate. The milk is now diminished in amount as well as of inferior quality. Moreover, cows which are in calf nearly always abort, and this may cause death, while, even if the act of parturition takes place at the proper time, it enfeebles the parent, and the calf is sickly and likewise afflicted with tuberculosis, the same disease as that Irom which the cow itself is sufiering. The cough is more persistent, and the animal expectorates a viscid, usually inodorous, but sometimes offensive, matter, wliic!ii may contain yellowish cheesy flakes. The breatiiing is quicker and interrupted. * Fioui Trapu, •' beside," jiiul ous. "the oar." DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 219 If the chest-walls are subjected to careful and skilful percussion, dull sounds are produced in some parts, while other regions will give the same resonance as that which is produced in the case of a healthy animal. Similarly, if the ear is placed in direct contact with the chest, the observer will note that the "respiratory murmur," which he is probably acquainted with as occurring in a healthy animal, is louder than usual in some parts, and dull or absent in others. This is because the healthy por- tions of the lungs are, so to speak, trying to do the whole work of respiration, which in the normal state the healthy lungs were accustomed to do. In addition to this, there may be heard hissing and bubbling sounds. In some cases the cough may be feeble and dry, and then crackling sounds, together with a harsh laryngeal blowing, may be detected. The heart beats strongly, but the pulse is never- theless small and thready. The parotid glands, which are situated below and beneath the ears, and have, in common with other salivary glands, the function of secreting some of the salivary secretion, are more swollen than before. The super- ficial lymphatic glands are also still more markedly enlarged, and they, perhaps, together with other hardened painful swellings, cause lameness, which is no longer flitting in character, but constant. The ox may suffer from intense fever, sweat pro- fusely, and breathe with the most extreme difficulty. Third Stage. — All the above symptoms are immensely exagge- rated. The emaciation is excessive, and there is great debility accompanied by intense lever, which lasts during the whole day with but a few hours' remission. The cough is distressing, the back is arched, the head is low and protruded, the mouth partially open, and the tongue pendulous. The horns, ears, and limbs, are cold. Breathing is accompanied by moaning, and the inspirations are irregular and gasping. The animal suflFers from a dark and ietid diarrhoea, and the rumen is considerably blown up with the gases which are disengaged, as the result of the arrest of digestion. The distended rumen can be felt in the left flank, and it adds to the poor animal's distress. Percussion on the chest gives rise to pain, and, if the observer places his ear in contact with the chest-walls, hissing and cavernous sounds are heard in the lungs, and there are gurgling sounds in the larynx. The lining membranes of the mouth and other orifices are very 220 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. pale. The action of the heart is tumultuous, and the pulse is well nigh imperceptible. There is often dropsy of the dependent parts, and sometimes, though rarely, ulceration of the joints and glands. The disease in the second and third stages may be complicated by inflammation of the lungs or of the pleurae, which latter may be due to perforation of the serous membrane of the lung, and thus death may quickly ensue. Post-mortem Appearances. — If the body is examined after death, tubercles are seen in various parts. These are found in the external portions of the lungs, and in the connective tissue beneath their lining membranes, and in that which divides the lung-tissue into separate lobules. Large portions of the lungs are replaced by the tubercular matter, and they may weigh as much as 60 pounds. Tubercles are found in the lungs, pleurse, lymphatic glands, and other organs. Many tubercles are often massed together ; but each tubercle itself, the essential element in Fig. 24. From a preparation of caseous matter obtained from pulmonary deposits in Bovine Tuberculosis. Jla^nifying power 700. (After Klein.) The tubercle- bacilli are seen crowded within two hirfje cells, and also scattered between them as a result of the disintegration of other cells. this disease, is a small, round tumour, which is at first semi- transparent, but may afterwards soften or calcify. It is generally spherical, and of about the size of a grain of millet, or hemp-seed. The larger so-called tubercles, spoken of as being as large as a walnut or larger, are in reality aggregations of the smaller ones. Each tubercular mass can only with difficulty be crushed or separated from the surrounding tissues, from which it is not marked off by any definite wall. A tubercle, though itself non-vascular, is yet placed near a small artery. At first it is, as we have said, semi-transparent ; but it afterwards becomes yellowish and opaque. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 221 When a tubercle is broken up, and inspected with the aid of the highest powers of the microscope, five or even more giant- cells provided with nuclei, and smaller cells, also with nuclei^ may be seen. These giant-cells are roundish and transparent^ and their oval nuclei, which may be as many as forty in number, are arranged around the inner surface of their circumference. These cells may be about l-200th of an inch in diameter, and seem to have no cell-wail. The nuclei are not acted upon by acetic acid, and each is said to be provided with a bright nucleolus, which latter, however, is not seen in the above figure. These giant-cells are easily destructible, and hence there may be many free nuclei, the number of which is great in proportion to the rapidity of the disease. In each of the above figures the tubercle bacilli are well seen. Fig. 25. From a section through tuberculous deposits in the lung of a cow. Twa giant-cells and two small cells, all containing tubercle-bacilli, are seen. Magni- fying power 700. (After K/f'in.) In each of the two giant-cells the tubercle- bacilli are seen to be arranged in a circle. Our readers will not be surprised that we have laid especial stress on this most serious disease. It will be readily seen why, on coming to tuberculosis in our list of diseases of the ox, we resolved to treat the subject in detail. Not only is it the case that large numbers of the cattle in this country are carried off annually by this insidious and death-dealing?, yet interesting, malady ; but it is also true that great damage is liable to result to the oxen of England by a tendency which, one may think, only requires pointing out in order that it may be guarded against — we mean the breeding from diseased cattle. There is 222 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. no doubt that a great deal of the bovine tuberculosis wbich exists is due to this avoidable cause, and it is equally indubitable that a similar course of action also leads to a most objectionable result in the case of horses, namely, the prevalence of ** roai'ers.'' We have, in the first place, to complete our account of the changes which have taken place in the case of oxen which have died of the malady we are discussing. After death the tuber- cular deposits can be examined, and thus we are enabled tbe better to understand the nature of the disease. It has been found that the centre of each tubercle of a human being is taken up by small, round, wrinkled, granular, cells, which are not present in bovine tubercles. This point of difference, however, does not make us quite certain to what extent we ought to consider human tuberculosis as different from the closely similar disease of oxen. Inside the tubercles there are no blood-vessels ; but around them and in the interstices of the masses of tubercles these channels by which they, like all other structures, normal or abnormal, are supplied with new material are fairly numerous. The tubercles themselves, therefore, never become large, but they are continually surrounded by newly-formed ones, and the tubercular masses thus produced may at length weigh several pounds. The student of comparative pathology will recollect that, in this matter of blood-supply, tubercular masses are to be distinguished from the class of malignant tumours known as "sarcomata." Tubercles may become impregnated with earthy matter, and when thus calcified they are like little yellowish stones about as large as peas ; and if crushed, they resemble pieces of chalk. If cut through, a larger petrified portion in the centre is seen to be surrounded by a fibrous layer cm the outside. The earthy matter consists mainly of the insoluble phosphates and carbo- nate of lime, together with a small quantity uf soluble salts of sodium. A tubercle, before it is calcified, contains mainly albumen, with a little fibrin and fat. Now, whether the tubercles do or do not calcify, they frequently soften and become caseous. This softening begins in the centre, and travels towards the circumference of the tubercle. If calcification preceded the softening, the matter in the centre is found to be white, and to DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 223 contain earthy material. If softening has come on without pre- vious calcification having occurred, then the central portion of the tubercle is cheesy, and of a greyish yellow colour, and con- tains only small grey granules of fat, which are transparent in the centre and soluble in ether. The lining membranes of the lungs (the pleurae) are thicker, and more richly supplied with blood than is usual, and, like other serous membranes, they may have tubercular deposits upon them. At first these are very small, but finally they may be like clusters of grapes, weighing as much as fifteen pounds, and suspended by peduncles containing blood-vessels. The tubercles on the surface of the clusters are those which have been most recently formed ; next to them are the calcified ones, and most internally situated are those which are oldest and have become easeous. In cases of human tuberculosis, tubercles are found in the midst of the texture of the lymphatic glands, In oxen the tubercles are found in the connective tissue near these glands, but, it is said, never in them. When thus enlarged, the bron- chial lymphatic glands in oxen may measure even a foot in length, and weigh about eight pounds. Tubercles are seen also quite close to other lymphatic glands, and often in the liver, spleen, and kidney, and in the intestines, uterus, and udder, but seldom in the muscles and bones. There may be abscesses in the lungs. The muscles of an animal which has suffered greatly from the ravages of the disease are pale and soft, and the blood also is of poor quality. Diagnosis. — An ox attacked with the malady has a dry and persistent cough, and its breathing is accelerated even during rest, and especially immediately after exercise. The lymphatic glands are found to be swollen, and the course of the malady is as above described. Treatment, — We have mentioned above that corrosive sublimate has been found to possess the power of destroying certain kinds of bacilli. Unfortunately this powerful salt of mercury is not only a deadly poison to bacilli ,'but it may, unless used with the most excessive care, and in infinitesimal doses, destroy the higher animals and man. Nevertheless, the sub- stance has been used successfully, and can be employed with safety by the skilful specialist in extremely minute doses, the 224 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. effects of which need most patient watching and attention. We are glad to hear that it has been given in cases of anthrax in a man with encouraging results. Of course it would be madness for any unprofessional or unskilled person to prescribe or use dangerous drugs. We contend that a man might quite as well try to navigate a ship over the trackless ocean as to rush im- petuously and blindly (unequipped with special knowledge) into the treatment of disease. The healing art is one which at first sight may, perhaps, appear to the ordinary observer, to be not a very difficult one. Herein lies great danger. A long course of study and patient research is required to obtain ability to doctor either animals or man with success. The destructive effect of corrosive subli- mate on the bacilli found in the disease called anthrax, on the bacillus septicaemise of guinea-pigs, on the streptococcus of foot- and-mouth disease, and on the bacilli of tuberculosis, has been proved. Those vegetable organisms which do not give rise to diseases in animals seem to be less markedly affected by the poisonous action of this salt than do those which cause disease, such as the bacilli just mentioned. The treatment of tuberculosis has as yet been generally unsuccessful, and it is for this reason, and because it is of the highest importance that a remedy should be found, that we are laying some stress on this recent work. It will, no doubt, be soon recognised among medical men that both for human beings and for animals at death's door from anthrax, tuberculosis, or septicaemia, this salt, the perchloride of mercury, in infinitesimal doses, should certainly be considered and in some cases tried. Throughout the world, these facts, as yet by no means generally known, will soon be spread, and we must soon hear more regarding them, probably in confirmation, but yet possibly in refutation. Many of our readers are aware that the gaseous substance, "ozone," is what is called an allotropic modification of the gas " oxygen,^' the difference between the two gases consisting in the fact that there is an alteration in the arrangement of the constituent molecules of wliicli both gases ultimately consist. Oxvgen is the most importunt element contained in the air. On its presence animal life depends, and the purpose of breathing is, on the one hand, the inhaling or drawing in of this gas DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 225 " oxygen," bv which the various tissues and organs of the body are kept oxygenated and active, and on the other the expulsion of carbonic-acid gas, which is poisonous to animal life. Now oxygen seems to be favourable to the growth and activity of bacilli, while, strange to say, its more active modification, ozone, seems to have a distinct retarding effect upon them. This latter agent, then, may hereafter prove to be of great value in com- bating germ diseases. For some time it had been thought possible that this peculiar gaseous substance might have some of that germicidal power of which we have now some evidence. Ozone is more active than oxygen. It has greater oxidising powers. In pure air small quantities are found, and it also exists naturally in greater amount in sea-air. It is supposed to be formed, in part at least, by the electric discharges which take place in storms, and there is no doubt that the reason why it is not found in the air of cities is that such air contains much matter which is readily oxidisable, and so the ozone is very soon decomposed. Its presence in sea air is no doubt one of the reasons why sea voyages often do so much good to those who are weak or debilitated with disease. Recently Dr. Cash has confirmed the results of other investi- gators in regard to these two gases. He finds that oxygen has not been observed to destroy bacilli, but, on the contrary, that during the process of adding oxygen a considerable increase in the rate of multiplication of the bacilli was brought about. The reverse is the case with regard to ozone. It had been found by Binz that the chief action of ozone is a soporific one, and it has this effect, even when present only in small quantities. Hence we may explain that drowsiness which people feel when subjected to the influence of sea air. In larger amounts ozone may bring on bleeding from the lungs and bronchial catarrh. Different observers agree that the bacilli which produce putrefaction are destroyed by ozone, but that this agent has no action on the "spores" of the bacilli. Dr. Cash has found that if about "00267 gram, of ozone is introduced into the quantity of anthrax virus he used for inocu- lating animals, the virus is destroyed ; and with his careful experiments he seems to have established the facts that ozone gradually weakens and ultimately destroys the virus of anthrax, but that it has no destructive effect upon the " spores." Now 16 226 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OP THE OX. tubercle-bacilli seem to bave a greater resisting power to ozone tban antbrax-bacilli ; and tbougb ozone has not been sbown to destroy the tubercle-bacilli, it seems to have retarded their growth and to have diminished their virulency. These experiments might well be extended. In the case of an ox afflicted with a mild attack of tuberculosis, the best course is perhaps to fatten and then slaughter. In the case of cows it is well to cease milking, to give fattening food, such as oil-cake and good hay, and to avoid grasses and roots, as these are more difficult to digest. If there are scrofulous glands which are ulcerating, they should be dressed with some antiseptic, such as a mixture of carbolic acid and chalk. It has long been known that a warm and equable climate is favourable to patients suffering from this disease. Men who are tainted with it, and who could not live in England, will survive for years at the Cape or in South America, for instance near Buenos Ayres. Arguing from the experiments spoken of above, small doses of perchloride of mercury, prescribed most carefully by the experienced physician, are indicated. A sea voyage, or even the supply of ozone in the house, together with plenty of sleep, a nourishing diet, combined in certain cases, and if necessary, with small doses of alcoholic stimulants, are to be enjoined. The Contagiousness of Tuberculosis. — Rabbits, guinea- pigs, calves and young cattle, pigs, sheep, goats, and a porpoise have all been subjected to tuberculosis by feeding on tubercular matter from the ox. Inoculations on flesh-eatii)g animals with tubercular matter as a rule give negative results, but the dog has been inoculated with tubercular matter obtained from man. Feeding carnivorous animals, such as the cat and dog, on tubercular matter from the ox has no effect, probnbly because they have been accustomed for long ages to feed on all kinds of flesh, and their systems have become capable of resisting the action of various kinds of bacilli, not unfrequently met with in their food, perhaps as a result of that natural law of which we have heard so much, survival of the fittest. Probably this statement may hereafter require modification, for Klebs has accidentally produced the disease in a dog by giving it the milk from a cow in the last stage of the malady. As we have implied, tuberculosis may spread from one animal DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 227 to another tlirough the medium of the air. More than this, the stalls and sheds in which tuberculous oxen have been housed, unless most thoroughly cleansed and disinfected, will give rise to the production of the malady in healthy cattle afterwards placed in them. Tubercular sputum which has been dried for twenty days or more will, if inoculated into healthy animals, give rise to the disease. If thoroughly boiled, tubercular matter seems to lose a great deal of its power for mischief. Mr. Laws has recently found that, if exposed to a temperature of 45° C. for twenty-four hours, the anthrax bacillus is completely destroyed, and that if the temperatures varying from 43° C. to 45° C. are employed, there seems to be a loss of power in the bacilli them- selves, and also in those which are generated from them. Ere long more will be known respecting the action of heat on the micro-organisms attendant upon disease. Alcohol also has been said to have a retarding influence upon the tubercular virus ; but this statement certainly requires confirmation. Speaking roughly, we may say that the period of incubation of tuberculosis is about six weeks. Cattle which have any tendency to the disease should not be used for breeding purposes, and those which are actually suflFer- ing from tuberculosis should in the first place be isolated, so that the malady may not spread. If very slightly afiected, oxen may be as quickly as possible fattened and slaughtered, and their flesh, //" yr 11 j> j> '^ ^ ^' }) 16 „ 11 „ ,, M 1 j> Thus thirteen inoculations were made in eleven days. Two fresh rabbits were trepanned with the various marrows, used so as to coincide with their degrees of virulence. In otlier words, in order to test the virulence of the poison, corresponding injections were made into two healthy rabbits, as each day passed by. The results showed that the marrow which was used on each of the days, July 6th, 7th, 8th, 9ih, and 10th was not virulent, because the rabbits inoculated with it did not go mad. The marrows, however, of the next six days were all virulent. For instance, the rabbits inoculated ou July 15ih and 16th went down with rabies after a period of incubation of seven days, those inoculated on July 12Lh and 13th after eight days, and those inoculated on July 11th after fifteen days. Hence it was quite clear that, during at least the last two days of his treatment, Joseph Meister had been inoculated with the most virulent virus — namely, that of the dog reinforced by a number of transmissions from rabbit to rabbit, and one which com- municates rabies to dogs after nine or ten days' incubation. In fact, when the stage of immunity is reached, 4lje strongest virus can be inoculated even in large quantities. It was evident that Joseph Meister escaped not only the hydrophobia which his wounds would doubtless have developed, but also that with which he had been inoculated in order to verify the immunity due to the treatment. A very virulent inoculation at the end 300 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. has the further advantage of lessening the period during which alarm is felt as to the results of having been bitten. If hydrophobia were about to make its appearance, it would be hastened by the inoculation of a virus stronger than that introduced by the bite. When the middle of August had come, M. Pasteur felt confident that the boy was out of danger, and when three months and three weeks had elapsed after the accident, his health was very good. Hence M. Pasteur has proved that if rabical marrow is placed in contact with dry air, its intensity is gradually diminished, and finally extinguished. Consequently it would inimCi facie seem that in the first place virus with no appreciable activity should be used, next virus with a very little strength, and finally the strongest virus. But on more careful consideration this view seems to be a doubtful one. The lessening of the virulence may possibly be due to the diminished quantity of the rabical virus, and not to its diminished virulence. It is a matter of difficulty to decide this question. Now it is known that many microbes seem to give birth in their growth to matter which has the property of hindering their own development. The microbe found in some fevers seems to be combated by a substance of its own creation, and M. Roulin has shown that the fungus Aspergillus niger develops a sub- stance which checks its growth. It is possible, then, that the rabical virus is formed of two distinct substances, one living and. capable of developing in the nervous system, and another not living, but having the faculty of counteractiug or even arresting the growth and development of the first. It is impossible to over-estimate the far-reaching importance of this clue, and pro- bably it will be found in the future to lead to discoveries the brilliancy of which as yet we can by no means fully realise. Before concluding our short review of rabies, we may repeat that all oxen, sheep, dogs, or any other lower animals affected with rabies, must be slaughtered, and their carcases buried with antiseptic precautions. If there is some doubt whether tiie disease be rabies or not, it is best to have the animal killed, in order to be on the safe side. The untold havoc which a rabid dog may bring about, even in one day's peram- bulations, is Aiglitful to contemplate, and it is most wise that the muzzling orders should be strictly enforced in all towns and DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 301 districts in which rabies has shown itself. This is especially of importance when days are hot ; and though we should be verv sorry to encourage any feelings of panic, we feel it incumbent upon us again to point out the dreadful, painful, and fatal nature of the malady, in order that all local authorities may l)e well on their guard. VARIOLA, VACCINIA, AND VACCINATION. It is not the least striking fact about the disease " variola," that it probably affiicts almost if not quite all those animals which subserve the domestic purposes of mankind. Not only is man himself liable to be the unfortunate prey of the ravages of small-pox, but in addition the sheep, the horse, the cow, the goat, the pig, the dog, and even fowls, are subject to a maladv which is in all essential points identical. In the present state of our knowledge of the science of disease, but little can be said definitely regarding the nature and degree of the connections which evidently exist between the same or similar maladies affecting different kinds of animals. As we have before pointed out, these relationships are at the present time receiving a degree of attention which is becoming very fruitful in its results. The changed activities of human beings have, in common with their more conspicuous consequences, also altered the maladies to which they are subjected, in no small degree. Already much valuable information has been gained ; but this is as nothino- compared with what yet remains unknown. It is, indeed, very probable that there are not a few instances in which the new conditions attendant upon civilisation have brought in their train diseases not previously met with. One of the great needs of the day is to decide in what manner and to what extent the diseases of animals are connected with those which afflict the different varieties of the human race. It will be clearly evident to the earnest investigator into the field of pathology that we must look to the causal relations between the diseases of mankind and those of animals, in order to understand completely the maladies which aflect any individual group, and at the same time to find out the methods whereby they may be prevented, or alleviated, or cured. The virulently infectious fever known as variola presents one of the best instances of the incalculable value which attaches 302 TEE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. itself to a clear acquaintance with the connections subsisting between the diseases of animals and those of man. It is true that Jenner's great discovery of the principle of vaccination, like many other priceless revelations, seems to have had something of the nature of an intuitive grasping after hidden truth. If, then, with the comparatively limited knowledge of the intrinsic nature of disease possessed at that time, gilted persons could find out such a preventive measure as that of vaccination, how much more is it likely that medical and scientific men of light and leading in these days will be able to trace the many concealed factors which yet remain to be found, and among these the numerous links betwixt the disorders of man himself and those of various animals. Vaccination, in despite of the most reckless and determined onslaughts against it, has been abundantly proved to be most necessary to prevent the ravages of small- Dox, a scourge formerly liable at any time to strike terror and dismay and wholesale death into the midst of a community. Inoculation, without doubt, was practised in Asia long before its employment in Europe. It seems to have been known to the Chinese, and there is a tradition that it began as early as the dynasty of Song, in the year of Christ 590. The practice was kept secret, and probably was not much approved of by the Chinese. They used to take a few dried small-pox crusts and add a little musk and wrap up the mixture in a little cotton wool, and place it in the nostril, so that it could not easily drop out, and they still carry out this custom This method was also practised by the Brahmins in Hindostan, by the Persians, Artneniiins, and Greeks; but the operation generally was that of scratching or puncturing the skin, and inserting variolous matter into the wound. The Circassians used three needles tied together, and having pricked the body in five different places, inserted vnriolous matter into all. Lady Mnry Worthy Montague is said to have been the first to introduce inoculation into England. When residing in Turkey in 1717, she found that the old women were wont to inoculate children every autumn, and that the sniull-]iox thus brought on WHS usiuilly mild. Her son passed fnvourably through the malady, and in 1722, on her return to Knglnnd, she submitted her dauf^hicr to the same operation, likewise favourably. Dr. Keith followed her example, by inoculaling his st)n, and the DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 303 practice soon became rather general. Plunabe states that " shortly after this, Caroline, Princess of Wales, one of whose daughters had recently died and been much disfigured by small- pox, was anxious to have the rest of her children inoculated. Six condemned felons were pardoned by George the First on consideration that they should submit to be inoculated. Five of them contracted the disease favourably, the sixth being not affected. A seventh escaped hanging by having a few small-pox crusts thrust up her nose. Eleven children of tlie parish of St. James's were also inoculated and did well, and, finally, the Princesses Amelia and Caroline also favourably underwent the operation. In eight years 845 persons had been inoculated, and of these 17 died. In 1746, the Small-pox Hospital was established for the reception of poor persons suffering from the disease, and for the gratuitous inoculation of people who had escaped it. However, the deaths from small-pox, which for ten years (six prior to, and four subsequent to, the founding of the hospital) had averaged 72| in every 1000, rose during the next ten years to 103, and in the next to 111. The scourge of small-pox was by Jenner stripped of its malig- nancy, and Death halted in the midst of his revellings. In June, 1798, Jenner being satisfied with the result of his experiments, transmitted his MS. to a person in the confidence of Sir Joseph Banks, with the request that it should be laid before him. He received, in reply, an admonition that, as he had gained some reputation by his former papers to the Royal Society, it was advisable that this should not be presented, lest it should injure his credit ! However, the great discoverer sent to the press his Inquiry into the Causes and Effects of the Fariolee Vaccince, a Disease Discovered in some of the Westerti Counties of England, pariicularly Gloucestershire, and known hy the name of the Cow-pox. Many were at once convinced of the truth of Jenner's opinions. It is interesting to note that Jenner was led to his discovery by the fact that milkers of vaccinious cows .-generally escaped small-pox, owing, no doubt, to infection by vaccinia, as was supposed to be the case by the dairymen in Gloucestershire. We must also remark that inoculation with cow-pox before the time of Jenner was never more than a matter of mere accident, 304 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OP THE OX. and occurred only with comparative rarity. "It was matter of popular tradition ; but was left for Jenner to demonstrate, that persons who had thus been accidentally vaccinated enjoyed immunity subsequently from small pox." (E. C. Seaton.) In the year 1813 a report was published by the Imperial Institution of France, which stated that 2,671,662 subjects had been properly vaccinated in France, and that only seven of these had afterwards taken the small-pox. In Prussia the number of persons who died from small-pox was reduced from 40,000 annually to 3,000. Although it is not yet settled beyond doubt, tliere seems to be Fig. 37. — Micrococci in the fresh Ltmph of Human Small-pox. 1. Singly. 2. In dumb-bell-like pairs. 3. In short chains {after Klein). Fig. 38. — Lymphatic Vessel from the Skin of a Pock in the CASE OF Sheep-pox. The vessel is seen to be filled with micrococci. every reason to believe that variola depends upon the presence of a special and very minute micrococcus. Cohn found that the lymph of vaccinia and that of variola contains numerous micro- cocci. That the lymphatic vessels of the skin near the pocks are lull of micrococci, has been shown by Weigert in the case of small-pox of man, and by Klein in the case of shoep-pox. The passage of these micrococci through the epidermis at the point of vaccination in the calf has been traced by Pohl-Pmcus. When cultivated on the warm stngo, and subjected to examina- tion by the microscope, the microcdcci are seen to form very long chains and colonies. Still, as Dr. Klein points out, similar micrococci occur in the fluid contents of vesicles in the skin DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 305 which have been produced by various non-infective inflammations. It is therefore manifest that, in order to make sure that they are the active cause of the disease, it \Yould be necessary to cultivate them for several generations, and with the latest-formed micro- cocci to inoculate other animals, and then, if the disease makes its appearance in these animals experimented upon, the proof that the micrococci are the exciting cause of the malady would be complete. The virus of variola retains its noxious powers for a very long period. The symptoms of this malady are acute, febrile, and regular. Betwixt the time of the reception of the virus and the appearance of febrile symptoms, a period of incubation intervenes. If the disease has been produced by means of inoculation, this latent stage lasts about seven days and a half; but if it has been acquired by ordinary natural means, about twelve days and a half elapse before the malady expresses itself. Small-pox (or Variola) of Man. Small-pox is a specific lever spreading by infection and contagion, and especially characterised by the appearance on the third day of a papular eruption which gradually becomes pustular, and attains its full development on about the eleventh day of the disease. The eruption is also shown in the mucous membrane of the mouth, fauces, and larynx. At about the close of the eighteenth century, Jenner's dis- covery was made, and since then small-pox has not been so markedly fatal. Instances are not at all uncommon in which persons have a second or even a third attack ; but such attacks are generally mild. People who have not been attacked for many years, although exposed to contagion, may at last contract the disease in a severe form. Supposing it to have arisen by inoculation, on the second day a small papule shows itself at the seat of puncture, and by the fourth day this is converted into an umbilicated vesicle. On the seventh day the vesicle has become a pustule, and the lymphatic glands are swollen and tender. On this day, or the following day, rigors and other symptoms occur. About the tenth or eleventh day the pustule is fully developed, and the general variolous rash occurs. By the fourteenth day the pustule has dried up into a scab. The usual period of incubation, when the disease is 20 306 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. developed in the general way, is about ten to sixteen days, or we may say that the disease manifests itself at about the middle of the twelfth day. The incubative stage is not attended with symptoms, or only •with Slight symptoms. The patient may feel languid and peevish. The first onset is marked by rise of temperature, chills, followed by, or alternating with, heat of skin and copious perspiration, severe sickness, with anorexia, thirst, and constipation (or in children diarrhnea), headache, aching of the limbs, and intense pain in the lumbar region of the spine, drowsiness, and some- times delirium and coma. In children, diarrhoea may take the place of constipation, and convulsions may occur in them. Sometimes there may be maniacal excitement, vomiting, con- stipation, and acute lumbar pain, with frequent convulsions. The higher the temperature, the more persistent the vomiting, the acuter the pain in the back, and the more pronounced the cerebral symptoms, the more quickly will the disease assume grave proportions. The symptoms usually attain their maximum on the third day, the day on which the characteristic rash first manifests itself. About the third day after the onset of variola, a papular erup- tion first shows itself in the form of small reddish solid elevations, each surrounded by a red areola, appearing both on the skin and also usually on the lining membrane of the mouth, fauces, and larynx. These papules gradually increase in number, and are, in a few days' time, transformed into alveolated vesicles, containing a transparent lymph, which soon becomes purulent. At about the eleventh day the pustules attain their full development. Many of them are at first depressed near the centre, but they lose the peculiar appearance which is thereby caused by reason of a subsequent distention of their envelopes with the purulent pus. Afterwards this fluid dries, and then, instead of the pustule, a dark brown crust is formed, which is finally detached, leaving a scar. When these vesicles are numerous, the skin between them is swollen, and when this is the case, the eruption on the lining membranes of the mouth, fauces, and larynx is also more severe. The fever is usually most intense before the eruption manifests itself; but, though it becomes higher as the suppuration advances, it soon subsides, and when the drying up of the pus begins, it disappears. Of course, in very bad cases, and especially if 1 DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 307 pyaemia sets in, the febrile symptoms beconae very strongly marked. Having now considered variola generally, we proceed to deal firstly with bovine variola, or vaccinia, and then with vaccination. Bovine Variola, or Cow-pox, or Vaccinia. This contagious disease probably aflFects cattle in every part of the earth, and has prevailed in the form of epidemics in every country of Europe. Its power of protecting mankind from small-pox has been known for a long time. In hot couotries, such as India, the pustular eruption, which is generally limited to the udder, may be more or less general over the body. Animals kept in stables appear to be more generally attacked than those which are out at pasture. Probably this arises from the greater liability of contact. The disease seems to be more frequent in spring than at other seasons. After calving, when the mammary gland has an increased supply of blood, the cow apparently has a greater liability to the malady. In the general way cows alone appear to be affected. Probably the disease occurs in male oxen ; but is not so likely to be noticed in them in consequence of the absence of the udder, an organ to which, owing to cows being used for milking purposes, much attention is necessarily directed. If cow-pox arises, as some have thought, from human small- pox, it is not difficult to see the reason for this. Whether cow- pox may arise independently of other animals and man or not, at any rate it seems to be established beyond doubt that they may get it from the direct contact of the hands of a milker who is suffering from small-pox. Male oxen are susceptible to the disease by inoculation. Moreover, the disease may arise by means of the virus of horse-pox conveyed by attendants, and probably, also, by association with horses in stables and pastures. At least, this is said to be the case ; but we may point out that a great deal of investigation is needed before such points as these can be considered to be cleared up. The rash of cow-pox, as we have said, chiefly affects the udders and teats of cows, being manifested by the development of small, pale-red hard nodules or pustules, which vary in size from that of a pea to that of a haricot bean. These pass through stages altogether similar to those which characterise 20 * 308 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. the pustules of small-pox. Like them, they begin as papules which in a few days are converted into vesicles containing a viscid yellow fluid. These vesicles gradually increase in size, until in about eight and a half days they are about five- eighths of an inch in diameter. In the middle they have a iight-blue tint; but towards the margin they are reddish-blue or yellow in colour. Their contents then become purulent. The centre is usually depressed, and a crust begins to form there, and gradually extends to the periphery. The border is hard, swollen, and painful, and a red areola forms, together with much thickening under the skin. About the fourteenth day a scab, which is thick, dark, adherent, and shining, is formed, and about the fifteenth day it becomes detached, leaving a depressed scar, which is at first bluish- red, and gradually turns pale, and persists for a long time. The febrile symptoms are very slight, and generally unimportant, and the infection is not a dangerous one. A partial loss of appetite, an abstention from chewing the cudj trifliug constipation, diminution and deterioration of tlie milk are to be observed. The udder is swollen, especially near the teats, and milking causes pain. There may be more than one eruption of pustules. Cow-pox generally lasts about seventeen and a half days, but may be protracted for about five weeks. The vaccine matter for vaccination purposes is generally collected at about the fifth day after the first appearance of the pustule. The course of the malady is usually favourable, at least in western countries. The milk should not be used for human food, so long as the cow is suffering. The disease may be conveyed by contact from cow to cow, by the hands of milkers both from one cow to another, and also directly from small-pox pustules of the attendants, or by injection of the virus into the blood-vessels, or by ingestion of it thi'ough the mouth. It will be clearly seen that the animals which are affected should be milked last, in order that the virus may not be taken from cow to cow. Perfect cleanli- ness in all points, care in milking, and suitable treatment of any secondary local results must be thoroughly attended to. Messrs. Cecly and Badcock inoculated cows with small-pox lymph, and the result was that at the seat of inoculation pustules exactly like those of cow-pox were produced. Moreover, with the contents of these they imparted cow-pox to healthy cattle. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 309 and to the liuman being an affection exactly like that brought on by ordinary vaccination. It seems highly probable that cow- pox is nothing else than small-pox communicated to the cow from man, and thereby deprived of its virulence. In support of this view, the fact that cow-pox, when inoculated from cow to cow, tends before long to die out, presents itself for consideration. Vaccination. When the material of cow-pox is inoculated on a human being, about the end of the second day or the beginning of the third day a small congested papule appears. This papule gradually increases in size, and about the fifth day becomes a circular greyish vesicle, with a depressed centre. About the eighth day it is Inrgest, has a cupped surface, and contains a colourless and transparent viscid fluid, which about this time begins to become purulent. A red areola forms, and some thickening of the inflamed area occurs, and increases until the tenth day. The areola also attains a diameter of about two inches. At the close of about ten and a half days the pustule begins to dry up, and the areola and other signs of inflammation to subside. At about fourteen and a half days from the outset, a hard and dark-coloured scab has formed. This blackens, and at about twenty-two and a half days from the beginning falls off, leaving a depressed, pitted, permanent scar. In association with these local changes, there is also manifested a rise of temperature, even sometimes on the fourth day ; and at a later time, for instance, from the eighth to the tenth or eleventh day, together with the development of the areola, the temperature rises still higher, and there is much restlessness, and loss of appetite. The glands above the seat of the operation are enlarged and painlul, and sometimes a roseolous rash spreads over the vaccinated limb, and perhaps to other parts. This rash may be vesicular or papular. The consequences of vacci- nation direct from the cow are identical with those resulting from vaccination with humanised lymph. If a person is re- vaccinated, there may be merely a little lotJal irritation or a development of the typical pock. The papule may attain its full development about five and a half days after the operation, and very soon afterwards form a scab, which falls off in the course of a day or two. 310 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. The first recorded epidemics of small-pox occurred in the sixth century. Early in the eighteenth century the disease was deprived of a great deal of its terrors by reason of the practice of inoculation, which was at that time introduced into this country by Lady Mary Wortley Montague, who had seen the efficacy of the method in Constantinople, to which place it had been imported from Persia and China. In the latter half of the same century a belief in the protective power of cow-pox against variola seems to have been entertained in Gloucester- shire. It is said that a schoolmaster named Plett, in Holstein, vaccinated two children in the year 1771 ; and it seems to be established than an English farmer named Benjamin Jesty per- ibrmed the same operation on his wife and two sons in the year 1774. The value of vaccination was, however, first really proved bv Edward Jenner, whose first publication on this subject appeared in 1798. In the ninety-one years which have elapsed since that date the practice of vaccination as a preventive of small-pox has been adopted throughout the whole civilised world. Experience has shown that successful vaccination is as protective against sub- sequent attacks of small-pox as an attack of that disease itself is. Where vaccination is in vogue, small-pox has become comparatively rare and unimportant. The protective influence of the vaccine matter is not diminished by its continued trans- mission from man to man. The immunity becomes less sure as years pass by ; but if a person who has been vaccinated does contract small-pox, the disease is as a rule mild, and but very rarely fatal. The mortality among those suffering from small- pox who have not been vaccinated has been found to be asmucli as 37* per cent., whereas of those who had as many as four or more vaccination marks the mortality was only 0"55 per cent. ; and even among those who were said to have been vaccinated but had no cicatrix, the fatal cases were in the proportion of only 23*57 per cent. 1'hese results were obtained by Mr. Marson, and represent an experience of twenty years at the Small-pox Hospital in London, collected from an examination of 5,000 cases. It has, however, been held that syphilis, scrofula, and perhaps other diseases miiy possibly be imparted • In Soaton's account of Marson's work, I find 35 per cent, instead of 37. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEliP. 311 by vacciuatiou. The recorded cases are, however, exiremely rare, and those few which are really due to this cause are no doubt attributable to some carelessness. It is legally enjoined that every child shall be vaccinated within three months after birth. The operation ought to be repeated about the age of puberty, and persons who are liable to be exposed to the contagion of small-pox should be re- vaccinated, unless they have very recently successfully under- gone the operation. The lymph to be used for vaccination sliould on no account be taken from persons who are either known to be diseased, or suspected to be suffering from any dis- order, nor from pocks which are ill-developed or purulent, nor from those produced by re-vaccination. Good lymph is yielded by normal pocks from about the fifth to the eighth day after inoculation, and that of later date should never be made use of. The vesicles are to be punctured with the point of a lancet, care being taken to avoid bleeding, and the fluid which exudes may either be used at once, or preserved in capillary glass tubes. The vesicle should not be squeezed. Lymph may be diluted with glycerine in the proportion of about 1^ parts of that fluid to one part of lymph. Vaccination is generally performed on the upper and outer part of the upper arm. Groups of parallel or crossed scratches or fine punctures may be made, so as to allow of a little oozing of the blood. This latter is to be wiped away, and then the surface is to be anointed with the vaccine lymph. If the lymph has been preserved in the dry condition, it is essential that it should be first well moistened with a little water. If no result follows the operation, it should be repeated. Our readers will see that though cow-pox is not a disease of very great importance in its relation to oxen, it is still one of the utmost interest and moment, when looked upon from the standpoint of the welfare of the human race. As we have inti- mated, the probability is that the virulent disease known as small-pox of man, when communicated to cows by the medium of milkers or by inoculation, loses a great deal of its power for mischief — indeed, to such an extent that when again inoculated upon man it merely gives rise to transient symptoms, which, however, protect against small-pox. We now come to the consideration of " Small-pox in Sheep " 312 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. above mentioned. This disease is known scientifically under the name of Variola ovina. On this subject a treatise by Pro- fessor James B. Simonds, sometime Principal of the Royal Veterinary College, Camden Town, London, N.W., was pub- lished in the year 1848. From this valuable work we have gathered many of the observations which follow. This very destructive disease occurs in most parts of the Continent, where it frequently assumes an epizootic character. The first outbreak in England was probably that of the year 1848, when the disease resulted from the importation of infected animals from abroad. Rammazini records that at Modena, in 1690, the season was cold and moist, and that the distemper of that year attacked all the people who lived in the country, and spread among all kinds of animals, killing great numbers after a few days' illness. A discharge appeared on the thighs, neck and head, resembling the pustules of small-pox ; and most of the animals which had this appearance lost their eye-sight, and those which did not die lost flesh. He spoke of this disease as being the small-pox, the pustules being similar in form, colour, mode of suppuration, and disappearance. This epidemic continued in 1691, attacking chiefly the sheep. In Picardy small-pox broke out in the year 1746, and con- tinued up to 1792, destroying hundreds of sheep every year during that interval. Moreover, Rabelais and Joubert mention the occurrence of c/ar^/e^ (sheep-pox) in France in the sixteenth century ; and since then, in many parts of that country, there has been great destruction among the flocks, particularly in 1816. Hurtrel d'Arboval affirms that since it was first observed this disease has broken out as an epizootic at intervals of about twelve and a half Years or so, and Captain Carr has recorded that small-pox of sheep often appears in different and widely- separated localities of Germany. Sheep-pox is supposed by many to have originally come from Asia, and, in like manner with small-pox, to have gradually extended from Asia to the continent of Europe. On September 4th, 1847, Professor Junies B. Simonds was consulted with reference to a destructive skin disease which had broken out among the sheep of Mr. Statham, a farmer of Dat- chett, near Windsor. He had bought fifty-six sheep of the DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 313 Spanisli breed in Smitbfield Market on the 2Gtli of July. After a week the sheep were put on the same pasture as that on which a flock of about 200 Downs were grazing. A few days afterwards Mr. Statham saw one of the Spanish sheep standing apart, and that its body was covered with eruption. On the next day several more of the Merinos were found to be similarly affected, and then the disorder spread continually, and many of the sheep died. About a fortnight after the two flocks were pastured together, the malady first appeared among the Downs, which seemed to suffer more severely than the Merinos, The flocks were then separated; but still the disease continued to advance, and losses occurred daily. It is not difficult to understand how the disease was intro- duced, seeing that in some localities on the Continent, for instance round about Paris, it is probably only very seldom indeed that no traces of the disease can be found. Again, it is said that in Hamburg market a separate place was assigned to contaminated sheep and those which had come from places where the disease was known to exist. Seeing that the affection lies dormant, or rather in an incubative and not evident form, in the system for many days, it is not surprising that infected animals should have been brought into England and sold without any suspicions being excited. In order to avert the disastrous outbreak, wliich it was clearly evident must occur, unless the most stringent measures were taken, a letter was sent to the authorities of the Board of Trade stating that a disease similar to small-pox of man had broken out in sheep in this country, that it had destroyed many sheep in every flock attacked, and moreover that it would spread far and wide unless isolation of the diseased animals was enforced, the neces- sity for this course being seen in the circumstance that infected sheep were often exposed for sale in Smitbfield Market, and finally that the malady had been introduced from Tonningen and Hamburg. It was determined that a more careful examination of all im- ported sheep should be carried out by veterinary surgeons duly appointed as inspectors, so that no animals that were actually diseased should be landed. If quarantine were established, sheep would require to be examined every day for a fortnight, and if any were found to be diseased, all on board ought to be forthwith 314 THE DISEASES AND DI>OliDEUS OF THE OX. slaughtered, and the pens, sheds, and so forth thoroughly disinfected, before any fresh sheep could safely be allowed to occupy them. Professor Simonds suggested that veterinary surgeons should be appointed as inspectors at every port where sheep are landed, to examine the animals before they are removed from the ships. If any should be found to be affected with variola, they should be immediately slaughtered. Moreover, all the sound sheep which had been thus exposed to the contagion during the passage should be sent to the meat markets, the carcases of the diseased being buried and their skins burnt, the loss being borne by the importers. A market should also be set apart for the sale of foreign sheep and cattle, and be holden weekly at each place of importation. To these markets all those animals which had passed the inspectors should be sent, and all the sheep which should arrive in the intervals between market days, and those which were unsold, should be specially located, so as to prevent them from being mingled with English sheep. Purchasers should be enjoined to have the sheep, bought by them, killed without delay, or, at any rate, kept stringently isolated for a period of three weeks, during which time they should be examined, and if they were found to be diseased, the fact should be at once notified to the authorities. In regard to the breaking out of sheep-pox in England, we have first to say that on October Ist, 1847, imformation was sent by the Government to the Lord Mayor concerning the measures which had been determined upon. On the next market day — October 4, 1847 — twenty infected sheep were taken into the possession of the police-officers of Smithfield. At first the vigilance of the city magistrates and of their officers did not entirely repress the slaughtering of infected sheep in the country and the sending of their carcases to London ; but in the course of a few weeks this practice, as well as the sending up of living sheep afflicted with the disease, was almost entirely stopped. Now, in reference to the characters of the malady itself, sheep- pox, like human small-pox, is very infectious and contagious, and both diseases are characterised by a particuhir kind of acute in6ammation of the skin and mucous membranes of the entire body, coupled with fever, and to be very simihir to each other. So liable is sheep-pox to spread, that it is highly DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 315 dangerous even to drive a healthy flock on a road over which diseased sheep have travelled a short time before, and there is especially great risk of the malady being transmitted by means of the wool. Young sheep are more likely to be attacked than older animals, but when infected they do not suflFer so markedly. The symptoms of the malady first manifest themselves in sheep about ten days after they have been subjected to the poison, provided the weather be warm; but in cold weather twice that period may elapse, and, moreover, the malady will then be less destructive than it is when the outside air is warm and humid. The next stage, that of papulation, occupies about six days. The sheep become dull, and lose their appetite ; they like to take water and to lick earth ; they cease to chew the cud, have a staggering gait, slight fever, and a mucous discharge from the nostrils, which becomes thicker and even bloody as the disease advances. The respirations are quick and short, the mucous membranes are inflamed, and the conjunctival lining of the eye- lids is red or scarlet. The eye-lids themselves are swollen, tears flow in profusion down the face, the ears are pendent or lopped, the head is held low. The infected animals separate themselves from the herd, and keep apart ; some stand looking dejected, while others lie down in a remote corner of the field. At first the bowels may be torpid, but afterwards diarrhoea may come on. The pulse is quick, and may number as many as ninety- five beats per minute, and be almost imperceptible. About three and a half days after the onset, both in the case of the natural disease and also when it has resulted from inoculation, there may be a diffused redness of the integument a day or two before the spots appear. This redness is very similar to the one which breaks out in human beings suffering from small-pox. As this redness subsides, small red or purple points appear, and gradually attain to about the size of a lentil. These deeply embedded spots are best seen in places where the covering is hairy rather than woolly, on the inside of the arms and thighs, especially between the inside of the shoulder and the breast, on trfe face and hips, the under surface of the tail, and so forth. These spots or papules are under ^-inch in diameter, they are flattened in the centre, and surrounded by a red ring. In the papular stage of the disease the wool may become 316 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. detached. Some of the papules meet so as to be confluent. The eruption rapidly extends over the whole skin, either in a discrete or in a confluent form. It is said that Down sheep seem to be particularly liable to have these papules on the face, in which case the malady is very fatal. These spots impart a sensation of firmness when they are pressed upon ; and when they are cut into, the section is not unlike that of a wart. If we try to pass a needle into one of these papules, some difficulty is experienced, and nothing more than about a drop of blood escapes. They are vascular only at the surface. If some of the wool covering the papules is forcibly detached, the exposed papules become white and then red again. The^e papules may unite, and thereby produce prominent growths on the skin^ sometliing like a bunch of grapes in appearance. At the same time as that at which this eruption is manifesting itself, the sheep refuses food, and refrains from noticing com- panions or surrounding objects. The disturbance arises appa- rently at the same time both in the mucous membranes and in the skin, the mucous membranes or inner linings of both the respiratory and the digestive systems being affected. The dis- charge from the Schneiderian membrane of the nose may be thick, and so closely adherent to the sides of the nostrils that even suffocation may be brought about. The pulse is indis- tinct, and even the heart's beat itself has a vague character ; the ears and feet are cold, the wool comes off easily, showing the skin underneath to be inflamed. The next three-and-a-half days after the formation of the papules are taken up by their ])ecoming vesicular, as is shown by their becoming white and bladder-like. Sometimes the papules meet and become confluent, whereby large accumulations are formed, vesication is delayed, the fever continues, and a fatal result probably ensues. in the perfectly formed vesicles of the sheep the lymph is not contained in meshes, as it is in the case of the vaccine vesicle of the human subject ; and hence, while one puncture is sufficient to evacuate the contents in the former, several are needed in the latter. Some papules disappear without becoming vesicular^ and in some vesiculation is delayed. The next three days are taken up with the stage of suppura- ration. The vesicle of sheep-pox is flat, that of cow-pox arise* DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 317 from the papule in an acuminated form, while that of small-pox is depressed in the centre. The contents of the vesicles are at first rather transparent, then milky, then turbid, then straw- coloured, the latter changes being due to the presence of pus- •oorpuscles. Then the contents become dry, and thus ultimately cast oflF, together with the scale. The fever may now assume a typhoid aspect, the discharge from the nostrils becomes fetid, the breathing more rapid and perhaps painful and accompanied with moaning. The cuticle covering the spots becomes brown, and in the case of some it peels off. Pus is formed on the margin of some of the spots. The wool is capable of being very easily separated from the skin, ulcerations t)f the conjunctiva occur, the internal structures of ithe eye become disorganized, the animal shrinks from being touched, the pulse becomes still more rapid and imperceptible. Putrid ulcers form, whereby the poor animal is made blind, or lame, or may lose part of the lips. Large sores appear on the side of the face, the under surface of the abdomen, the inside of the thighs. The ulceration may extend through the corium, and into the tissues under the skin. The ulcers sometimes pro- duced in the parts where the papules have been confluent may discharge a vitiated fluid for many weeks. When the eruption has completely establislied itself, the general symptoms become less severe, and if the attack is a mild one, the animal will then probably recover by degrees. There may, however, be a recurrence of fever in the suppurative stage, which is a very dangerous one ; the patients lie chiefly on their sides and moan in agony, heave at the flanks, have their eye-lids, heads, and lips swollen, give forth a discharge of fetid mucus from the nostrils and of frothy saliva from the dry and hot mouth, the tenderness of the body being at the same time so marked that a simple touch will bring on convulsions. The pulse is quicker, the breath offensive, purulent material forms in the tissue under the skin, the alvine discharges also are copious, offensive, and uncontrollable ; and death quickly ensues, very generally during the first week succeeding the "eruption. If the animal should happen to recover, untoward results may happen before long, especially in the case of in-lamb ewes. The average direct loss is about 50 per cent. In cases of recovery, the eight days succeeding the stage of 318 THE DISEASES AND DISORPEES OF THE OX. suppuration are occupied by the process of desquamation, which is delayed if suppuration has occurred. The crusts formed vary in colour from brownish yellow to black, and are thicker when thrown off from a pustule than from a vesicle. When the scabs fall off, pits of different sizes are left. Even in mild cases a month will generally elapse before health is restored. If a flock is found to be attacked with this disease, the first thing to do is to separate the sheep which are infected from the healthy individuals. The former should be slaughtered at once and their carcases buried with antiseptic precautions, while the latter should be taken as far away as may be practicable. They should be put on dry grass land, or they may be supplied with turnips and mangold-wurzel in moderate amount, together with a little good cut hay, a small quantity of oats, and a little salt, unless rock-salt is placed in their troughs. A dose of opening medicine may be given, consisting of about two ounces of sul- phate of magnesium, half a drachm of powdered aloes, half a drachm of ginger-root, and eight fluid ounces of tepid water. In the general way only a gentle aperient should be given. PosT-MoRTEM Changes in Cases of Sheep-Pox. — Exami- nation after death showed that the skin was studded with papules, most of which were close together in large patches, a section showing that they extended beneath the skin, and looking like a section of a wart. The cellular tissue beneath the skin was infiltrated with blood, and purulent formations are often seen beneath the confluent papillse ; the mucous membranes, especially of the respiratory system, are chiefly affected, the conjunctival and Schneiderian membranes and the mucous lining of the trachea and bronchi were highly injected. The vessels of the lungs were engorged, whereby death was caused. The skin may be red in one part and bluish black in another, and everywhere the wool is very easily separated. Serum may be present in the cellular tissue of the face and extremities. There may be signs of ulceration in the conjunctiva and cornea. The pituitary membrane is often studded here and there with yellowish spots or nodules, which no doubt are structures similar to papules. These are not confined to the nasal portion of the respiratory system, but also extend into the larynx, trachea, and bronchi. Occasionally small ulcers are seen on the epiglottis and other DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 319 pnrts of the larynx ; but they rarely extend as far as the bronchi. The smaller air-tabes and cells are mostly full of dark mucus, but they are less marked and engorged with blood than other portions of the air passages. Generally, the lungs are congested, and irregular liver-coloured spots are seen under their pleural covering. As a rule, the intestines are free from disease, except in cases of severe diarrhoea. The kidneys may- be softened and have spots similar to those seen on the lungs under their capsules. Simple congestion of the brain and spina)' marrow, or of their coverings, may be observed. Now, with regard to the operation of ovination, great care is requisite both as to the selection of the fluid and as to the mode of procedure. It is especially necessary that pure lymph should be chosen, and that deep punctures should not be made. Under Professor Simonds' management several scratches were made- through the epidermis on the inner side of the fore-leg of a healthy sheep. On these slight incisions some transparent lymph which had dried was rubbed, and the limb was kept extended until the exuded blood had dried. On the next day the skin was inflamed and raised in the form of a fold, and on the following day the cuticle was raised owing to an effusion of fluid beneath it. On the next day pustules containing secretion were formed, which at first were yellow, but darker on the succeed- ing day, partly, perhaps, in consequence of a drying up of their contents. Two days afterwards, many of the scabs came off, and the exposed sores looked healthy. Five days after this, a slight inflammatory blush alone remained as a trace of the inoculation,, the effects being for the most part local, the general health not suffering, notwithstanding that the corded state of the lymphatics proved that a general effect on the system had been produced. Captain J. S. Carr, writing to The Mark Latie Express,. under date October 12, 1847, recommended that all who should know that this frightful scourge is in their vicinity should have their sheep and lambs inoculated with virus taken from animals afflicted with the disease in a mild form. About seven years before 1847, the same writer had heard of the sheep-pox appear- ing in the neighbourhood of Lauenburg, and he consequently had his own sheep and lambs at once inoculated in the ear. The result was that he lost no more than 6 per cent, of lambs and 1 per cent, of sheep, and this same plan was equally successful 320 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. with many of his tenants. In another village on the same estate where no preventive measures were taken, not a single sheep was left. This observer maintained that immediate inoculation would not only generally save nine-tenths of sheep which were unaffected, but that it would also lighten the disorder in the case of those individuals of the flock which already showed signs of disease. The great objection to inoculation is that inoculated ovine-pox is quite as contagious as the natural disease itself; and, moreover, the deaths may be at the rate of 20 per cent. Hence there is a great deal of danger in this operation, and it is obvious that the care taken in regard to the selection of the fluid and in the method of procedure cannot be too minute. Especially is it necessary that pure lymph should be selected, and deep punctures should on no account be made. Moreover, the operation ought not to be performed on lambs that are less ithan four and a half months old. The lymph should be taken from those sheep which have had the disease in its mildest form, and the operation should be performed at a time when the weather is genial and temperate, as may be the case late in spring or early in autumn. The places usually selected are the under side of the flap of the ear, or the under surface of the tail, close to the root. A needle with a fine flat point, or a lancet dipped in the virus, should be carefully inserted between the upper and the second skin. Great care should be taken to avoid piercing so deeply as to draw blood, since large punctures are sure to be followed by extensive or deep and dangerous sloughing. In fact, the scratches cannot be too superficial. There should not be more than three punctures, and they should be about two inches apart, BO as to prevent the probability of an extension of the inflam- mation from one to another. It is well to have one on either side of the abdomen and a third on the inner surface of the thigh. The virus, after being introduced, remains dormant for a few days. If the inoculation takes, a red speck appears around the incision, and increases until it is as large as half-a-crown, then depression of its centre occurs, together with constitutional disturbance of the animal, and perhaps an eruption. If no signs appear by the eighth day, the inoculation may be supposed to have Ifiikd. The vesicles produced by ovination will yield lymph about the eighteenth day. Some say that after the lymph has I I DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 321 been passed through twelve or tifteen sheep it loses its efficacy, but that at about the tenth remove a fluid is obtained which produces a mild and not dangerous malady. The lymph may be collected and stored in capillary tubes, afterwards hermetically sealed at the ends, or ivory points may be charged and allowed to dry. In time the lymph apparently becomes inert. The early- formed lymph taken from small vesicles is the most pure, tran- sparent, and viscid. Ifj after restoration to health, the patients be again subjected to re-inoculation, or to the contagion itself, no ill affects arise, inoculation being as powerful a preventive as the natural disease itself. The animals should be kept quiet and carefully attended to in regard to diet, and they should be guarded against the vicissitudes of the weather, cold and draughts, and so forth, provided with well-ventilated quarters, well housed during the night, fed with good hay and coarse meal, some of which last should be mixed with their water. If the weather is mild and fine, the inoculated sheep may be allowed to graze on the pastures and be out, even at night ; but when it is cold and damp, they should certainly be sheltered and supplied with nourishing diet. Should they be left out of doors in very severe weather, those sheep which have been most strongly affected will suffer greatly from local disturbances, great fever, and diarrhoea which will generally lead to death. We have briefly described the process of ovination, as it was known in 1848. Vaccination has generally produced upon sheep only a local and feeble action, very much less than that on the human body. It does not seem to affect the general system of sheep. It is of no use to try to prevent sheep-pox by vaccination. It is supposed that vaccination cannot be substituted for ovination. It has not been found possible to communicate human small-pox to the sheep. The conveyance of human small-pox to the ox is said to engender the true vaccine. Vaccine matter having failed in Egypt, it was found that by inoculating the cow with small-pox from the body, fine active vaccine virus is produced ; but it really requires to be humanized before it can he depended upon. Whether the product of the natural ovine vesicle can be substi- tuted for the vaccine is very doubtful. Some hold that the transmission of the ovine lymph to the ox tribe is the best means of rendering it more suited for the inoculation of sheep, and it 21 822 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. has also been averred that ovination of the subject is equal to vaccination as a prophylactic against sraall-pox. This, however, is very doubtful indeed. It appears that ovine variola cannot be transmitted by inoculation either to the cow or probably to man. The inflammation which has come on in the punctures of children has declined in a few days without being attended with any specific effects. Many children have been ovinated several times in succession, but without any successful result. The same children have afterwards been vaccinated, and at the usual time the vaccine disease has been developed and passed regularly through its course ; while simultaneously the same kind of ovine virus has been inoculated on sheep, and the small- pox has been produced. Attempts to communicate variola ovina by inoculation to horses, oxen, goats, deer, pigs, dogs, monkeys, rabbits, and various birds are also said to have been unsuccessful. Varicella has been said to occur in sheep ; but the disease so spoken of has probably not as yet been sufficiently examined. If sheep-pox should perchance break out again in England, the best course would probably be to slaughter all animals that were afflicted or had been in close contiguity with animals which were known to be afflicted. With regard to the practice of ovination, whereby the disease is imparted in a mild form to sheep liable to be attacked, the subject is one which does not really affect the sheep-farmer in England, and as it is an extensive one, we refrain from entering upon the consideration of it more fully. DIPHTHERIA. We wish to insert here the briefest possible allusion to a question we have often and often had occasion to discuss in the columns of The Yorkshire Weekly Post, and elsewhere, namely, to the relationship subsisting between certain diseases of man- kind on the one hand and those of animals on the other. Every day this question is receiving more and more attention, and the communicability of some diseases of lower animals to man himself is established beyond all doubt. We find that The Times (a journal which is always well up to the foremost scien- tific work), in its issue of Thursday, August 4th, 1887, gives an account of Dr. George Turner's recent report on diphtheria. This observer has had experience of that disease considered I DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 323 especially in its relations to lower animals partly obtained in the course of inspections made for the Local Government Board in 1886. The report is of such great importance to the community as to justify us in making the following abstract of it : — Though much has been learned respecting conditions favour- ing its spread and fostering its virulence, still little or nothing is known of the beginnings of diphtheria. The earliest cases which occur in an epidemic of diphtheria are frequently very mild, and the first persons who die are almost invariably children who are generally supposed to have suffered from *' croup/' and indeed it may be that at the commencement of an outbreak diphtheria may be mainly a local disease, causing death rather by suffocation than by its general effects upon the system. The disease is propagated by personal communication, where circumstances are favourable, as by association of chil- dren in school. Slight cases, and even convalescing patients, may serve to cause very intense disease in other subjects. Thus, when a school has been closed owing to the existence of diph- theria among the scholars, the disease may recur again and again after the re-opening of the school. Children who are convalescent after an attack of diphtheria do not seem to do much harm in their own families, but as soon as a few of them congregate in school the disease is apt to reappear with great severity. Over-crowding, badly-trapped drains, damp walls and floors, all tend to enhance the severity of diphtheria, as also does saturation of the soil under the dwelling with fecal matter or with water contaminated with excrement. Cases seem to occur, however, for which neither personal communication nor any of the above conditions can be traced, and the question arises : — *' Is there no other possible source of diphtheria? " The com- munication of the diseases respectively known as anthrax and glanders from certain lower animals to man has long ago been established beyond any possibility of doubt. By the medium of cows' milk, scarlatina, diphtheria, and enteric fever have been transmitted to the human subject, and recently Dr. Klein has proved that a disease of the cow, which causes the animal little or no discomfort, can by the channel of the infected cow's milk reproduce itself in man as scarlet fever, one of the best- known and most fatal of infectious disorders. The cow disease in question is of a trivial nature. 21 * 324 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. In the year 1882 a pigeon was brought to Dr. Turner, who found the whole of the wind-pipe covered with a well-marked consistent membrane, hanging loosely in the tube like a wind- sail, just as one may see it in the body of a child who has died of croup. A person inoculated pigeons in the fauces with this membrane, and the result was that a similar disease occurred, and extended up into the eye of the pigeon through its nostrils. In 1883 an epidemic of diphtheria broke out in the village of Braugliing. The first cases were connected with a farm, whereat the fowls were dying of a disease apparently identical with this disease of the pigeons. Diphtheria made its appear- ance also on other farms, where it was also preceded by a similar affection among the fowls. Dr. Turner noticed the same association in other instances, and during the summer of 1886, while he was making inquiries for the TiOcal Government Board into an outbreak of epidemic diphtheria at Farnham, he found that the fowls had been afifected at the same time as human beings at Aldershot, at which place a veterinary surgeon dissected some chickens, and noticed the presence of a membrane in the trachea. It had occurred, too, among turkeys and fowls at Ash, and also very prevalently at Long Eaton, in Derbyshire; while at Tongham, and near it, the disease had caused great havoc among chickens and pheasants. At Tongham a game-keeper clearly described the white crusts round the beaks, the patches in the throats, the affections of the eyes and nostrils, and the absence of strangles {Sclerosioma sijngamus). As a matter of fact only the very young chickens usually succumb to the animal parasite, while numbers of the older birds die from this other disease now in question. A man bought a chicken at a low price at an infected farm at Tongham, the bird being thought likely to die of this diphtheria-like disease. He took it home, and diphtheria itself broke out in his house shortly afterwards. This was the first case in that village. Dr. Turner mentions that he has also seen chickens and pigeons which had been inoculated with diph- theritic membrane from a child's throat, attacked as if with natural fowl-diphtheria. Similar accounts are received from abroad (vide Biilish Medical Jourval, October 6, 1884, also Journal it Ilygietie, 1884, p. 411). The same observer DISEASES OF TlfE OK AND SHEEP. 8'25 had also noticed a disease in swine apparently exactly similar to human diphtheria, and had remarked that at Braughing both the swine and horses suffered from sore throat imme- diately after the epidemic among the human beings. In January, 1886, having been called upon to investigate an epidemic of diphtheria at Brent Pelham (Herts), he found that in the cottage in which the first cases occurred a kitten had previously suffered from a throat affection, attended by swelling of the neck, foul discharge from the nostrils, and " running" at the eyes. Two cats had died at the general shop in the village, and the shop-keeper himself subsequently suffered. Similar disease existed among the cats at Aldershot, in Hants, at Farn- ham and Yateley, in Surrey, and at Petersfield, in Sussex. At PetersfieJd it was clear that a cat had been infected by diph- theritic children. Moreover the cats in a row of houses in which the disease had been prevalent were noticed to be ailing. Fig. 39. — ^Portion of a Diphtheritic Mkmbrank. Numerous Micrococci are seen to be present. Their throats were swollen, and there was discharge from the eyes and nose. xA.t Moultou (Suffolk) some children were ill of diphtheria in a cottage at some distance from the village. They were confined to the upper rooms of their cottage, and no food which had been offered to the sick children was set before the others. It was given to the cat. This animal subsequently suffered very severely, but eventually recovered. In the British Medical Journal of January 3, 1885, there is an account of some experiments by Dr. C. J. Reiishaw, who seems to have succeeded in inoculating cats with diphtheria by means of diphtheria material of man. At Moulton, the first case of diphtheria at a farmhouse occurred shortly after a horse on the farm had died of strangles, while the second was that of a stable attendant. Iq the neigh- bouring village of Ouseden, a man who had recently recovered 826 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. from diphtheria was for a short time employed to groom a mare, which animal in a few days was afiFected with " strangles," shown by much swelling at the angle of the jaws, and a very foul discharge from the nose. At Yateley, diphtheria in the human subject was in two instances coincident with strangles among the horses. Dr. Ogle relates that he met with a case in which diphtheria broke out in a shepherd's family shortly after a throat disease had prevailed among the sheep. There seems at least to be sufficient evidence to encourage careful inquiry as to connection betwixt diphtheria in man and certain affections in animals. It is said that in the Australian bush diphtheria sometimes appears under circumstances which almost preclude any conveyance of infection by human beings or by prevailing winds. [We may here add that the same has been said of the occurrence of typhoid fever in isolated localities in South Africa and elsewhere.] We proceed to speak now of diphtheria in the ox. In doing so, we cannot but feel regret that what appears to be known at present regarding this matter is very incomplete, and short of imparting satisfaction. Once again we may reiterate that these questions as to the connections between allied diseases in dif- ferent classes of animals deserve the most careful and the most thorough and painstaking investigation, as indeed they are now receiving at the hands of able scientists. Years and years of prolonged research will be necessary before we shall be able to say that we are really beginning to comprehend the workings of disease, and no one should lose an opportunity of arousing some of that enthusiasm among workers in the field of science, which must be acquired in order to carry tliem through the immense amount of labour whicli is necessary in order to solve these weighty and most momentous problems. It was, we believe, in the year 1880, that ]\lr. W. Beach, to whom great credit is therefore due, brought forward the belief that the disease known by the name of diphtheria as affect- ing human beings, also invades cattle. lie suggested, and seemed to believe, that the disease which he considered to be diphtheria in oxen originated from the disease of the human subject known by that name. The symptoms seem to be somewhat as follows: — Tlic pulse is quick, the tiiroat is sore and swollen, and DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 327 consequently difficulty in swallowing is apparent; the animal has paroxysms of coughing ; there is a discharge of mucus from the nostrils, and a flow of saliva from the mouth ; the breathing is accelerated, during inspiration a crowing sound is produced ; there may be spasms of the larynx, especially if the animal is excited, and, finally, great debility supervenes. The pulse becomes weaker and weaker as the disease progresses, and the coughing assumes a more violent character. At about the third day after the commencement of the malady, lymph-casts of portions of the air-tubes, or, at any rate^ flakes of lymph, are thrown up. If death closes the scene, and an examination be made (great care being taken to avoid inoculation), the air tubes and the tonsils may be seen to be lined on their inner surface with a greyish membrane, which, in case the animal has died at an early stage of the disease, is firmly attached to the tissues below, while if the case is one of some standing, this membrane is observed to have been loosened owing to the process of effusion or suppuration which has gone on beneath it. More than all this, the alimentary canal, the eyes, the tissues under the skin, the digits, the pasterns, and the hoofs, the membranes lining the interior of the genito-urinary passages, may all respectively, or, indeed, more or less collectively, be invaded with deposits of the characteristic exudation. According to Dr. Fleming, even the horns may be shed. Various writers have described a disease which is no doubt the same. For instance, in Tlie Veterinaricui of December, 1880, there is a translation of a paper written by M. Lenglen, of Arras, who therein describes a disease in which the lining mem- brane of the mouth sloughs away in patches of great size near the molar teeth or on the tongue, there being also a tendency to the formation of an abscess in the cheek or lips. The animal, generally a young calf, but one which may be several months old, suffers also from a fetid diarrhoea, which often brings on a fatal issue. Another observer, Dammann by name, finds that this disorder is general as well as local, that it affects the air-passages as well as the mouth, also the intestines, lungs, and the clefts between the digits. The symptoms are fever, prostration, salivation, swelling of the cheeks, stiffness, sore throat; and there are 328 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. tnicrobes in the form of bright granules and rods in the deposits. The disease seems to be communicable to other calves and to mankind. Numerous bacilli occupy the line of junction between the diseased and the healthy tissues. These bacilli are capable of propagating the disease. Pigs and other domesticated animals are liable to be attacked. The best treatment is very careful nursing coupled with liquid food, steaming of the air- passages with an antiseptic inhalation such as can be made by adding about a teaspoonfiil of oil of eucalyptus to about a gallon of boiling water, a free supply of water with chlorate of potas- sium added to it (about a drachm to each half-bucketful), and a plentiful supply of air. Salicylic acid has been found valuable as a curative agent. The dose is about one drachm. Sulphite of sodium is of great, and perhaps of inestimable, value. Tt may be administered in doses of one drachm, given rather frequently, in accordance witli the requirements of the particular case. If there is danger of suffocation, the veterinary surgeon must perform tracheotomy. In the management of this disease a nourishing administra- tion of vegetable tonics, and of coffee according to some, are to be recommended. The sloughs in the mouth sliould be removed, and the places left bare should be acted upon with the tincture or the solution of perchloride of iron (Mr. James), or with some caustic, or perhaps with weak solution of perchloride of mercury carefully applied. SCARLET FEVIiR OR SCARLATINA. If it is true that a rose with any other nauie would smell as sweet, it is equally obvious that immense importance attaches iiself to correct nomenclature. Hence, in assifjuing to anv ' DO disease of the ox emphatically and categorically the title of scarlet fever, one might, in the present state of knowledge upon the subject, be considered to be u little bold. The kind render who has followed us in our efforts to clear up some of the ditfi- culties connected with tiie most important and interesting, though difficult and intricate, science of pathology, will clearly realise how considerable is the amount of cautious judgment whicii is necessary before we apply to two diseases, occurring respectively in two dilferent kinds uf animals, the same desig- nation. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 329 If it is not always. an easy matter to diagnose a disease in any individual man or animal, owing to notable differences whicli very frequently present themselves, it is doubly difficult to decide whether or not there is sufficient justification in any particular case for applying to a malady exhibited in one kind of animal the same name as tliat which is used to denominate a disease in another kind of animal. Of course there are not a few cases in which we use the same appellation without any hesitation. For instance, both in the matter of its origin and in that of its characteristics, rabies is a disease which varies but little in different animals. There are many instances, however, in which it is a matter of no small debate how far the resemblances which do exist justify the use of the same name; for though the similarities may be great, the diseases may nevertheless be altogether and essentially different. Though, then, we should in pathology, as in all other studies, be on our guard against a tendency to remark dissimilarities rather than resemblances, we must also avoid laying too much stress on similarities found among things which are in reality distinct. Such a mistake was made in the case of measles and scarlet fever, and as a matter of fact down to about the middle of the sixteenth century these two diseases as occurring in man- kind were not considered to be different maladies. It was only after closer inspection that their distinguishing characteristics were remarked. Again, at the present time it is difficult to decide how far swine fever is allied with typhoid fever of man, though it is probable that the two are very intimately allied. Further, if we turn to scarlet lever of man, and inquire it there is any disease of the ox closely corresponding with it, we are confronted with an arduous point of dispute. In the attempts we shall make to throw light upon this most important point — important because it so intimately affects the human race — we shall in the first place make a lew observations regarding this fever as it presents itself in man. We shall then discuss briefly the characters of the bovine ^diseases known as erythema mammillarum and as scarlatina respectively. In pass- ing we may now remark that these are probably the same disease as that which has recently been described by Power, Cameron, and Klein, and at the same time that the former is possibly simply a state occurring sometimes more and sometimes less 330 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. markedly as one of the symptoms of scarlatina itself. In other words erythema mammillarum is possibly but a local mani- festation of the general fever. We shall then proceed to mention some points elicited in the investigation of Power, Cameron, and Klein, and treat shortly of the malady they have described as having occurred in certain cows, and as having given rise, by vitiating the milk, to scarlatina in the human subject. Accepting the conclusions drawn by these observers, and in consideration of the fact of a pronounced resemblance in the character of the changes which take place in both diseases, we may consider that this Hendon cow disease to which we refer is nothing else than bovine scar- latina, the same malady which veterinarians had previously, but by no means accurately, described. Scarlet Fever in Man. And now, in continuation of our subject, we propose to give a general account of Scarlet Fever as it appears in man, after which we shall give an abstract of the investigations recently conducted at the instance of the Medical Officer of the Local Government Board by Mr. Power in co-operation with Drs. Klein and Cameron, mentioning and briefly discussing some of the very important points elicited by the classical researches of these able investigators. Scarlet fever, then, may be spoken of as an infectious disease, which is chiefly characterised by the appearance of a general punctiform eruption, which generally manifests itself on the second day, and by inflammation of the fauces, tonsils, and kidneys. Dr. Gee defines scarlet fever as an acute pyretic disease, specific both in its cause and in its course, and producing in its course an exanthem with characters quite peculiar. In regard to its history, it appears that down to about the middle of the sixteenth century this fever and the disease known under the name of measles were not considered to be distinct and differetit maladies. It was onlv after a closer examination of them that their distinguishing characteristics were observed. The earliest record which we have of the existence of scarlet fever is that which bears the date a.d. 1556, the year in which DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 331 Ph. Ingmssias published a description of a malady which had been previously recognized by the common people, and named by themRossalia. It is possible that examples of a severer type of the same disease formed part of the notable epidemic of malignant angina which raged sixty years later in the South of Europe. In Germany, about this time, Sennertus noticed what he supposed was the rossalia of the Italians, and what no doubt was our scarlet fever. In 1676 appeared Sydenham's Febris Scarlatina, and by the end of the same century the disease had been described in all parts of civilized Europe (Noirot). Scarlet fever is the same disease as that called " morbilli confluentes " (Morton), and as the " febris rubra " of Heberden. At the present day the fever is generally met with among human beings throughout the world, but it has at least in England its peculiar seasons of prevalence. The ravages of this malady are promoted by poverty, by overcrowding, and by other mal-hygienic conditions, and so infectious and widespread is the virus of the disease among mankind that very many children are affected with it during the first few years of life, and are thereby in a great measure protected agaiust future attacks. Hence arises the fact that scarlet fever seems to occur more frequently in children than in adults. The disease, how- ever, although it rarely occurs a second time, in like manner with small-pox, may recur as many as three times or possibly even more frequently ; but, as is to be expected, the disease under such circumstances has by no means the same power for mischief as it has in the case of a first attack. It frequently happens, too, that persons attending on patients affected with scarlatina suffer from sore throat, and there is evidence to show that this sore throat may in reality be a sign of a very mild or abortive attack. It is most probable that scarlet fever has its origin iu tlie presence and multiplication of a definite germ ; for very minute micrococci have been found in the blood of scarlet fever patients, also in the ulcerations and discharges of the throat, and in the scales of skin which peel off in the later stage of the disease, when the process called desquamation is going on. These scales, then, may in all probability be looked upon as fertile sources of communication. The micrococci are found in small groups, and they have a diameter of about '0005 mm. To this point 332 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEKS OF THE OX. we shall again recur. The virus of scarlet fever is of a power- fully infectious nature, and it may be conveyed from an infected person to others by the medium of the clothes, the furniture, and so forth, and it is to be borne in mind that the infective properties persist for a long time. Apparently the virus may be carried great distances by the medium of the air — at any rate, through the dimensions of a large ward, and also doubtless even from the hospital to the neighbourhood which immediately surrounds it. It clings to clothes with great tenacity, and may thus lie latent for an indefinite period, and it is liable to infect milk and otlier articles of food. The fever may be transmitted by infection or by direct inoculation. Women at the time of parturition are very liable to take the infection, possibly receiving it, it has been suggested, directly from the fingers of the accouclieur in some instances. The infectiousness of the fever is greatest when the rash and the sore throat are developed, and it certainly does not cease until desquamation has been completed. The period of incubation in the case of scarlet fever is shorter than that of most diseases of the same class. It usually varies from six to eight days; but it is sometimes longer, and very frequently Jess, and may be as little as twenty-four hours. It is especially in tlie case of puerperal women, and probably also in that of persons suffering from large wounds, that the latent period seems to be of very short duration. The fever varies wonder- fully in regard to the degree of its severity, in the symptoms; and, when deatli occurs, in the cause which finally brings it on, and the time at which the fatal result ensues. The onset of the disease is sudden, the first noticeable signs being chills, sore throat, comitiiifj, dryness of skin, drowsiness, headache in the region of the forehead, giddiness, aching of the limbs, coating of the tongue, thirst, loss of appetite, and sometimes also diarrhoea. The pulse at first is very rapid. There is reason to believe that the irritation of the throat is in some measure a cause of the vomiting which occurs at an early stage in cases of scarlet fever, and since vomiting also occurs at the onset of diphtheria and small-pox, in which the fauces are attacked, and also closely follows the onset of inflam- mation of the fuices, it seems as if in all those cases the irrita- tion is at least in part a cause of the vomiting. (Dr. D. Astley Gresswell.) DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 333 The pulse may be about 120 in the case of an arlult, jibout 160 in tliatof a cluld,nnd the temperature maybe nearly 105° F. during the first day. The patient may be delirious, or may even exhibit a tendency to coma. On the second day the rash may make its appearance on the chest, fore-arms, lower part of the abdomen, and upper part of the thighs, and at about the middle of the third day it reaches its greatest intensity. At first it consists of very minute rosy spots or papules which may possibly be due to the conical elevation of the cutis around the points wherefrom the individual hairs emerge. These spots afterwards enlarge and become more red, and they may blend in some degree so as to impart to the skin a uniform scarlet hue, althougli if the skin be closely inspected the papular character of the rash can still be observed. The spots situated on the chest and neck may not unfrequently become vesicular. The rash is usually attended with more or less infiltration and thickening of the cutis. It may be the case, though very rarely, and either when the rash is at its height, or at the beginning of its decline, that a serous fluid is extensively poured out beneath the epidermis, especially that of the trunk, so that the surface becomes covered with small flat blebs which tend to become continuous. This con- dition necessarily leads to a larger and coarser desquamation than usually occjurs. If the skin be pressed, as, for example, by drawing the edge of the nail firmly over it, the vivid redness of the skin disappears for a second or two. The rash varies greatly both in regard to its intensity and to its diffusion, and it may be limited to the parts in which it first appears. The rash is often especially marked on the neck, chest, abdomen, and inner aspects of the thighs and arms. The feet and hands may not uncommonly be stiff with it, and the oedema which attends it. The rashes of the specific fevers sometimes illustrate the similar origin of the parts which they affect. For instance, the rash of the fever we are now considering, namely, scarlet fever. may occur in many parts of the body which hare been developed from the epiblast. It may occur on any part of the skin, and is only rarely distinctly marked on the face, although there are frequently irregular patches of redness on it. How- ever, the rash may be only seen on the face with some difficulty. 334 THE DISEASES .^JSTD DISORDERS OF THE OX. owing to the two facts, firstly, that the skin of the face is naturally full of blood, and, secondly, that the scarlatina rash is much more uniform than most rashes are, and is consequently not so easily observed. The rash occurs also on the scalp, on the oral and faucial mucous membranes, probably also on the nasal mucous membrane, as is shown by the constant thick stream of discharge so frequently seen flowing from both nostrils in infants and children, also on the conjunctiva, in the external auditory meatus of the ear; probably also in the middle ear and eustachian tube. These latter points lead us to the recol- lection that the mucous membranes of the fauces, eustachian tube, middle ear and external ear are originally derived from the lining of one cleft, the tympano-eustachian, the representative of the permanently open spiracle of the Selachii. Observations of a similar nature are to be made in regard to the two diseases, measles and small-pox. While the rash is attaining its full development, the other symptoms are all becoming intensified. The temperature rises, and the pulse and respirations become more rapid. The tongue, which at first was covered, with the exception of the tip and edges, with a thickish whitey-brown fur, becomes more thicklv coated. At a later time the coating falls off, and the tongue becomes in about four and a half days from the outset of the malady red, clean, and moist, with swollen papillae, and shows that remarkable strawberry-like appearance which is so charac- teristic of this disease. In severer cases the tongue quickly becomes dry. The soreness of the throat increases, and a more or less vivid or dusky redness and swelling of the pillars of the fauces, soft palate, uvula, and tonsils, are apparent. The tonsils generally enlarge, and here and there on their surface specks of inspissated secretion may be seen. With the faucial swelling and inflammation, there are generally associated pain and diflBculty in swallowing, fulness and tenderness behind the angles of the jaw, and some enlargement of the lymphatic glands of this part. There is much weakness, the limbs mav be tremulous, and the patient may become delirious and look dull and stupid or restless, and be persistently so until death super- venes. The vomiting generally subsides at quite an early time; but in malignant cases it is severe, and may be almost continuous. The bowels an- v.iriablc ia icgard to their action, DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 335 but are generally confined. In considering the symptoms of scarlet-fever in man one should not forget to bear in mind that the very mildest cases may almost be said to be without symptoms. From the fourth to the sixth day of the disease the rash begins to fade, and it disappears between the sixth and the tveelfth day of the disease, or between the fifth and tenth day from the appearance of the rash. From about the fourth to the sixth day it frequently happens that the patient, if progressing un- favourably, passes into a typhoid condition, or serious throat complications may ensue. The tonsils may ulcerate from almost the outset of the disease, or slough, or perhaps the urine may become albuminous. It seems to be quite exceptional for dropsy or uraemia to occur at this time. On the other hand, if the case be going on favourably, all the symptoms at about this time gradually subside. The temperature, with slight daily remissions, ere long becomes normal, or even below the normal standard. The pulse, too, rapidly sinks to its healthy rate or slightly below it, the soreness of the throat subsides, the tongue becomes clean and moist, the thirst abates, and the desire for food is regained. Desquamation commences when the rash is fading. It begins, as a rule, on the neck and chest, whence it spreads to the rest of the trunk and limbs. The desquamating epidermis may be in the form of a fine powder, or it may be in flakes of very variable size. That from the hands and feet may indeed be in the form of a glove. The size of the flakes when they are shed from parts whereon the epidermis is thick, is larger in proportion to the thickness. Hence the flakes are small and delicate on the chest and abdomen, but large on the limbs. Sometimes a transverse fissure at the root of the nails shows that desquama- tion is also indicated in the nails, or that the growth of the nail has been interrupted. The period of desquamation varies in duration from a few days to several weeks. It almost always occupies at least two weeks, and generally from four to eight weeks. It is to be remembered that it is chiefly during this period that albuminuria with dropsy and uraemm may supervene. It may also be observed that rheumatism is liable to come on shortly after desquamation has commenced. Moreover, there is good reason to believe that the particles of skin which are thrown ofi" in desquamation are highly infectious. 336 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. Acceleration of the pulse, especially in children, is a notable feature of the disease. On the first day it probably rises to between 100 and 120, and in cliildren still higher. It generally continues to increase up to the time of full development of the rash, sometimes attaining a rate of 160 or more, after which, if the case go on favourably, it somewhat rapidly falls. Unusual rapidity of pulse, together with marked weakness, is of grave import. Respiration is always at first more or less hurried, i.e. in all but the mildest cases; but there is not necessarily any cough or difficulty of breathing. If the case is a very bad one, the respirations become very rapid and shallow, and the inspirations are attended with dilatation of the nostrils, and a sniffing or sucking sound. These conditions, unattended with distinct pulmonary lesion, indicate very great danger. During the latter part of the erupiive stage or subsequent periods of the disease, inflammation may extend to the larynx and trachea, and produce the usual symptoms of laryngitis ; or coryza, bronchitis, or lobular or lobar pneumonia, with their several groups of symptoms, may come on. Coryza may occur at a very early stage. Thirst and loss of appetite are always present in a greater or less degree during the pyrexial state. Vomiting is a charac- teristic feature of the invasion, and there are but few children who do not suffer from it; but it does not persist as a rule. At the beginning diarrhoea may occur, and afterwards the bowels are generally, but by no means always constipated. The tongue varies in character. In very mild cases it is only slightly furred, and soon cleans, without ever displaying the strawberry-like appearance. Sometimes it very early becomes thickly coated, dry, and even black, sordes appearing at the same time on the teeth and lips. More usually it is coated at the first, and on the fourth or fifth day it becomes clean and unnaturally red with prominent and swollen papillas, after which it may either gradually acquire the normal characters or become dry and mahogany-like. The soreness of the throat causes difficulty and pain in swallowing, and a nasal quality of voice. Tlie soreness involves all the parts at the back of the mouth, the fauces, and the upper part of the pharynx; but it does not, as a rule, include the larynx. The tonsils chiefly suffer, and, as has been DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 337 pointed out, they generally become enlarged and present on the surface opaque patches which have been secreted by the glandular follicles. In mild cases the soreness may be very slight and speedily subside. Very often, however, sometimes at the begin- ning, but more frequently in the second or third week, the tonsils suppurate, ulcerate, or slough, or buboes and abscesses form near them, or a false membraue appears on the surface and extends to other neighbouring j^arts. During the febrile stage of the disease, the urine is scanty and high coloured, contains a diminished quantity of chlorine, and, according to Dr. Gee, not necessarily any increase of urea. Subsequently it. becomes more abundant and of lower specific gravity. Albumen is often present in the urine, and its presence is important. Many of the cases very severe in onset escape albuminuria, while many of the mildest suflFer severely. Albumen has been detected on the second or third day of the disease, but more commonly in the course of the second or third week, during the period of desquamation. The amount of it varies^ as also does the time during which it persists. Not unfrequently the urine is smoky, and when it is examined by the microscope, hyaline and epithelial casts of the renal tubules are found, and usually also blood-corpuscles, or casts containing altered blood. During the height of the disease, the skin is generally dry and feels hot, and in malignant cases " petechia " often appear. The temperature of the body attains a marked elevation very early in scarlet fever. It often reaches 104 deg. or 105 deg. when the eruption is fully developed, and very occasionally it rises to even 110 deg. or 112 deg. It is unlike small-pox in that the temperature rises instead of falling when the rash appears, and unlike measles in that it subsides slowly after the rash has reached its acme, instead of undergoing a sudden fall. The patient complains of soreness of throat, and has some headache and giddiness, and general aching of the limbs ; but the pains are not so severe as in many other febrile disorders. In the beginning of the disease the patient is usually restless and sleepless, and often a little delirious. When tTie eruption comes out, and during the time of its persistence, the patient may still be restless and excited, or dull and somewhat inclined to coma or delirium. If the fever is of a very grave kind, violent delirium may be one of the earliest symptoms. In children convulsions 22 338 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. may come on early in the disease ; but they are rarer than at the beginning of measles or small-pox. There is no disease which varies more than scarlet fever does. On the one hand, it may be one of the very mildest ; or on the other, one of the most terrible, of diseases. Sometimes patients scarcely know that they have been ill, while at other times it may happen that not one of a household in which the fever breaks out lives through it. Indeed, the malady may be of so deadly a nature that a patient stricken down v/ith it may die within the first three days, or even, it is said, during the very first day of attack, before the rash has appeared or the throat has become at all markedly sore. Again, while some epidemics of scarlet fever scatter death far and wide, others are of such a mild character that scarcely a single death results. Frequently the fever spreads rapidly through a village or town or over a large extetit of country in so mild a form that hardly any fatal cases occur, while at other times an epidemic may be characterised by great malignancy, and a terrible mortality may ensue from its ravages. Some mild cases may be spoken of as examples of latent scarlet fever, and some would scarcely be recognised as scarlet fever at all but for the facts that they occur while that fever is prevalent, or that they impart scarlet fever, or that desquamation, with or without albuminuria, supervenes. Further, of cases of medium intensity, some may show severe sore throat and but a mild eruption, while in others there may be but little aflfection of the throat. Another variety of scarlet fever is that in which the throat affection may be serious from the first ; but more frequently it undergoes aggravation either at the height of the fever or during the subsidence of the rash, or even after its disappearance. There mav, perhaps, be abscess of the tonsil, or marked ulcera- tion, or gangrene, with csderaa of the surrounding tissues, and, supervening thereon, the glands in the neck may inflame and suppurate, and sinuses may form. If so, the patient may fall into a typhoid condition and die, or may be carried off by oetlema of tilt! glottis, perforation of an artery, or pyaemia. Scarlet fever occurring at or just iifter parturition is said to be very fatal, and is regarded by some as a grave form of " puerperal fever." However, it does not appear to be especially dangerous during pregnancy or to lead to abortion. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 8-39 In the course of scarlet fever, the conjunctivse not unfreqiiently inflame, and occasionally in the second or third week of the disease, the ophthalmia becomes intense and purulent, and slough- ing of the cornese may result. Again, inflammation sometimes extends along the eustachian tube to the tympanic cavity, pro- ducing otitis, with possibly disease of the petrous bone, and, meningitis, abscess of the brain, or pyaemia. Inflammation may extend also to the nose and produce chronic catarrh of its mucous surface. Inflammation of the pericardium or of the pleuree (the latter often purulent) is not uncommon. During the decline of the fever, or even during the period of convales- cence, rheumatism may come on. To scarlatinal rheumatism, which, it is said, differs in no respect from ordinary rheumatism, affections of the heart, and chorea or embolism occasionally succeed. The most important complication, however, is nephritis, which frequently comes on in the second or third week. As a rule, this condition passes off without any ill result. Not un- frequently, however, uraemia comes on, attended with severe headache and convulsions, frequently ending in death. If judicious treatment be resorted to, the albuminuria and the dropsy may subside ; but at times the urine remains permanently albuminous, and the kidneys undergo slow disorganization. Anasarca sometimes remains after the disappearance of the albuminuria, and it is said that this condition occasionally arises in those patients who have never had albumen in the urine. Morbid Anatomy. — In malignant cases there may be col- lapse and hypostatic congestion of the lungs, and haemorrhage into and at the free surfaces of internal organs. The throat generally presents distinct traces of inflammation and ulceration. The solitary intestinal glands and Peyer's patches are somewhat enlarged, and may be ulcerated. Ante-mortem clots are not uncommon in the right ventricle. Dr. Klein has shown that even at the earliest stage of the disease there is a marked tendency to inflammatory hypersemia and proliferation, not only in the skin, mouth, throat, and kidneys, but throughout the alimentary canal, and in the sali- vary glands, pancreas, liver, lymphatic glands, and spleen. Generally in all these parts there are observed germination of the endothelium of the small blood-vessels, hyaline thickening of the intima, germination of tlie nuclei in the muscular coat 22 * 340 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. and accumulation of lymphoid cells in the surrounding tissues, besides which in the epidermis swelling and proliferation of the cells of the rete mucosum with serous effusion and migration of leucocytes between them, and tendency to detachment of the borny layer ; in the various epithelia (including those of the renal tubules) changes resembling those in the skin ; and in the interior of lymphatic glands, especially those of the neck, disappearance of the lymphoid cells, and development in their stead of many-nucleated giant-cells, which at last become fibrous. In regard to the treatment of patients suffering from scarla- tina, a great deal of judgment is always requisite. The remedies which have been employed are very numerous. As we have said above, scarlet fever varies very considerably in its intensity. On the one hand, if no complications occur, the malady may terminate favourably within about a week or a little more from its commencement. On the other hand, it must be borne in mind (as Dr. Gee points out) that however favourable may be the progress of a scarlatinal patient, confinement to bed should be insisted upon for a period of three weeks from the outset of the disease. Then the patient may be allowed to get up, but not to leave the room for another week. Even after four weeks have elapsed, the patient cannot be said to be free from all danger of albuminuria. Especially, of course, if the disease is of a malig- nant tvpe, and also if any unfavourable pre-existing condition such as the puerperal state is present, must the greatest care be exercised. The patient should at once be isolated, placed in a suitable room on the top floor of the house, which should be set apart exclusively for the patient. The usual measures should be taken iu regard to nursing, ventilation, disinfection, cleanliness, and removal of surplus furniture. Carpets and porous materials should be removed. The bedroom should be well ventilated, in part by an open fire. The whole surface of the body should be sponged with tepid water in which a little of the salt, perman- ganate of potassium, has been dissolved, once or twice a day. The skin may be subsequently greased with mutton suet. The diet should consist of milk, beef-tea, eggs (one or two daily), light puddings, and farinaceous diet. Drink should be freely supplied. It should be remembered that purgation is to be DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 341 avoided. The salt, acetate of ammonium, or the nitrate or the chlorate of potassium may be administered in suitable doses in solution. In itself delirium is not necessarily a sign of very grave danger; but when delirium is continued, and when it is accompanied by severe vomiting and diarrhoea there is much need for apprehension. If the patient is low, the pulse quick, soft, and feeble, and if coryza be present, wine should be given, together with full doses of carbonate of ammonium in milk every four hours. Some recommend ammonia in large doses frequently administered, some advise the administration of diluted hydro- chloric acid, or the perchloride of iron. Ice is often given to allay vomiting. In order to relieve the soreness of the throat, ice or the inhalation of steam or warm milk, slowly swallowed,* or astringent or antiseptic gargles may be used. If the throat is much inflamed, the patient should be allowed to dissolve lumps of ice in the mouth. Ice can be given to patients above five or six years of age. Another plan of treat- ment in case of inflamed throat is the inhalation of steam. Puffy swelling of the neck may in some cases be removed by external applications of spongiopiline wrung out from hot water, or of hot linseed meal poultices frequently renewed. If coryza is manifested, it should be treated as soon as possible. An ounce of salt may be dissolved in a pint of warm water, and this solution contained in a vessel, raised a little above the head of the patient, is conveyed by means of a flexible caoutchouc tube into one nostril, respiration being carried on through the mouth, and all attempts at swallowing being for- bidden. The fluid passes out freely by the other nostril. In young children the nasal fossae may be syringed with a weak solution of nitrate of silver (gr. v. to oz. i.) once a day when the coryza is troublesome. If there is much constipation, the bowels should be relieved by laxatives ; while, if there be diarrhoea, opium or some astringents may be given. Some authors advise that the body be kept well greased during con- valescence, in order to prevent the dissemination of the flakes of the cuticle; but others recommend that it should not be used, on the grounds that it stops the pores of the sweat-glands and so helps to cause nephritis. Warm baths may be employed * It is, however, very difficult for a person suffering from sore throat to swallow slowly. 342 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. daily. Tonics must be administered. For at least the first three weeks the diet should consist in chief part of milk, and after that time it is generally recommended that the diet should he good, and include a fair amount of solid food. It is during the period of desquamation that the dangers of rheumatism and of dropsy are greatest. However, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred rheumatism is an extremely mild affection when occurring in the course of scarlatina. In order to guard against chilling and increased liability to nephritis, the patient should be kept quite warm, and free from exposure to draughts, and he should be confined to bed and clothed in flannel for at least the first three weeks, and the excretory functions should be carefully attended to until the period of desquamation has come to an end. In malignant cases and in those in which the muscular debility is great, and there is a tendency to collapse or to the appearance of typhoid symptoms, stimulants are imperatively necessary. Ammonia and brandy are nearly always needed in the malignant cases. Strong tea or coffee, brandy, ether, cam- phor, are to be given internally. Quinine is useful in cases of prolonged adynamia, and a very nutritious diet and a rather liberal allowance of wine will often enable such patients to recover. If there be nasal catarrh with discharge, it is advisable to syringe the nostrils with warm water, or weak solution of chlorate of potassium, nitrate of silver, or some antiseptic. If the throat be ulcerated or gangrenous, solution of perchloride of iron or of nitrate of silver, or hydrochloric acid or nitric acid may be applied, the utmost care being used. Warm fomentations or poultices should be employed exter- nally, and if there be suppuration in the glands or connective tissue behind and below the jaw, a puncture or incision may be made, if an actual abscess has formed. In fact, as soon as suppuration has occurred, some advise that an incision should be made to let out the pus, the poultices being after- wards removed. Sometimes openings and counter-openings will be required. If haemorrhage should occur, the wound is to be stopped with lint soaked in the solution of perchloride of iron. If on the morning of the fifth or sixth day any ulcerous appearance that the fauces may have previously presented does not show signs of yielding, it is well to cauterise the morbid DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 343 surface. For the tonsils, undiluted hydrochloric acid is to be used ; but for any other part of the soft palate solid nitrate of silver. This latter caustic is to be applied to those excoriations which may appear about this time. These potent escharotics cannot be used again, until at least four or five days have elapsed. The external swelling should be assiduously fomented, and poultices may be continued. All cases of otorrhoea are to be treated by syringing the meatus gently with warm water three or four times a day. Should a discharge either from the ear or from the nose become chronic, quinine and sulphuric acid may be tried. If there is a suppurative tendency, quinine will also be found useful ; also substantial food will be required. As a rule rheumatism, if it be present, rapidly subsides under the influence of salicylate of sodium. Aperients, if necessary, may be administered, and cotton-wool or poultices may be put round the affected joints. At the onset of renal dropsy, purgatives must be given ; for instance, a good jalap powder in doses of not less than a scruple to a child of six or eight years of age, repeated at intervals of eight hours, until the bowels act freely. The hot-air bath, preceded by a hot-water bath and a dose of antimonial wine, may be used every night, so long as the quantity of urine is much diminished. Vomiting may be in some degree checked by ice swallowed in small lumps. When there is much heematuria, gallic acid may be tried. Quinine does good in some cases, and perchloride of iron is useful in later stages. Counter-irritation to the loins will be useful, and a milk diet is essential. When extensive anasarca is present, and especially if the dropsy tends to the lungs and pleural sacs, the danger is very grave indeed. Laxatives and diuretics should be continued, so long as the anasarca remains simple. Complications must be treated in much the same manner as if they occurred in the general way, but it should be remem- bered that patients bear depletion less afid need stimulation more. To these general lines of treatment we may add, as another point of very great importance, that those who are convalescing from attacks of scarlet fever may often be very greatly benefited by a change of air. It is especially the won- 344 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. derful value of sea-air that we would most urgently insist upon. Recently Dr. Albert Gresswell attended a little boy of eight years of age who had a rather sharp attack of scarlet fever. He progressed very favourably under his care, without any untoward symptoms arising. So soon as he was quite strong enough to be moved, and able to stand the change, he was, in accordance with instructions, sent to the seaside, every precaution being taken against any chance of catching cold, and so forth. The beneficial results which followed were very gratifying, and it was not long before he was quite restored to health and vigour. This is one case out of very many, and Dr. Gresswell speaks strongly in favour of residence at the seaside in the convalescent stages of scarlet fever. Having given a short general account of scarlet- fever, we now proceed to consider the recently made discoveries in relation to the etiology of scarlet fever, the far-reaching im- portance of which cannot well be over-estimated. In the first place, then, we may say that concurrent outbreaks of scarlet fever were observed in the months of November and December 1885 in Marylebone, St. Pancras, Hampstead, St. Johu's Wood, and Hendon, among persons who liad received their milk from a dairy situated at Hendon. An investigation was accordingly made by Mr. Power, with the result that the suspected dairy was found to be in a good hygienic condition. Moreover, it was elicited that no scarlet fever was prevalent, or had occurred for a long time in the neighbourhood of the dairy. Further- more, the fever had broken out soon after the introduction into the dairy-farm of three newly purchased cows, and one of these cows was found to have small vesicles aud ulcers on the udder and teats. This affection did not interfere with the yield of milk, and thougli it was not aticMuled wiili anv marked obvious signs of illness, it nevertheless spread rapidlv among the cows which occupied certain sheds whence the suspected milk was derived. Moreover, sonie milk winch had been condemned and was to have been thrown away was given to certain poor persons living near, and the result was that a severe outbreak of scarlet fever occurred among their children after a week had ehipsed, and, we believe, especially among such persons as had derived their milk IVom the shed wherein the aftected cows were kept. Two of the afi'ected cows were then purchased and handed DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 345 over to Dr. Klein for purposes of research at the Brown Institution. Dr. Klein proved that micro-organisms existed in the fluid of the vesicles, and that these micrococci could be readily cultivated and grew abundantly in milk; that the disease imparted by the inoculation of calves with the virus presents symptoms very like those exhibited by the cow from which these micrococci were taken, symptoms, moreover, very similar to those of human scarlatina, and accompanied by similar pathological changes in the kidneys and other internal organs. He, moreover, also found that these micro-organisms were, in all essential respects, similar to those which he obtained from the blood of human beings affected with scarlatina. With this short resume of the leading facts, we now proceed to deal with this question more fully. It appears, then, that, as well as Mr. W. H. Power and Dr. Klein, Dr. Cameron also was concerned, though in a less degree, in the investigation of this disease which occurred in milch-cows at Hendon, and gave rise to scarlatina in persons using the milk supplied from that dairy. Now, this Hendon cow disease presents some points in common with a malady of cows called erythema mammillarum, Fig. 40. — Milk or Teat- Syphon. This rnilk-sypbon i.s constructed for the purpose of abstracting milk from the teats of a cow. or sore teats. As in the case of the Hendon disease, so also in that of this latter malady, cows which have recently calved are those affected, and the ulcers on the teats and udder may in both diseases assume a very sluggish character. The disorder varies in intensity, sometimes affecting the gland tissue itself. The calf should be removed and fed by hand, and the milk should be drawn off daily by tTie aid of a milk- syphon, and, of course, rejected. The attendance of the veterinary surgeon should be sought, and he may probably administer in the first instance one pound of Epsom salts, at the same time prescribing or supplying a 346 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. suitable antiseptic application to be applied to the parts. An ointment may be made of extract of belladonna, one part ; boric acid, two parts ; carbolic acid, half-part ; benzoated lard, thirteen parts. A disease called scarlatina has also been described as appear- ing in the ox ; but probably it is the general fever, of which ** sore teats" are local manifestations. It is spoken of as an acute inflammation of the skin and mucous surfaces, and is similar to purpura hsemorrhagica, the disease next to be dis- cussed, though in this last-mentioned disorder the mucous membranes of the nostrils and other parts are more markedly swollen. Moreover, in scarlet fever these lining membranes are covered with red points, whereby a scarlet hue is imparted, while in cases of purpura, infiltrations of blood are seen. About two days after the onset of the fever, there is an eruption of minute spots on the mucous membranes of the eyes, nose, and fauces, and these spots form bright scarlet patches. The erup- tion, which terminates at about the seventh day, is most easily seen in those parts which are covered with thin skin, and have but little hair; for instance, the nose, axilla, and udder. Where there is much cellular tissue, the parts swell, and if the swollen parts are pressed upon pitting is generally produced, but pain is not caused. The bowels are constipated, and albumen is often present in the urine. It is in the filteonth annual report of the Local Government Board that we find the official account of the very striking simul- taneity found to exist betwixt the occurrence of scarlatina in various districts of London and the milk supplied from a dairy farm at Hcndon. At a certain time scarlatina had undergone a sudden and notable increase in certain districts in London, and a strikingly large proportion of the recorded cases had occurred among persons who proved, on inquiry, to be customers of a milk retailer dealing in this particular Hendon milk. It was found that especial pains had been taken to render this farm at Heudon, as the phrase goes, sauitarily perfect. Drainage, cleanliness, and ventilation of the house, the farm-yard, the cow-sheds, and the dairy, had all bicn thoroughly attended to. All needful appli- ances for thorough cleansing of dairy utensils by hot water or steam were at hand. Dr. Cameron had furthermore specially attended to the health of those employed about the farm and DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 347 the children of the employes. The farmer had carried out every suggestion made to him ; and, in short, he had taken every precaution to secure his farm and his milk against any known fault. He had a separate shed for any sick animal, and another separate shed for newly arrived animals, wherein they could be observed before being added to the large sheds. After a most searching inquiry, it seemed probable that the scarlatina had not arisen from any faults in the water or the drainage, nor to careless handling of milk or milk-utensils by persons who might thereby have conveyed to it the virus of scarlatina, but that the cows themselves must have had something to do with it ; and this conclusion did not seem to be put out of court by the confident affirmation that for months past not one of the cows had suffered any illness. Now, it transpired that on November 15th three cows which had recently calved had arrived from Derbyshire and been added to the dairy farm, and it was known that the first occurrences of scarlatina had taken place at about the end of that same month. The exact date at which the milk of these cows had been used could not be elicited. True, they were placed in the general cow-sheds towards the close of the month ; but very probably their milk, as was customary, had been used while they were still quartered in " the quarantine shed." Possibly, then, we may conclude that a week may have elapsed between the arrival of the cows at the farm and the distribution of their milk to the districts supplied, and thus, the period of incubation of scarlatina being less than a week, the approximate coincidence in point of time between the use of this milk from the three cows aforesaid and the occurrence of scarlatina in the four milk districts was most remarkable. There were, however, far more exact concurrences between the distribution of the milk and the occurrence of scarlatina, and thus Mr. Power at length reached the point of excluding external scarlatina, of associating the importation of particular cows into the Hendon farm with the presence of scarlatina in London districts, and of connecting the milk furnislTed by those cows with the* peculiarities of the prevalence of scarlatina among con- sumers of the Hendon farmer's milk. It was thought that the cows added on November 15th had some kind of cow disease, probably of an infective nature. 348 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OE THE OX. At Christmastide case after case of scarlatina occurred near the farm among the labouring class and the poor. The first case had begun on December 20th. Now, on December 15th sixty-three barn-gallons of milk, mainly derived from cows in the large shed, had been returned to the farmer with an intimation by the Marleybone Health Officer that he believed some of the milk had been causing scarlatina in his district. This milk was consigned to the pigs, and orders were given that all the milk of the large shed should, with the exception of some to be used for pig-feeding, be thrown into a pit in one of the farmer's fields. However, as was perhaps not unnatural, poor neighbours begged to be supplied with it. It was refused; but certain of the cow- men gave some of it away gratuitously, thinking that otherwise it would be wasted. About a week afterwards the terrible Nemesis appeared in the shape of scarlatina. It invaded about six families, a large proportion of those to whom the milk had been supplied, and it attacked no family to which the milk had not been supplied. It was found that there were sores on the teats and udders of the cows in the large shed. Two of the three cows which had been received into the dairy on November 15th were found to have scars on their teats and udders, whereby they were seen to have had the malady, and other cows were noticed to be suffer- ing, or to have the marks of having suffered. Dr. Klein regarded the disease as a constitutional one, and capable of being communicated from cow to cow. Finally, the whole milk of the farm was given to the pigs or buried. The malady is, according to Dr. Cameron, a specific contagious and infectious disease occurring usually amongst " newly-calved " cows, and capable of being communicated to healthy cows by means of virus conveyed by the hands of a milker who has been milking a diseased cow, and by the discharges from a diseased cow's mouth, nose, and eyes. It has, perhaps, been communicated to man by inoculation, and also by the medium of the milk. In the cow there is general constitutional disturbance, a short fever, a hacking cough, quick breathing, sore throat in severe cases, discliargts from the nostrils and eyes, an eruption on the skin around the eyes, and also on the hiiul-quurters, vesicles on the teats and udders, alteration in the milk, and internal lesions. The disease is continued for a period of about five weeks, or may DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 349 even last three months. Cows which have recently calved seem to be especially liable. to the disease. Perhaps they have been in bad condition before calving, or they may have slipped their calves, or possibly portions of the membranes have been retained, and the animals thus debilitated have been a ready prey to the germs of the malady. The bowels are rather loose, and the urine is scanty and high- coloured. About six days after the beginning of the illness, one or more teats become enlarged, swollen so as to be nearly double their natural size, puffy, and not at all hard. Little bladder-like spots next appear upon the red and greatly enlarged teats and on the udder. There may be about three of these on one teat. They are about the size of a pea, and contain a clear fluid. I'liey break and leave raw sores or ulcers, which are red or pale, and have raised edges. In about two days' time the little bladders have become ulcers of about half an inch in diameter. Shortly after being broken, a reddish-brown scab begins to form in the centre of the sore and extends towards the margin. These scabs may remain attached, perhaps twenty-five days, or even as long as six weeks. A watery fluid exudes from under the scab, and about six days after the ulcers have become covered with the scabs, they gradually heal up, leaving a whitish, flat, indistinct scar. About six weeks after the cows had been first attacked, the scabs varied in size from a shilling to that of a florin ; the skin beneath was of a pearly-blue colour and slightly hardened, but not depressed. After the vesicles had broken and the scabs had formecl as described above, the swelling of the teats gradually subsided. The margins of the ulcers were not raised, and there was no perceptible redness of the skin around them. In some animals an ulcer here and there was seen on the lower part of the udder. It may be observed that in the case of cow-pox a hard spot first appears, and then becomes bladder-like, while pus develops in it. In the centre of the little bladder-like elevation (vesicle) there is formed a depression with raised pearly-looking edges, with hardening round the margin, and with a distinct areola. In the case, however, of this disease which we are considering, the vesicle seems to appear at once without being preceded by a hard spot., without the development of pus, without the centra] 350 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. depression, with no hardening at the margin, no areola, and finally when the scabs have fallen off, there is no pitting of the skin. There are, therefore, essential points of difference betwixt cow-pox and this malady, which by the medium of the milk of the cows suffering from it gives rise to scarlatina in men. Portions of the skin, especially of the tail and back, were denuded of hair, and the epidermis was rough and scaly. One cow had several scabs in the skin of the back, redness of the vagina, and on the teats and udder there were brownish crusts, which, when removed, left a firm sore, which, when squeezed, gave out a rather thick lymph. Two days after the greatest development of these sores, when they were diminishing, the animal was killed. When the chest was opened, numerous red spots were seen in the upper posterior lobes of the lungs, under- neath the pulmonary pleura. In the liver there were several reddish patches, which reached from the surface to a depth of about a quarter of an inch. In the placenta there were numerous purple spots. In another cow there were, as in this one, many of the peripheral lobules of the lungs congested and also pleural adhesions. The outer part of the kidney was also con- gested. Dr. Klein has found the streptococci on which the disease depends. He has, moreover, inoculated subcutaneously two calves with sub-cultures of these streptococci, and the result was that they had a disease closely resembling human scarlatina. Now, as to the milk. If at an early stage of the disease it is set aside for some hours, it becomes thick ; but it seems that in some cases it is only the first few " draughts " of the teat which bring this slimy milk, and it is not characteristic of the malady, since "ropiness^^ of milk is to be noted in several disorders of the cow. For instance, it has been noticed in the case of milk which apparently gave rise to diplitheria in consumers. The pure milk apparently does not contain the streptococci which produce the disease ; but it is very liable to become contaminated by the hand of the milker, and, if once introduced into the milk, they would readily multiply in it. For the presoit we may say that such milk is, in all proba- bility, a most fertile source of the dissemination of scarlatina in our midst, and the dangers hence resulting are the more insidious on account of the fact that the cow disease, whence PLATE II. MICEOCOCCUS SCAELATIN^. •••v ^> r.^ .... • ,«. •••.• •• • •» • ••-... * ::*v '-Vil: "S .. V****** •• *' / • • J • ••• • *•« „ • ••♦* streptococcus Scarlatinae from the growth of the Scarlatina Micro- coccus in the clear fluid collecting in a test-tube at the base of the slanting surface of solid Agar- Agar mixture. Magnif. power about 1100. PLATE HI. MICROCOCCUS SCAKLATINyE. ^?«< '^ ^n Some of the superficial cavities of the Stratum Malpighii — a. Round cells filling the cavities. h. Diplococci and Streptococci. Magnif. power about IIOO. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 351 ^iioh liability springs, is of such a character that it has not hitherto attracted much attention on the part of cow-keepers, not being a very dangerous disorder in so far as their cows are concerned. We see in the Times of May 28th, 1887, that Dr. Klein delivered a lecture in London on the subject of the transmissibility of scarlet fever from the cow to human beings, and in relation with this disease he described the micrococcus scarlatinae. He also spoke generally on the very important question of the com- municahility of other diseases, such as diphtheria and typhoid fever, to man, through the agency of contaminated milk. There was also a leader in the Times, May 28th, on this most important subject. Hence, judging from the above considerations, we find that there has been observed a very striking coincidence between the occurrence of a certain disease in cows on the one hand, and of scarlatina in human beings who have ingested the milk of these cows on the other. Moreover, Dr. Russell, of Glasgow {vide the Lancet of May 26th, 1888) has investigated an out- break of scarlatina at Garnet Hill, and has adduced therefrom evidence in support of the same view. He has proved that the milk of a particular dairy was to be traced in connection with a large number of cases of scarlatina, and also that the milk of certain cows was in all probability the actual cause of the dis- tribution of this disease. Moreover, he excluded the possibility that the milk might perchance have been rendered infective by the medium of human beings employed in milking or in the distribution and supply of the milk. Some cows presented appearances resembling those described as characterising the Hendon cows, and water-colour drawings of the teats of the Hendon cows were very similar in look to the teats of the Glasgow cows. Furthermore, a calf fed on the milk of these cows was almost immediately seized with a highly febrile illness from the effects of which it nearly died, but finally recovered after losing hair and copious casting of the skin. Lastly, Dr. Carmichael cultivated micro-organisms obtained from these animals. Further very striking, and indeed coirt;lusive evidence in support of the connection betwixt scarlet-fever in human beings and a similar disease occurring in cows is to be found in the account of Dr. Klein's further researches, which we now proceed to consider. 352 THE DISEASES AND DISCED BES OF THE OX. In Appendix B, p. 367, of the Medical Report for 1886 contained in the Sixteenth Annual Report of the Local Govern- ment Board, Dr. Klein records the results of experiments in connection with the etiology of scarlatina. He says that in his report of the previous year it was shown that in the ulcers on the teats and udders of the aifected Hendon cows a micrococcus was found to be present which, when grown on nutritive gelatine, Agar-Agar mixture, blood serum, broth, and milk, possessed certain definite distinguishing characters. By means of cultivations of this micrococcus, cutaneous and visceral disease was produced by subcutaneous inoculation, and this disease in many of its characters resembled that of the viscera in the Hendon cows, as well as that of the viscera in cases of human scarlatina. Now the points which presented themselves for determination were whether or not the peculiar micrococcus observed in the Hendon cows occurs in cases of human cases of scarlatina, and if so whether or not this micrococcus, when derived from human scarlatina, is capable of producing the same disease in calves as had been seen in calves inoculated with the cultivations of the micrococcus taken from the Hendon cows. With the view of settling these questions, Dr. Klein examined a number of acute cases of scarlatina at the Fulham Fever Hospital. The part from which the blood was taken, namely, the tip of the finger or the skin of the arm covered w^ith the rash, was well rubbed and washed with a strong solution of carbolic acid, and then dried with a clean cloth. By means of a piece of tape, venous congestion of the part was produced, and the skin was well pricked with a clean needle. As the blood came out on the withdrawal of the needle, it was at once received in a capillary glass pipette freshly drawn out and having a pointed end. The withdrawal of the needle, and the rising up of the blood into the pipette were as nearly as possible simultaneous, so that there was very little chance of any accidental introduction of air germs into the blood received into the pipette. Then a test- tube plugged with sterile cotton-wool, the surface of which was well charred, and containing solidified sterile nutritive gelatine, and presenting a slanting, large surface, was inverted, the plug was half or two-thirds drawn out with the sterilised forceps, and DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 353 the pointed end of the capillary pipette was pushed through the remainder of the plug until it came opposite and near the surface of the gelatine. Then a drop of the blood — but not the whole of the blood present in the pipette, lest germs possibly present in the breath should also be blown on to the gelatine — was blown on to the gelatine and spread out on its surface by means of the pipette. Then this latter was withdrawn, the plug pushed back to its former position, and the test-tube again placed upright. In the same way other similar test-tubes were inocu- lated with the same pipette. In other cases only one test-tube was thus inoculated from the capillary pipette, the other test-tubes being inoculated by means of the platinum-wire, according to the method of Koch. This is as follows : — The test-tube which has received the blood on to the surface of its gelatine — '* the stock test-tube " — and another test-tube which is to receive the blood are inverted, the cotton-wool plugs are withdrawn with sterile forceps from both, and with the end of a sterile platinum wire, previously heated and allowed to cool, a droplet of blood is transferred from the first tube into the second, and spread over the surface of the gelatine in this latter, the cotton-wool plug is put into the gas flame and held there for a few seconds, and then replaced into the mouth of the test-tube. Then a second, third, fourth, &c., test-tube is inoculated from the stock test-tube in the same manner. In the case of a post-mortem of an acute case of scarlatina, the pericardial cavity is opened with clean scissors. Immediately afterwards the pointed end of a freshly drawn-out capillary glass pipette is pushed through the wall of the right ventricle or right auricle, and blood is drawn up into the pipette. The mode of inoculation of test-tubes from this is the same as before. The same method of taking the blood by means of the capillary pipette from the cavity of the heart direct is used in the case of animals which had died in consequence of the disease, or had been killed while the disease was running its course. In all these experiments six, eight, twelve, or evea^more, tubes con- taining sterile nutritive gelatine with slanting large surface were inoculated. It was remarked that when from a particular case of scarlatina a positive result was obtained, there were always only a very few of the culture-tubes in which any growth 28 354 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. occurred. When a bacterial growth did occur, it did not appear until the third, fourth, or fifth day, in gelatine tubes kept in the incubator at a temperature of 20° C, and there was only one, or there might be two, or at the most three, minute colonies. In fact, the blood of patients affected with scarlatina contains onlv a few organisms. If we make a series of cover-glass preparations after the Weigert-Koch method — using about as much blood as would be contained in a culture-tube — and stain with gentian-violet, methylen-blue, or other dyes, and examine witli a high-power oil-immersion lens, it is only rarely that we see in one or other such specimen a stained granule or a dumb- bell of such a size that it may be looked upon as being presum- ablv a micrococcus or a diplococcus of the species that we find by cultivation does exist in the blood of patients affected with scarlatina. The scarcity of these micrococci is a peculiar feature of scarlatina as opposed to anthrax, septicaemia, &c., in which the particular germs are found in considerably quantity. A micrococcus similar to that obtained from the Hendon cows was obtained from the blood of four human beings suffering from scarlatina, and also after death from the blood taken from the heart of a fifth patient who had died in consequence of the affection. In the case of the living persons from whose blood the micrococcus was obtained, the temperature was at its maximum at or about the day on which the culture experiments were made. In three of the four experiments on living scarlatina patients from whose blood an organism identical with that found in the Hendon cows was recovered, there developed in the culture- tubes, besides the colonies of the special micrococcus, colonies of other micrococci also ; and Dr. Klein states that if he had not been familiar beforehand with the appearances of the par- ticular organism obtained from the Hendon cows, he would have had great difficulty in identifying it in these specimens of blood. Moreover, the other micrococci of these three scarlatina cases were much more easily discoverable than was the one which was common to all five of the cases of scarlatina, and which were known as occurring in the Hendon cow disease. In order to prove the connection between a disease and a particular organism, it is necessary to reproduce the same disease by inoculation of suitable animals with specimens of that particular organism proved to be free from admixture with any other organism. DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. " 355 The sub-cultures of the special organism obtained from the oases of human scarlatina are identical in all respects with those obtained from the Hendon cows. In plate cultivation they appear after three, five, or six days as minute greyish-white, translucent circular colonies, not larger than the point of a pin. They only enlarge slowly, and as a rule they take weeks and months to reach a size larger than the head of a medium-sized pin. They are then slightly thicker in the central than at the marginal portion. On the surface of solid alkaline nutritive gelatine, of solid blood serum, of solid alkaline Agar-Agar mixtures, the growth •is a greyish translucent film made up of isolated translucent greyish circular dots. After some weeks or months the film is still thin, translucent, greyish. The marginal dots have become much larger and flatter than those in the middle parts. The former are not quite circular, but more or less irregular, and in old cultivations they are fringed and serrate. In alkaline broth or alkaline broth peptone the growth forms •whitish or greyish-white flufiy or loose masses at the bottom of the tube. In milk the organism grows fairly well, and turns the ■milk at first thick, then quite solid. Sometimes this occurs .already after two or three days' incubation at 37*^ C, sometimes a little later. The observed characters of the micrococcus, which is present in cases of human scarlatina and in the Hendon cow disease, point to the fact that it is morphologically distinct from any other known micrococcus, and that it has a definite mode of existence. In sections of the tissues taken from a young girl, aged two and a half years, who died of scarlet fever, micrococci were found e.(j. in the cervical lymph glands, in lymph spaces, and in small blood-vessels, in the inflamed glomeruli of the kidney, and in the small blood-vessels of the enormously engorged lung. Exami- nation of the lung-tissue in three instances revealed that many lobules were enormously congested, the capillaries of the alveoli being much distended by and filled with blocrd, while in many alveoli blood was seen to be extravasated, the epithelial cells of these and neighbouring alveoli being detached. Dr. Klein also .examined some old sections through the skin of patients who had sufi"ered from scarlatina. They were made and mounted in 23 * 366 IffHE DISEASES AND DISOEDERS OF THE OX. 1876, and when examined afresh after having been stained with Loflfler's methvlen-blue they revealed the presence of numerous micrococci, singly and as diplococci, and as short chains which were found in the tissue of the skin papillae, and especially between the deepest cells of the stratum malpighii, whence they could be traced between the epithelial cells upwards towards the superficial layers of this stratum. Dr. Klein has also proved by experiments that the action on mice of the micrococcus scarlatinse derived from a human source is the same as that from the cow, and also that house-mice are more susceptible to its action than tame mice are ; and he also states, basing his remarks on other experiments, that there can, then, be no doubt that both by inoculation and feeding with cultures of the micrococcus scarlatinse, derived from the human source, a definite general disease in calves, cutaneous and viscera], is produced, and that this disease bears a great resem- blance to that observed in the Hendon cows, and observed also in calves inoculated with the micrococcus derived from those cows. However, it is to be observed that there were no ulcers on the soft skin of the belly in these calves ; while, on the other hand, the condition of the pericardium was not examined in the Hendon cows. From these experiments we thus learn that with the cultures of the micrococcus scarlatinse of a certain patient, both by inoculation and by feeding, the identical and typical disease, cutaneous and visceral, was produced in calves, and, further, that the pericardial exudation contained the micrococcus scarlatinse more abundantly than the blood, for while inocula- tions made from tlie blood of the heart did not produce any growth in three tubes, each of the three tubes inoculated with the pericardial exudation yielded colonies of the micrococcus scarlatinse. In all the animals which died or were killed in the course of Dr. Klein's experiments, after they had been infected with the micrococcus scarlatinse of one source or another, the condition of the viscera was seen on microscopic examination to resemble that found in the viscera of cases of fatal human scarlatina. Dr. Klein has also found the scarlatina micrococcus in condensed milk, and also that the cultures of this micrococcus had the same effect as that derived from the Hendon cows and Ironi the cases of human scarlatina, and that it was successfully recovered by I'LAltL l\ . MICEOCOCCUS SCAELATIN.E. Section through kidney of a mouse experimentally infected with Micrococcus Scarlatina, derived from a partic'Jlar brand of condensed milk — a An interlobular cortical artery. b Extravasation and masses of round cells. c Malpighian corpuscles ; congested and nuclei much increased in number ((jlomerulo-nephritis). d Disorganised convoluted tubules. \I..rr.nf iin\vt>r 100 DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 357 cultivation from the heart's hlood of the animals dead as a result of tiie inoculation or the feeding. It was clear that the action of the cultures of this micro- coccus of the condensed milk upon calves after feeding or inoculation is identical with the action of the cultures of the micrococcus derived from human scarlatina. Finally, from observations in regard to a monkey which died at Wimbledon during a scarlatina outbreak there, it was proved that the cultures of the micrococcus derived from the Wimbledon monkey, and which proved to be identical in morphological and structural characters with the micrococcus scarlatinse, acted on mice in precisely the same manner as those of the micrococcus obtained from the Hendon cow and from the human source. Also, like the latter, the cultivated organism acted more decidedly on house-mice than on tame ones. MALIGNANT CATARRHAL FEVER. PURPURA H^MORRAGIOA. TETANUS. The Rev. Dr. A. Jessop, in the March number of the Nineteenth Ceniurij, 1887, writes : — " ' How often do you give it meat ? ' said a blushing, mild-eyed, lank-haired young worthy in my hearing the other day. 'Lawk! sir, that don't have no meat,' answered the laughing mother, as she hugged her tiny baby closer to her bosom. 'Never have meat? How dreadful ! '" Scientific treatise without an anecdote or something to relieve the weighty monotone of science — how terrible I Neverthless, in the space at our command it is difficult to bear in mind always that our pen must not be a heavy one if we are to do real and lasting good. None knew this better than Sir Walter Scott, who, at tlie close of his first chapter of Waverleij, points out that the moral lessons which he would willingly consider as the most important part of his plan, will certainly fall short of their aim if he should be found unable to mix them with amusement — a task not quite so easy in this critical generation as it was " sixty years since." Indeed, there are but few writers who have not realised hov/ stringently necessary it is to catch the public eye, if they are in any way desirous of doing good work for the people. In this connection the words of the Rev. J. G. Wood, in the same number of the same review, are so good as to bear reitera- 358 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. tion. " The object of language/' writes this well-known and deservedly popular scientific author, " is to convey ideas, and I have always held that words are valuable in proportion to their power of conveying thought from one brain to another. A word, therefore, which can be understood by ten thousand hearers should always be used in preference to one which only three or four individuals can be expected to conaprehend. A lecturer should always bear in mind that his true object is to teach his hearers, and not to impress them with awe of his vast attain- ments. Nothing is easier than to employ the technical phrase- ology of science. The real difficulty lies in conveying the same information in language which every one can understand." It is very true that it is very easy to employ the tech- nical phraseology of science, and at the same time it is very difiBcult to interpret great scientific facts and generalisations in language which can be understanded of the people. Few authors, except those who, like Professors Huxley and Tyndall and tlie Rev. J. G. Wood, try to speak and write about science in the ordinary language used by the Englishman of good general education can know how arduous a matter it is to eff'ect this object. The fact is that the coining of new words, often quite unneces- sary ones, is proceeding so quickly, that, if things go on as at present, science will soon have a special language of her own^ ■which will serve eff"ectually to mystify and perplex all but her eager votaries. This would be a result greatly to be deplored, and, we say it with all respect, will be in a large measure owing to a certain pride on the part of not a few leading scientists, no less than to the want of the literary habit, unfortunately noticeable in the rank and file of the mightly legions of workers now engaged in the clearing up of the many mysteries which beset us on all sides. To-day we have to deal with the three disorders above-uaiiu'd in so far as they afflict bovine animals, and in so far as is possible in the limited space at our command. It may be said that they arc not of such primary importance as (o need a very minute description at our hands, and we add that, although we hope to be able to make this instalment of our subject an interesting no less than a valunble one, we cannot but anticipate that it may be found no easy task to do so. Hence we must crave the DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 359 indulgence of our kind readers while we promise to do our best to show them the way over three rather awkward fences. Malignant Catarrhal Fever of the Ox. This malady which first demands attention expresses itself by a greatly disturbed condition of the membrane which lines certain cavities in the head and nasal chambers, which are known as " sinuses.'" When aflflicted with malignant catarrhal fever, the ox is seized with shivering fits, and has a dull look. The Figure 41. The above picture represents the appearance of an os suffering from the early or first stage of Malignant Catarrh. The animal separates itself from its companions in the pasture, looks dull, holds the head low, and the mucous membranes are of a bluish-red tinge. The ox cannot bear the light, and the eye is well seen in the illustration to be closed and swollen, and the tears to be pouring down from it in profusion. The muzzle is hot. and the salivary secretion and the d scharge from the nostrils may be copious, as is well shown in the above drawing. The animal gives utterance to a cough indicative of pain. The pulse is accelerated, as also are the respirations. The ox is thirsty, but has no appetite. membranes which line the nostrils, mouth, and so on, become bluish-red, the eyes close, the eye-lids swell, and tears flow over the cheeks. The animal is troubled with a frequent and painful cough, and its pulse is enfeebled. At first the bowels are con- stipated, but diarrhoea soon comes on. The disease is rapid in its course, so much so that even a few bours after its commencement a profuse discharge issues from the nostrils, mouth, and eyes. The sinuses of the face and head above referred to become full of purulent matter, and sometimes 360 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. also the horns drop off. There is indeed an intimate connection between the bone of each horn and the corresponding frontal sinus of that side of the head. The projection of bone, which springs from the crest of the frontal bone, and forms the basis or core of the horn, is hollow, and the cavity within it is con- tinuous with the cavity known as the frontal sinus. The interior of this bony core of the horn is provided with an extensive supply of blood by means of blood-vessels which are connected with those of the frontal bones ; consequently the inflammatory process which is going on in the blood-vessels of the frontal bones extends itself to those which are present within the core, and from them to the surface of this bony basis of the horn. Inflammation leads to suppuration, and thereby the detachment of the horns is brought about. The disease, which is of a very fatal character, causing death in from three to seven days, is said to be non-contagious, and to result from inflammation coming on as a consequence of exposure to cold. The animals which are attacked by the disease should at once be removed to warm sheds, wherein they are to be tended with every care. The veterinary attendant should be called in, and he will probably proceed to take measures to open the bowels gently by the aid of enemas, or such simple aperients as oil or treacle. In the early stages either stimulants, such as the carbonate of ammonium, or the acetate of ammonium, or spirit of nitrous ether, are required. Moreover, it is well to cause the animal occasionally to inhale the steam from boiling water, to which oil of eucalyptus or carbolic acid has been added in small proportion. If the patient survives seven days, it will probably gradually recover, and the best remedial agents will consist in tonics, good food, and studious attention to the animal's general wants during the stage of convalescence. Purpura H.emorrhagica. This malady, wliicli is not so commonly met with in cattle as in the horse, and is more liable to affect calves than older oxen, is probably likewise not conlagious in its nature. It has been considered to be; allied to antlirnx, wliicli disease it simulates in many points, though, so far as is yet known, not in the most important of all, viz. the presence of bacilli in the blood. So DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 361 far as we know, no bacilli have been as yet found in typical cases of purpura. The malady we are speaking of is an eruptive fever of an intermittent type, which seems to result from exposure or inhalation of foul air, and it frequently attacks an animal which is already debilitated by the ravages of another disease, such as catarrhal fever. Purpura haemorrhagica, or purpura, as it is more briefly named, is a specific blood disease in which the skin, the mucous membranes, the connective tissue of the lungs and kidneys, and the coats of the intestinal walls are mainly affected. The earliest symptoms may show themselves in the form of pain in one or more limbs, together with slight swellings, which soon become more prominent. There may be a few purple or dark-red spots in the nostrils, and perhaps papules (or spots) may make their appearance on the skin at the outset of the disease. The blood is intimately affected in some at present unknown manner. It seems to be thinner than usual, and there is an escape of it, or of red serum, or of both, into the surround- ing tissues, and especially on the mucous and serous membranes. It is difficult to say how this leakage occurs ; but it must neces- sarily be due to some deficiency in, or giving way of, the walls of the blood-vessels, or to the gaining of new powers of per- meating these tissues, by which it is normally enclosed, on the part of the blood itself. The disease brings in its train pro- nounced debility. The temperature may suddenly rise to as much as 106° F., or even higher, and the changes of tempera- ture are very great. Hot and rather circumscribed swellings, which evidently cause pain, appear in various parts of the body, and from them, and also from the nostrils, a reddish fluid flows. Those swellings which are situated on the mucous membranes of the respiratory and alimentary tracts of course interfere with, and impede in greater or less degree, the processes of breathing and swallowing. The heart's beats are weak and fluttering in character, and the pulse is small and dicrotous (double). After the disease has pursued its course for about a week, the animal may indeed gradually recover its strength ; but more frequently the poor creature gradually sinks and dies. If the body of an ox which has died from the ravages of this disease be carefully examined, red spots may be seen on the serous and 362 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. mucous membranes, and the tissues generally will be found lo be largely infiltrated with blood and serum. With regard to treatment, the strictest cleanliness must be enjoined, and the patient should be supplied with food which is at once nutritious and easy of digestion. The veterinary surgeon should have recourse to stimulants. Oil of turpentme is indicated, owing to its special action on the kidneys and its stimulating properties. Tincture of perchloride of iron is of especial value, and suitable preparations of ergot are very useful at times. Sulphuric acid in small doses well diluted with water has also been recommended, but its use requires confirmation. Continued care is requisite, for not only is the period of con- valescence lengthened, but the disease is also liable to recur. Tetanus, or Locked-Jaw. Our readers will readily understand that the above-named disease is one in regard to which, although a great deal has been written, yet not very much is as yet really known. When suffering from tetanus, an animal exhibits a general and con- tinued spasm of the muscles of the body. Not only is this characteristic state of contraction seen in the case of those muscles which are immediately under the direction of the will, and are therefore called voluntary, but also in those which are termed involuntary, owing to the fact that they are not usually brought into play by the will of the animal. Generally speaking, horses are more liable to be afflicted with tetanus than are either men or cattle, although the disease is not very uncommon among human beings in the tropics, nor is it very infrequent among calves and sheep. Tetanus may come on either after an injury has been sustained, in which case it is called traumatic, or from other causes, such as the ingestion of bad food or exposure to cold, wet, inclement weather. If it occurs in an animal which has not sustained any wt)und, it is designated idiopathic. We may here state that quite recently it has been staled that tetanus is really caused by the presence of germs of a definite kind, and that the symptoms are due to an alkaloid called tetaniue. (Brieger). The disease is said to arise in lambs when the ewes are feeding upon rich trefoil, and it may be noted that cattle which are prone to receive injuries, such as working oxen, are DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 363 more liable to the malady than those which are subjected to less risk in this respect. An ox suffering from tetanus may exhibit slight dulness, loss of appetite, cessation of chewing the cud, and difficulty in moving. The attitude of the animal is characteristic, and almost at a glance the disease can be detected, perhaps more readily, however, in the case of a horse than in that of an ox, since in the former animal one is more ready and less surprised to see the signs of tetanus, directly they present themselves. The hind-legs may probably be wide apart, the whole body and neck and limbs are, as it seems, stiffened, the nose is protruded, the head and tail are elevated, the respiration and pulse are both quickened, and the nostrils are expanded. In nearly all cases the mouth cannot be opened, and this fact has given rise to the ordinary name by which the disorder is known, viz. lock-jaw or locked-jaw. When the head of the animal is raised, the haw rapidly passes over the eye-ball, which is at the same time retracted into its orbital cavity. The bowels are constipated, the muscles of the body twitch, swallowing is a difficult process, and the abdomen is rigidly contracted. All the muscles of the body seem to be more or less strongly affected ; but different sets of muscles are liable to be especially attacked, making, for instance, the back curve upwards or downwards, as the case may be, or causing a bending of the animal to one or other side of the body. The contortions of the body are frequently of a very marked kind. One very important point to be borne in mind is that any causes which tend to cause excitement^ such, for instance, as sudden noises, presence of people in the building, admission of light, are to be carefully avoided, while comparative darkness, or at any rate stringent exclusion of any piercing light, should be strictly enjoined. If the attack is of a very severe kind, the patient quickly sinks, despite all attempts to obviate a fatal issue ; but if the animal, by dint of the greatest care and most skilful attention, lives over the seventh day, recovery may ensue. The patient may show signs of thirst, and'by the medium of fluids may be induced to take in a fair amount of nutriment. This, however, is one of the greatest difficulties in treating cases of tetanus; for manifestly it is of the first importance, when so much energy is being wastefully expended by reason 364 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDERS OF THE OX. of the incessant contractions of the muscles, that the loss of tissue should be made good by a plentiful supply of new material. In case the animal is to be treated, the bowels should in the first instance be acted upon, and all irritating objects should be removed. If there is a wound, it is advisable to dress it with some palliative mixture, or with a poultice to which some bland substance has been added. The patient should be secluded, and only a moderate amount of light should be admitted, the windows and other apertures being nearly always kept closed. Recently tetanus has been said to depend upon the operation of a specific germ, and no doubt this statement will be found to be true. There can be no doubt that the continued breaking out of the disease, whicb we have often observed to occur on the same premises, lends the strongest a priuri probability to this view, as does also the general analogy which exists between tetanus and certain maladies which are known to depend upon the presence of germs. Yet, as we have often pointed out, a great deal of investigation is still required in these and allied fields of research. Whatsoever may be the cause, it is at least evident that the nervous system is intimately connected with the manifestations which are exhibited. The phenomena of the disease must be looked upon as resulting from abnormal working of the structures concerned in the primary development of force in the organism, i.e. of the nerves and nerve centres. The continuous or almost constant state of tension in which the muscles exist in this disease leads us to suppose thai the products of muscular action — such substances as sarcolactic acid, for example — are largely present in the various tissues and in the blood ; and the great success which has followed our treatment of tetanus in horses by means of alkaline salts, coupled with other remedies, is no doubt explicable on this hypothesis. Some years ago this method of treatment was commented upon by Mr. J. B. Gresswell {vide the Veterinarian of October 1882), and it has since that time been endorsed by other veterinary surgeons. Of course there are also otlier most valuable remedies, such as bromide of potassium, tobacco, and perhaps hydrate of chloral. However, it may be said that there is no more diflicult malady to treat in the whole range of animal disorders than tetanus. This has given rise to the erroneous DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 365 popular notion that it is no use trying to save animals suffering from lock-jaw, and that "a horse with lock-jaw is as good {or rather as bad) as a dead one." On the contrary, the percentage of deaths, provided that careful and judicious treatment is carried out, should not be much higher than in other diseases. As we have said above, the alkaline salts, the bromides, and the preparations of the alkaloid, nicotine, have, when used with the greatest possible care, proved highly successful in the case of tetanus in the horse. In the ox, however, the disease is not so common, and the various remedies have not been thoroughly tried. The difficulties of treating tetanus are enhanced by the fact that, when the jaw is greatly locked, the only admissible methods of administering medicines are that by subcutaneous injection, or that by means of a tube passed round the back molar tooth. It only remains to add that the flesh of oxen which have suffered from any of the above three diseases ought not to be used as food. The very painful and frequently fatal disease known as tetanus, or locked-jaw, is often manifested in sheep at first by the forcible closing of the mouth, and it shows itself by constant spasm of the voluntary muscles, especially those of the jaw, neck, and spine. In sheep the disease is usually first shown by a peculiar involuntary spasmodic movement of the head, or of one or all the extremities, together with a grinding of the teeth and a fixedness of the jaw. Then the sufferer becomes very stiff all over, the neck is protruded, and the head kept forcibly bent upwards. One leg may be drawn up and fixed in an un- natural position ; moreover, violent convulsions of the head, neck, and extremities may occasionally be observed, and after the convulsions have subsided, a rigidity of the parts may be seen. So suddenly fatal may tetanus be, that often even within twelve hours from the time of being attacked the animal may be dead. The disease may occasionally break out in sheep which have been shorn, and hence these animals should be kept without food for a few hours before tlie process of shearing is carried out, and after it they should be sheltered for about a week. Otherwise tetanus, or inflammation of the lungs, or erysipelas may supervene. Thousands of ewes, after lambing, and even 366 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OF THE OX. tens of thousands of lambs lately dropped, have repeatedly been lost in severe winter weather owing to the \vant of oare, and in some cases to the entire absence of shelter. The only wonder is that so few, comparatively speaking, are lost. After excep- tionally cold nights some of the ewes and more of the lambs are often found dead in the morning. In some cases, where no more effectual protection can be had, the providing a simple shed or other shelter — even a clump of trees is better than •nothing — to which the sheep could gain access during a storm, would be sufficient for their wants. Again, in the case of sheep, castration is attended with far more risk of tetanus than is that operation in the case of horses. By way of treatment, one or more doses of castor oil or of Epsom salts may be administered. If it is practicable to do so, the patient may be placed in a warm bath, and then thoroughly dried, wrapped in blankets, and then kept very warm. Gruel, to which gin has been added in suitable quantity, may be given. Alkalies, tobacco, and bromide of potassium, administered care- fully and in suitable doses, are the most efficacious of the remedies which have been recommended for cases of tetanus in other animals ; but they have not been extensively tried in the case of the sheep. RHEUMATISM, OR FELON : JOINT FELON, CHINE FELON, COLD FELON. In times past, when man had no knowledge of disease, and ■in his ignorance could find no light to guide him onward, he believed, as does the untutored savage still, the most weird and grotesque conceptions of the maladies incident to man and the creatures over which he dominates. The belief in wizards and witches, in accordance with which thousands of innocent creatures, even men and women, have been cruelly massacred outright, or tortured by slow degrees to agonising deaths, is prevalent at the present time among most savage tribes, and seems to have been evolved to account for the subtle agencies which surpass man's power of comprelunision and explanation on any other hypothesis. In our country, indeed, the belief in witclies and wizards did not becomi' extinct until comparatively recent times. It is not, therefore, to be wondered at that many diseases to which creatures are subject have been put down to the DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 367 influence of witches and wizards, or to some evil spirit or spirits entering or dotninating over the individual affected. As knowledge spreads, and the mind begins to grasp the true relationship of man with his environment, it is soon perceived that 'out of the heart proceed evil thoughts and all \\\a.t doth defile.' (Malt. xv. 18).* Rheumatism in the ox, of which we have now to speak, is a disease even yet better known by country-folk under the terras felon, chine felon, cold felon, joint felon. The word felon is derived from the root fall, connected with fell, " cruel," an epithet applied to one who commits a cruel deed, or a felon, and it is not improbable that in days gone by people thought an ox affected with rheumatism was the victim of some living agent desirous to harm their cattle from spite or revenge, or even in just punishment for misdeeds. In the names of some diseases of man we can trace direct relationship of the popular term with that of the cruel agency to which man in his striving ignorance assigned it. The term rheumatism denotes a peculiar kind of inflammation afiecting the joints, muscles, or fibrous tissues. It is due to some general morbid condition, and has an especial tendency to migrate from one part of the body to another. Eheumaiism is either of an acute or chronic variety, and in the ox this term is also inclusive of some painful aff'ections of a neuralgic character ; and, indeed, rheumatism and neuralgia are probably very inti- mately connected. Rheumatism or felon in the ox generally comes on after exposure to wet or cold, and the disease is especially common in severe boisterous weather. Vicissitudes of weather, indeed, are the chief exciting causes of rheumatic afi"ections. Oold draughty sheds (in exposed situations) are too frequently answerable for causing them in milch cows. It must be pointed out that certain animals especially show a marked predisposition to contracting rheumatic affections, and this, too, is the case with man in the absence of any other cause. This special predisposition is known as the " rheumatic diathesis." It will be readily understood that-bad management of cattle, causing derangements of the digestive and assimilative functions, is a powerful predisposing factor in the causation of * " But those things which proceed out of the mouth come forth from the heart ; and they defile the man." 368 THE DISEASES AND DISOEDEES OF THE OX. the malady. In damp, low-iying districts the disease is more commonly met with than in more elevated spots, and in variable climates it is especially prevalent. Some observers have supposed that rheumatism is the result of infection by some germ. In man there is no doubt that rheumatism may manifest itself in a considerable number of ways, as Dr. Cheadle has lately shown; for instance, as Peri- carditis, Myocarditis, or Endocarditis, as Chorea, and as new formations, the histological elements of which are those of the graniilomata, i.e. small nuclear bodies in the meshes of a delicate network formed by stellate cells. Whether these new formations are to be found in animals or not has not yet been determined, nor has the question been more than entertained as to whether these nodules contain micro-organisms. It is quite possible that minute and searching investigation may lead to the discovery that such is the case. Some of our readers, no doubt, are pretty well acquainted with the usual symptoms of rheumatic aifections in the cow. They are as a rule sufficiently manifest even to a casual observer. The only thing which is sometimes apt to deceive one is the apparent insignificance of the symptoms in some badly marked cases compared with the gravity and length of time the inflam- matory action may last before subsiding. In the acute variety the suffering animal generally first manifests irritability and uneasiness. The appetite is diminished or fails altogether, and rumination, or chewing the cud, may be suspended. The skin is harsh, and the mouth is dry and parched. Other symptoms of the febrile disturbance are acceleration of the pulse, which may reach as high as 80° to 100°; constipation, which is very general, and rise of temperature. In an ordinary case the thermometer reaches about 103° to 104° F., and when it exceeds this, the attack is of a severe character. It not uncommonly reaches 105° F., and we have known it as high as 106° and 107°. The water passed, which in heallhy herbivorous animals is alkaline, becomes acid. The first factor which generally leads one to diagnose the case as one of rheumatism is the occurrence of painful swelling of some joint or joints, more commonly the knee or hock, or the two hocks, or two knees, or one hock and one knee affected simultaneously. The animal manifests lameness in proportion DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 369 to the acuteness of the inflammation. Sometimes the inflam- mation is confined to the tendons of the muscles which bend the leg (flexor tendons), and very commonly it attacks the coverings of the muscles of the thoracic walls. If the affected tissues be pressed upon, the animal manifests considerable pain, the muscles being very tender. There is a special tendency of the rheumatic inflammation in one joint to disappear somewhat suddenly and appear in another joint. This tendency on the part of the inflammation to shift thus, is spoken of as " metastasis.'''' The internal lining mem- Fig. 42. The above picture (after Armatage) well shows the appearance presented by an ©x suffering from the malady known as rheumatism. The left hind-leg is seen to be kept so situated that it may as far as possible remain perfectly at rest, this near hind-leg being specially the seat of pain. The countenance of the animal is downcast and expressive of resigned suffering, and the illustration is altogether designed to depict that special kind of helplessness to move without causing great pain, which is one of the most marked characteristics of acute rheumatism. brane of the heart {endocardium) and the external membrane or sac {pericardium) in which it is enclosed, are sometimes attacked by the rheumatic inflammation, and the valves thus become involved in the disease. After the rheumatism is cured, the valves of the heart often remain permanently diseased, and in this manner most cases of heart aff"ection have their origin in the ox. In some instances so severe is the inflammation of the lining membrane inside the heart that the^animal succumbs during the acute stage of the rheumatism. When the valves of the heart are affected, or when anv struc- ture of the heart becomes involved, the pulse assumes a diffe- rent character. As a rule, in such cases it becomes quick and 24 370 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. irregular, and is often felt to be intermittent. The sounds of the heart also are altered in character, giving rise to '' murmurs." A case of acute rheumatism varies in duration from about one to three weeks or more, excepting when it passes into the chronic form, which may last for months. In the chronic form there are as a rule no marked febrile manifestations, and, indeed, fever may be in many cases entirely absent ; the heart is rather rarely affected in this variety. Chronic rheumatism, as we have seen, may be left as a sequel after subsidence of the acute symptcms, and may be of a chronic nature from the outset. It is more persistent than the acute variety, and there is far less tendency for the inflammatory action to shift from place to place than in acute rheumatism. In the general way, chronic rheumatism, when chronic, so to say, almost from the outset, is confined to two corresponding joints, or at times to one limb at any rate. The joint itself becomes much enlarged; it is stiff and painful, and, as the inflammatory action spreads, it may become locked and immovable, owing to the growth of bony excrescences. The "cartilage^' (gristle) of the joint may become ulcerated, and the ends of the bones entering into its formation may become much enlarged owing to the growth of bony tissue around them. The general disturbance of the animal may not be great, but loss of appetite and loss of flesh are sometimes occasioned. Chronic rheumatic enlargements are often met with affecting various bones, such as the vertebrae of the back and neck, and in these situations they may form large bony growths. The bones of the pelvic or hip girdle are often affected, and indeed the growths may occur almost anywhere. The muscular walls of the heart sometimes show a deposit of calcareous matter. In those cases in the ox, unfortunately not very rare, where the tissues below and above the enlarged joint become much swollen, pus or matter is sometimes formed, and the animal wastes rapidly from the discharge of matter, and he thus becomes valueless. We have lastly to turn our attention to the consideration of the treatment of the forms of rheumatism. It, is advisable to commence the treatment of cases of this kind in the ox by the administration of a moderately active purgative ; sixteen ounces of Epsom, or Glauber's salts, with one ounce of powdered cara- DISEASES OP THE OX AND SHEEP. 371 way seed, may be dissolved in n couple of pints of warm water, and administered with an ordinary drinking-horn. We may here mention that a horn, the base of which is cut off so as to make a long ovoid opening, is the most suitable vessel for employ- ment in drenching cattle. The animal's head should be raised a trifle above the level by the garthman who stands on the left side, while the administrator pours the medicine into the pouch which he forms by drawing aside the cheek on the opposite side. If the head be elevated much above the horizontal, there is risk of choking the animal, audit is therefore best to administer medicine in the way directed, and to allow the animal time to swallow each mouthful before giving a second. For this reason we prefer the horn to the drinking-bottle, which holds a pint to a pint and a half, seeing that with the horn it is possible to give a few fluid ounces at a time, and rapidly, and to allow the animal to take its own time in swallowing. Of course the bottle may be used, if care be taken not to give the medicine too rapidly. In fact, the bottle should be removed from the mouth at frequent intervals of time. The diet should be very carefully regulated.; at first it should be light and nutritious, consisting of mashes, hay, grass, or other green food ; in the later stages, when the febrile symptoms have abated, plenty of good food is essential, the malady being of a very debilitating nature. The animal should be well bedded, as very frequently, especially in the case of cows, the recumbent posture is generally maintained in the febrile stage. The bedding should be frequently changed to keep the animal as dry and clean as possible. Twice daily, a drench, consisting of salicylate of sodium four drachms, bicarbonate of potassium one ounce, may be given in a pint of water for four or five days, or as long as the acute symptoms last. In more chronic cases half an ounce of nitrate of potassium may be given instead twice daily in water. In very acute cases, British pharmacopoeial tincture of aconite in doses of twenty minims may be given with salicylate of sodium and bicarbonate of potassium. Oil of tur- pentine is a favourite popular remedy for the more chronic cases of rheumatism ; but it is not of great value. Regarding local treatment, the aifected joints, if very painful, should be fomented with warm water, and liniment of turpen- 24 * 372 THE DISEASES AXD DISORDEES OF THE OX. tine and belladonna assiduously applied. The joints should then be wrapped up in flannel, after being dried. If the joint gives extreme pain, it must be smartly blistered at the outset with ointment of cantharides. When the heart is affected seriously, the prognosis is very bad. When matter forms in the joint, or near to it, it is best to have the animal slaughtered, as treatment will be seldom beneficial, and the animal will lose flesh rapidly. In those instances where the sides are very painful, in which cases we speak of the felon as pleurodynia, and there is no further serious mischief, the animal must be kept warm, and fed upon easily digestible diet. The sides should be rubbed over with turpentine liniment, and, if there be any fever, the salicylate of sodium and bicarbonate of potassium drench may be given twice daily for three or four days. It is always well to remember that rheumatic cases are apt to prove lingering, and it is therefore necessary not to be impatient, if recovery seems more tardy than might have been hoped. A great number of cases of disease in oxen set down to countless other maladies are in reality nothing more nor less than rheumatism, either in the joints of the limbs, the joints of the trunk, or in the coverings of the muscles. An animal recover- ing from rheumatism requires tonics, if much debility is exhibited. In such cases a drench may be given once or twice daily. One ounce of gentian, one ounce of ginger, one ounce of fenugreek, and one of aniseed, may be prescribed, and given dissolved, or rather mixed, with a pint of ale. ANEMIA: ITS CAUSES, CONSEQUENCES, NATURE, AND TREATMENT.— FOOD-SUPPLY OF THE COW. It was Goethe who wrote, " Every beginning is difficult; but, difdcuit as the initial stages of any subject prove to be, they are overcome with far less effort than the finishing touches." This generalisation is very true, and it is especially applicable in the case of the diseases and disorders of the ox. It is not the general points regarding them which present much difficulty to the careful observer; but it is the clearing up of the many uncertainties which chiefly engages his attention, and puts the resources of his knowledge to so keen and sharp a test. The writer recollects, a very long time ago, when quite a small DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 373 boy, he was busily engaged in contemplating the many and varied illustrations in an encyclopaedia of many volumes, and he well remembers being told that when he grew up, he would be able to obtain information on every subject imaginable in those closely-printed picture books. Much has been done since that day ; but look into whatsoever encyclopaedia or book one chooses, one will not find a very great deal to enlighten him regarding some of the most important features of the diseases and dis- orders of the ox. He will find the plagues of cattle lengthily described, and massive monographs of some of them will be at his disposal ; but regarding many other diseases of the ox the information obtainable will be of the scantiest imaginable. It is indeed a pleasure to us to have now finished our review of the germ diseases of the ox ; may we hope we have not proved wearisome. Some of the points on which we have laid stress have been tlie result of many years' practical labour on our part and painstaking, many have been known for a length of time, and many have been culled from the accounts of recent researches made during the past few years by enthusiastic workers engaged in investigating the diseases of the ox and of other creatures. One is often told that he need not aim at always investigating new facts, and listening to or reading of new discoveries of the causation and cure of disease, for the simple reason that such knowledge has frequently to be too soon remodelled under the chastening scrutiny of still further and deeper investigations. So it has ; but yet, though the begin- nings are not perfect, and though the finishing touches may make them assume new and possibly altogether different aspects, have they not been the foundation-stones of the building, and, even if not in every case permanent, did they not serve a temporary function until replaced by firmer structures ? The writer recollects how, when quite young, he first heard the wonderful doctrine of Darwin expounded in simple language by a learned graduate. After listening patiently for some time, he inquired, " Yes ; but tell me, does Mr. Darwin himself believe his own theory?" The question eVoked a laugh of mingled scorn and pity, and the answer sharply, " He neither believes nor disbelieves; he merely propounds it." But the question was not so absurd as one might suppose ; for, as in the case of the points we have brought forward with relation to the 374 THE DISEASES AND DISORDEES OE THE OX. diseases and disorders of the ox, a writer must necessarily be under a positive or a negative impression regarding every theory, or generalization, or set of facts, he records. The question arises : — Are, then, so many human diseases, such as tubercu- losis, anthrax, scarlet fever, actinomycosis, and others, in reality derivable and derived from the ox? Our previous arlicles speak more or less definitely in the affirmative; and we believe, as do many others, regarding some or all of them, that they are in reality transmissible from the ox to man. Our readers will, therefore, perceive that the germ diseases of the ox are not only of importance /;/ themselves, but are also of still more intense importance in the relation they bear to the diseases of man. The veterinary surgeon has a great and im- portant duty in this respect (and the physician, in his aspect of the question, has even more responsibility than he) ; and no matter whosoever underrates his function, this truth stands out boldly, and still in bolder relief will assert itself in the interests and welfare of mankind. The comparative pathologist, be he physician, surgeon, scientist, or veterinarian, is on the verge of great discoveries; some — many — have already been made; let him press on; his beginning was difficult; his finishing touches will be far more so ; but let him be of good cheer. We have now to treat of the first of the disorders of the ox which depend on errors of diet ; and we shall commence by speaking to-day of anaemia. By this term anaemia we signify a condition in svhich there is a deficiency in the number of the red blood corpuscles and in the amount of other solid constituents of the blood. Although but rarely met wuth in North Lincoln- shire, ansemia is of too frequent occurrence in many parts of England, and is a disease of which all cattle-owners should have some knowledge. The diseased condition may be induced when- ever the food is too scanty in amount or of inferior quality. Some time ago Mr. J. B. Gresswell was called to a number of cows in calf; they were manifesting symptoms of extreme debility and prostratit)U. One of the number had already succumbed, and two of the others lay prostrate on tlie ground, with hind limbs paialysed. The local attendant had diagnosed the cases as being of an infectious nature; but they were in reality purely and simply cases of anaemia, due to the insufficient supply of food, and this was of a very poor quality. Throughout the DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 375 winter, with the view of economising, the owner had fed his cows on barley chaff and straw, and in consequence their blood had become poorer and poorer in quality, until symptoms of extreme prostration and paralysis had at length set in, and doubtless all would have soon succumbed, had this feeding been continued. Fig. 43. — Nervous Debilitv in Cows at the time of Parturition. The cow delineated in the above picture is the subject of nervous debility, occurring about the time of parturition. This is a malady due to the functional disorder alone, and it is not as a rule followed bj^ death. Our artist has faith- fully represented the characteristic appearances of this disease. The observer will readily note, from the attitude of the cow, that she suffers from general weakness and loss of nerve-power. She is represented as lying in a recumbent posture in the field, but she has now no inclination for browsing on the grass beside her, nor is she repi'esented as chewing the cud, a usual sign of undis- turbed health in the case of ruminating animals. She has no delight to move leisurely in the luxuriant pasture, nor does the sweet woodland scenery attract her gaze ; but she must needs lie still, the vigorous activity of health having left her — let us hope only for a short time, and that her health will be restored after having taken her with care and gentleness to a dry shed or ox-stall, nicely bedded down with clean new straw, keeping her warm, attending to every want, and administering such remedies as may be found advisable. Under a more generous regimen and the administration of tonics and stimulants the animals made good recoveries. This particular form of anaemia occurring in "in-calvers," when symptoms of paralysis set in, is termed pre-pfffturient paralysis; or paralysis occurring before parturition, and it is not at all uncommon in under-fed cows. Other forms of ansemia, one very rarely sees in Lincolnshire. Among sheep, especially breeding ewes, anaemia is very frequently met with in some parts of 376 THE DISEASES AND DISOBDEES OF THE OX. England, and it owes its origin, in these animals likewise, to an insufficient or innutritions food-supply. Anaemia may also be induced by any cause which acts as a drain upon the circulating blood. Loss of blood by haemorrhage, or by protracted or debilitating diseases, of necessity impairs the quality of the blood, and induces anaemia. The secretion of too large quantities of milk often also acts as a drain upon the blood, in those instances when the food supply is not corre- spondingly large ; thus anaemia is set up. Regarding the feeding of dairy cows, four main points, says Mr. Walker, in his Cow and Calf, must be kept in view ; and so valuable are these hints that we take the liberty of quoting them : — " The first point is to aid the increase of milk ; the second, to improve the quality of the milk ; the third, to main- tain the condition of the cow; the fourth, to produce manure of good quality. Too often the careless dairyman only looks as far as his milk-pail is concerned, and fails to notice that his cow is wasting flesh day by day, until at last the milk falls off, and the animal has to be dried much sooner than she need have been under more judicious treatment. Sweet, well-harvested hay obtained at the latter end of June or first week in July is of the very best quality, providing it is not gathered in too quickly to heat in the stack. Grass cut at this season contains the maximum of sap. Most of the plants are in full bloom, and therefore the crop is in its proper state for cutting. Grass is not the most nutritious when the seed is ripe. Many of the seeds are dis- lodged in haymaking, and the remainder of the vegetal is woody, indigestible, and innutritions ; thus such fodder is particularly unwholesome for the dairy cow. Clover hay, when well got, is supposed to be a better milk-producer than meadow hay; but, as Mr. John Walker points out, this would much depend upon the sort of land the hay was cut from. Howbeit, it is sufficient for us to observe that either meadow or clover hay is wholesome for the dairy cow when well harvested, and must, when the grass season is over, form the principal food. Bran stands high in the list of good milk-producers. It increases the fiow of milk, improves its quality, and holds up the condition of the cow, while no unpleasant flavour is inii)arted to the butter; it is also a cheap diet. Tins food should be given warm in masli shape, and two gallons per day will be a good allowance with other food." DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 377 He also says that oats are very similar in favourable results to wheaten bran, and may be given in quantities of from one to one and a half gallons with other food per day. It is best to have them crushed. Bean and pea meals tend rather to improve the condition of the animal than to increase the milk supply ; and as also they may give an unpleasant flavour to the milk, they should be used sparingly with other mixtures. Linseed cake is rich in milk and in flesh-producing qualities. Cotton-cake, when of good quality, is said to be even better; but other writers do not altogether endorse this opinion. Regarding roots, Mr. Walker says they must be given with caution. Swedes may be allowed in cases where the milk is to be sold ; but when butter is made, the flavour is not pleasant if this regimen be adopted. Swedes must be well matured if required for dairy cows, and to accomplish this they should be stored early. Mangel-wurzels are a somewhat over-rated food; before Christmas they are unfit for cows; during March, April, May, and June, they are the most nutri- tious. Cabbages are good food for dairy cows, and even more valuable are carrots, which are rich milk-producers, and most wholesome. . . . We must now leave these interesting questions and conclude our review of anaemia. The blood, when examined with the heemocytometer, shows in ansemic animals a great reduction in the number of red blood corpuscles, and these contain less hsemoglobin, and are paler than those of healthy blood ; the number of white corpuscles is perhaps not altered, nor are the fibrin and salts of the serum diminished in amount. The quantity of water in the blood in proportion to the solid constituents is increased. An ansemic ox shows gradual wasting of the tissues, and becomes thin and wan. The pulse is weak, and the volume of blood passing along the arteries is diminished, while the arteries themselves are contracted. There is gradually progressing weakness, and the animal becomes languid and dull ; the appe- tite is variable, sometimes being very indifferent, sometimes being increased ; but it is always capricious and generally much impaired ; the breathing is irregular and hurried on the slightest exertion. Much gas is apt to accumulate in the bowels, and indigestion is very often an accompaniment of this impoverished state of the blood. The bowels are generally irregular, being 378 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. most often constipated, though they may be too freely opened ; diarrhoea, indeed, is not at all uncommon. Dizziness and general depression make the animal look the picture of helplessness and despair. Even cows despair. Regarding the treatment of anaemia, we must say a few words. In the first place the cause of the disorder should be ascertained. The food supply should be judiciously regulated in accordance with the requirements of the animal, and should be of an easily digestible nutritious character. Linseed gruel and bran mashes will at first be of great value. If there be any loss of blood, this should receive attention and treatment. If there be no ascertainable cause, tonics should be administered once or twice daily. The most valuable are the salts of iron and vege- table tonics such as nux vomica, or its alkaloid strychnine, and bitters, such as gentian, calumba, and chiretta. The general requirements of the animal must also receive attention; the shed must be well ventilated and kept in a cleanly, whole- some condition. If the place is damp and cold, plenty of bedding should be used. An ordinary case of simple ansemia is easily curable, when treated on these general lines. More severe cases generally owe their cause to some internal disorder, the nature of which must be carefully ascertained. The treatment of pre-parturient paralysis requires pretty nearly the same management, but the medicinal treatment must be more vigorous. With strychnine and carbonate of ammonium the best results are to be obtained, and but seldom need a case succumb, if it be well attended to. There is no fear of abortion being caused by the administration of these tonics; on the contrary, unless these or other remedial measures be taken, abortion will ensue in many instances. Abortion, indeed, is commonly the result of under-feeding. GENERAL DISORDERS DUE TO DIETETIC ERRORS. When one contemplates how fertile is bounteous Nature in resource, and how adaptable men and animals are to the varied conditions to which they are subjected, one might at first, perhaps, wonder that they sometimes battle so unsuccessfully against those many and varied disorders which owe their causation to dietetic errors. Yet, indeed, these diseases, especially common DISEASES OF THE OX AND SHEEP. 379 Fig. 44. — General View of tbe Digestive Appakatds of a Fowl. The abdominal muscles have been removed, as well as the sternum, heart, trachea), the greater portion of the neck, and all the head except the lower jaw, which has bec-n turned back to show the tongue, the pharynx, and the entrance to the larj'nx. The left lobe of the liver, succentric ventricle, gizzard, and intestinal mass, have been pushed to the right to exhibit the different por- tions of the alimentary canal, and to expose the ovary and oviduct. 1. Tongue. 2. Pharynx. 3. First portion of the a'sophagus. 4. Crop. 5. Second portion of the oesophagus. 6. Succentric ven- tricle. 7. Gizzard. 8. Origin of the duodenum. 9. First branch of the duodenal flexure. 10. Second branch of the duodenal flexure. 11. Origin of the floating portion of the small intestine. 12. Small intestine. 12'. Terminal portion of the small intestme. flanked on each side by the two caeca (regarded as analogous to the colon of mammals). 13, 13. Free extremities of the caeca. 14. In- sertion of these two culs-de-sac into the intestinal tube. 15. Rectum. 16. Cloaca. 17. Anus. 18. Me- sentery. 19. Left lobe of the liver. 20. Right lobe. 21. Gall - bladder. 22. Insertion of the pan- creatic and biliary ducts ; the two pan- creatic ducts being situated most ante- riorly, the hepatic being in the middle, and the cvstic being behind. " 23. Pan- creas. 24. Dia- phragmatic aspect of the lung. 25. Ovary (in a state of atro- phy). 26. Ovi- duct. (C7;«u- veau. ) ,^^ 380 THE DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE OX. in man, rarely occur, excepting as the result of the roost flagrant and wilful ignorance or carelessness. Mr. Spencer, speaking of physiological development, gives examples of Nature's ample provision for the requirements of animals, and shows how she supplies deficiencies of one part by growths destined to perform the same functions in another. The gizzard of a bird [he writes] is an expanded portion of the alimentary